PART II - OFFERING CIRCULAR
Dated July 2, 2020
PURSUANT TO REGULATION A
OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
501 West Broadway, Suite 800
San Diego, CA 92101
(619) 301-4200
$50,000,000
10,000,000 Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend Convertible
Stock
at $5.00 per Share
Minimum Investment: 100 Shares ($500)
FORM 1-A: TIER 2
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS
UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED
OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR
COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SELLING LITERATURE.
THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT
MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREUNDER ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
GENERALLY, NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE
AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF
YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO
ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY
REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE
THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(D)(2)(I)(C) OF
REGULATION A FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU
TO REFER TO WWW.INVESTOR.GOV.
|
|
Price to public
|
Underwriting discount and commissions (1)
|
Proceeds to Company (2)
|
Proceeds to other persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per
share
|
$5.00
|
(1)
|
$5.00
|
$0
|
|
Total
(3):
|
$50,000,000
|
(1)
|
$50,000,000
|
$0
|
The
minimum investment amount is 100 shares or $500. The offering has
been made and initially is expected to continue to be made directly
to investors on a best efforts basis. In the future, the shares may
be offered through broker-dealers who are registered with the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), or
through other independent referral sources. This offering will
terminate on July __, 2021, unless extended by us for up to an
additional 90 days or terminated sooner by us in our discretion
regardless of the amount of capital raised (the “Sales
Termination Date”). There is no minimum capital required from
this offering and therefore no subscription escrow account will be
established for it. The proceeds of this offering may be deposited
directly into the Company’s operating account for immediate
use by it, with no obligation to refund subscriptions.
(1)
The shares are
offered on a “best-efforts” basis by our officers,
directors and employees. We have entered into a posting agreement
with __________________ to post our offering materials on its
website __________________, from which the Company is conducting
this offering. The Company has agreed to pay fees and issue
warrants to purchase its common stock to ___________________ as
compensation for its posting services. We have entered into service
agreements with _____________________, a member of FINRA, to
provide subscription and administrative services for the offering.
____________ is not an underwriter and is not paid selling
commissions or underwriting fees but is paid service fees. While
currently we intend to make the offering exclusively through the
_______________ portal, in the future we may change this policy and
also offer the shares through our officers, directors and
employees, and possibly through broker-dealers who are registered
with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
(“FINRA”), or through other marketing platforms.
Selling commissions may be paid to broker-dealers, if any, who are
members of FINRA with respect to sales of shares made by them. We
may also pay incentive compensation to registered broker-dealers in
the form of common stock or warrants in us. We will indemnify
participating broker-dealers and other parties with respect to
disclosures made in the Offering Circular.
(2)
The amounts shown
are before deducting organization and offering costs to us, which
include legal, accounting, printing, due diligence, marketing,
consulting, referral fees, selling and other costs incurred in the
offering of the shares. See “USE OF PROCEEDS” and
“PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.”
(3)
The shares are
being offered pursuant to Regulation A of Section 3(b) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for Tier 2 offerings. The
shares are only issued to purchasers who satisfy the requirements
set forth in Regulation A. We have the option in our sole
discretion to accept less than the minimum investment from a
limited number of subscribers. “TERMS OF THE
OFFERING.”
THIS
OFFERING CIRCULAR IS NOT KNOWN TO CONTAIN AN UNTRUE STATEMENT OF A
MATERIAL FACT, NOR TO OMIT MATERIAL FACTS WHICH IF OMITTED, WOULD
MAKE THE STATEMENTS HEREIN MISLEADING. IT CONTAINS A FAIR SUMMARY
OF THE MATERIAL TERMS OF DOCUMENTS PURPORTED TO BE SUMMARIZED
HEREIN. HOWEVER, THIS IS A SUMMARY ONLY AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE
COMPLETE. ACCORDINGLY, REFERENCE SHOULD BE MADE TO THE
CERTIFICATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES AND OTHER
DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO HEREIN, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ATTACHED HERETO
OR WILL BE SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST, FOR THE EXACT TERMS OF SUCH
AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS.
_____________________________________
THIS
OFFERING CIRCULAR DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN
ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL. NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR
TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE
CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
OTHER INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON.
_____________________________________
PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE NOT TO CONSTRUE THE CONTENTS OF THIS OFFERING
CIRCULAR, OR OF ANY PRIOR OR SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE
COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR AFFILIATES, AS
INVESTMENT, LEGAL, FINANCIAL OR TAX ADVICE. EACH INVESTOR SHOULD
CONSULT HIS OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANT AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISORS
AS TO LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS CONCERNING HIS
INVESTMENT.
FOR RESIDENTS OF ALL STATES: THE PRESENCE OF A LEGEND FOR ANY GIVEN
STATE REFLECTS ONLY THAT A LEGEND MAY BE REQUIRED BY THAT STATE AND
SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED TO MEAN AN OFFER OR SALE MAY BE MADE IN A
PARTICULAR STATE. IF YOU ARE UNCERTAIN AS TO WHETHER OR NOT OFFERS
OR SALES MAY BE LAWFULLY MADE IN ANY GIVEN STATE, YOU ARE HEREBY
ADVISED TO CONTACT THE COMPANY. THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS
OFFERING CIRCULAR HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAWS (COMMONLY CALLED "BLUE SKY" LAWS).
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
SUMMARY
OF RISK FACTORS
|
1
|
|
INVESTMENT
SUMMARY
|
2
|
|
USE OF
PROCEEDS
|
8
|
|
BUSINESS
|
8
|
|
RISK
FACTORS
|
36
|
|
DIVIDEND
POLICY
|
60
|
|
CAPITALIZATION
|
60
|
|
DILUTION
|
60
|
|
MANAGEMENT
|
61
|
|
PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS
|
70
|
|
INTEREST
OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
|
72
|
|
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
|
73
|
|
TERMS
OF THE OFFERING
|
76
|
|
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
|
77
|
|
REPORTS
TO SHAREHOLDERS
|
79
|
|
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
|
79
|
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
|
80
|
|
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATION
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
SUBSCRIPTION
DOCUMENTS
|
A
|
SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
The
purchase of shares of our Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend
Convertible Stock involves substantial risks. Each prospective
investor should carefully consider the following risk factors, in
addition to any other risks associated with this investment and
should consult with his own legal and financial
advisors.
Cautionary Statements
The
discussions and information in this Offering Circular may contain
both historical and forward-looking statements. To the extent that
the Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements regarding
the financial condition, operating results, business prospects, or
any other aspect of our business, please be advised that our actual
financial condition, operating results, and business performance
may differ materially from that projected or estimated by us in
forward-looking statements. We have attempted to identify, in
context, certain of the factors we currently believe may cause
actual future experience and results to differ from our current
expectations. The differences may be caused by a variety of
factors, including but not limited to:
●
Lack of market
acceptance of our Media
Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication
Technology/Telecommunications company.
●
Inability to
finance the company due to a lack of private capital and cash
flow.
●
Delays in obtaining
critical components from suppliers.
●
Intense
competition, including entry of new competitors.
●
Lack of demand for
our Media Content Hub for
Domestic and International syndication
Technology/Telecommunications company.
●
Adverse federal,
state, and local government regulation.
●
Contraction of the
market due to government policy or consumer
preference.
●
Unexpected costs
and operating deficits.
●
Lower sales and
revenue than forecast.
●
Default on leases
or other indebtedness.
●
Loss of suppliers
and supply.
●
Price increases for
capital, supplies and materials.
●
Inadequate capital
and financing.
●
Failure to obtain
customers, loss of customers and failure to obtain new
customers.
●
The risk of
litigation and administrative proceedings involving us or our
employees.
●
Loss of or
inability to obtain government licenses and permits.
●
Adverse publicity
and news coverage.
●
Inability to carry
out marketing and sales plans.
●
Loss of key
executives.
●
Losses from theft
that cannot be recovered.
●
Other specific
risks that may be alluded to in this Offering Circular or in other
reports issued by us or third-party publishers.
●
Our operating
history makes it difficult to evaluate our future business
prospects and to make decisions based on our historical
performance.
●
We may not be
successful in implementing important strategic initiatives, which
may have a material adverse impact on our business and financial
results.
●
Effectively
managing our growth into new geographic areas will be
challenging.
●
Key employees are
essential to growing our business.
●
Insiders have
substantial control over us, and they could delay or prevent a
change in our corporate control even if our other stockholders
wanted it to occur.
●
There may not be
sufficient liquidity in the market for our securities in order for
investors to sell their securities.
INVESTMENT SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more
detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere
or incorporated by reference in this Offering
Circular.
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
A maximum of $50,000,000
(10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend
Convertible Stock @ $5.00 per share)
OFFERING PERIOD: July __, 2020 to July __, 2021
|
The
Issuer
|
TPT
Global Tech, Inc. is a Florida corporation with our principal
office at 501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101,
telephone (619) 301-4200. Unless the context otherwise requires,
all references to “we,” “us,” “our
Company,” “TPT Global,” “TPT,” or
“Company” refer collectively to TPT Global Tech,
Inc.
|
|
Business
|
TPT Global Tech, Inc. operates as a technology-based company with
divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and
product distribution, media content for domestic and international
syndication as well as technology solutions. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS),
Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified
Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance
and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and
wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS
services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest
voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global
technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for
Nationwide Mobile Virtual network Operators (MVNO) and Independent
Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid
Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global
Roaming Cellphones. See the “Business Overview” herein
for more details.
|
|
Securities
Offered (the “Offering”)
|
A
Maximum of 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative
Dividend Convertible Stock @ $5.00 per share ($50,000,000).
Dividends may be paid in cash or in registered common stock at the
market price on the date of the dividend accrual.
The
subscribed shares will be “restricted securities” as
defined in Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
The
discussion in this Memorandum for the Offering pertains to the
Series D Preferred Stock of the Company, and the Amended
Certificate Of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series D
Preferred Stock 6% Cumulative Annual Dividend is incorporated
herein by this reference, (which Certificate document is attached
hereto as Exhibit 4.13), and the terms of the Certificate shall
take precedence over any discussions herein contained and shall
govern in the event of any conflict with the terms discussed in
this document. Investors are advised to review the terms of the
Certificate in detail to understand the nature of the investment
and its parameters.
|
|
Offering
Period
|
The
Offering will remain open from date hereof until July __, 2021
unless the Company’s Board of Directors authorizes ending
this Offering.
|
|
Registration
and Trading Status
|
Our
common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol
“TPTW”.
The
Company's common stock is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”). www.sec.gov
The
Series D Preferred Stock offered hereby is NOT registered under either Securities
Act of 1933 or Section 12(g) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and is NOT quoted or traded in any venue.
|
|
TPT
Global Tech, Inc. Background
|
We were
originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT
Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with
Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally
Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a
“reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000
shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT
Global, Inc. and Ally Pharma changed its name to TPT Global Tech,
Inc. In 2014, we acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless
LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International, LLC
(“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, we
completed our acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of
Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead
Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC
(“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada
Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”).
In October 2015, we acquired the assets of both Port2Port, Inc.
(“Port2Port”) and Digithrive, Inc.
(“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, we
acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media, Inc.
(“SDM”). In December 2016, we acquired the Lion Phone
technology. In October and November 2017, we entered into
agreements to acquire Blue Collar, Inc. (“Blue
Collar”), and certain assets of Matrixsites, Inc.
(“Matrixsites”) which we have completed. On May 7, 2019
we completed the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect, LLC, which assets were conveyed into our wholly owned
subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect, LLC (“TPT SC” or
“TPT SpeedConnect”) which was formed on April 16, 2019.
On January 8, 2020 we formed TPT Federal, LLC, on March 7, 2020 we
acquired 75% interest in Bridget Internet, LLC (Bridge Internet)
and in June 2020 we formed InnovaQor, Inc. In March 2020 we formed
TPT MedTech, LLC to address opportunities in the medical technology
area.
|
|
Offering
Size
|
At TPT
Global Tech’s sole discretion, this Offering can raise up to
a maximum of $50,000,000. TPT Global Tech, Inc. reserves the right
to discontinue the offering at any time it, in the sole discretion
of management, and/or deem it has raised sufficient funds to
implement their business plan (see Use of Proceeds).
|
|
Closings
|
No
minimum number of Series D Shares need be sold in order for the
Company to close on the sale of any of the Series D Shares. The
Company may close in multiple closings at the discretion of the
Company, and proceeds will be immediately available to the
Company.
|
|
Use of
Proceeds
|
The
Company intends to use the proceeds of this Offering for those
purposes shown on page 8 under “Use of Proceeds”, as
well as support of general and administrative expenses and general
working capital.
|
|
Commissions
|
TPT
Global Tech, Inc. is using Placement Agents, licensed
Broker-Dealers, and paying commissions on this Offering up to the
amount of $3,000,000 (6% of the amount raised by such Placement
Agent).
|
|
Placement
Agent
|
We may
use a FINRA member broker-dealer as a placement agent and it may
syndicate with other participating dealers.
|
|
Placement
Agent Fees
|
The
Company has agreed to pay the Placement Agent a cash fee up to (i)
6% of the gross proceeds from the Series D Shares sold by the
Placement Agent and for (ii) any participating Dealers 2% of the
gross proceeds from the Series D Shares sold through such
participating broker dealer.
|
|
Investor
Suitability
|
The
Offering will be made to persons who are both non-accredited and
accredited investors (defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act).
|
|
Capitalization
of the Company
|
As of
March 31, 2020, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, of which 737,324,774 common shares are issued and
outstanding. Subsequent conversions of debt have increased this to
857,562,371 as of June 15, 2020.
100,000,000
shares of TPT Global Tech, Inc. Preferred Stock have been
authorized, of which shares had been designated as 1,000,000 Series
A Preferred Stock, 3,000,000 Series B Preferred Stock, 3,000,000
Series C Preferred Stock and 10,000,000 Series D Preferred
Stock.
Series A Preferred
Stock- In February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A
Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any
Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount per share equal to
amounts payable owing, including contingency amounts where Holders
of the Series A have personally guaranteed obligations of the
Company, to the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock on the
books and records of the Company divided by the number of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. Holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all
of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into
that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by
the following formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common
Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for
conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have
the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of
shares equal to 60% of the then outstanding Common Stock of the
Company. 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred stock are issued
and outstanding to our founder, Stephen J. Thomas,
III.
Series B Preferred Stock - In February 2015, the Company
designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock. There are 2,588,693 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference
immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently
the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per
share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to
convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will
receive an equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of
$2.00 per share. The
Series B Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter
with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal
to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.
Series C Preferred
Stock- In May 2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares
of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. There
are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding
as of March 31, 2020. (Certain
debt ($688,500) is convertible to Series C Preferred Stock).
The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference
immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently
the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00
per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to
convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will
receive and equal number of common shares at the conversion price
of $0.15 per share (i.e. 1 for 1 conversion). The Series C
Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with
holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to
that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis (as if converted
to common).
Series D Preferred Stock– In 2019, the Company
previously authorized (20,000,000) Series D 8% Cumulative Dividend
Convertible Preferred Stock for which no shares were issued. On
June 15, 2020, the Company authorized an amendment to the
Certificate of Designation whereby the authorized amount is ten
million (10,000,000) Series D 6% Cumulative Dividend Convertible
Preferred Stock which has the following features:
(i) 6%
Cumulative Annual Dividends payable in cash or common stock of the
Company at the discretion of the Board and payment is also at the
discretion of the Board, which may decide to cumulate to future
years; (ii) Optional Conversion to common stock at the election of
the holder @ 80% of the 30 day average market closing price (for
previous 30 business days) divided into $5.00. This election may be
made at any time after 18 months from the date of issuance; (iii)
Automatic conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall occur
without consent of holders upon any national exchange listing
approval and the registration effectiveness of common stock
underlying the conversion rights. The automatic conversion to
common from Series D Preferred shall be on a one for one basis, which shall be
post-reverse split as may be necessary for any Exchange listing
(iv) Registration Rights – the Company has granted Piggyback
Registration Rights for common stock underlying conversion rights
in the event it files any other Registration Statement (other than
an S-1 that the Company may file for certain conversion common
shares for the convertible note financing that was arranged and
funded in 2019). Further, the Company will file and pursue to
effectiveness a Registration Statement or offering statement for
common stock underlying the Automatic Conversion event triggered by
an exchange listing. (v) Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus
any accrued unpaid dividends – subordinate to Series A, B,
and C Preferred Stock receiving full liquidation under the terms of
such series. The Company has redemption rights for the first year
following the Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal
amount of the Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and
140%.
If all
of the $50,000,000 in Series D Preferred Stock in this offering
were subscribed for, the Company would have 10,000,000 Series D
Preferred Stock issued.
Effective
October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock
Option and Award Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for
grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock awards,
including warrants, to designated employees, officers, directors,
advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of 20,000,000
shares of our common stock were reserved for options and other
stock awards under the Plan.
|
|
Voting
Rights
|
Holders
of Series D Preferred Stock shall vote as a single Class on any
matter that would alter the rights and privileges of the Series D
Preferred Stock and together with the Common Stock on an
as-converted basis as computed on the date of the meeting notice
(excluding the automatic conversion) on other matters.
|
|
Anti-Dilution
Provisions
|
None.
|
|
Automatic
Conversion
|
The
Series D Shares shall automatically convert into shares of Common
Stock upon the Company’s consummation of listing on a
National Exchange on the basis discussed under
“Capitalization.”
For
purposes of clarity, an automatic conversion shall take place if
the underlying shares of Common Stock are covered by an effective
registration statement on Form S-1 (or Offering Statement on Form
1-A) filed by the Company with the SEC, at or prior to the time of
Exchange listing.
|
|
Optional
Conversion
|
The
holder may convert at any time after 18 months from issuance to
common stock based upon $5.00 dividend by 80% of the 30-day average
market closing price to result in number of common shares
issued.
|
|
Piggyback
Registration
|
Whenever
the Company proposes to register any shares of its Common Stock
under the Securities Act (other than a registration effected solely
to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which
Rule 145 of the Securities Act is applicable, or a Registration
Statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor form thereto or another
form not available for registering the securities underlying any
conversion rights when such may be exercised or triggered for sale
to the public or an S-1 or 1-A Offering Statement for current
convertible debt holders which was funded in 2019), whether for its
own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the
Company and the form of Registration Statement or Offering
Statement to be used may be used for any registration or offering
of securities underlying any conversion rights when such may be
exercised or triggered (a “Piggyback Registration or
Offering”), the Company shall include in such registration
(or 1-A Offering Statement) all securities underlying any
conversion rights when such may be exercised or triggered. The
Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of
a Piggyback Registration or Offering at any time in its sole
discretion.
|
|
Optional
Redemption
|
The
Company will have the right, at the
Company’s option, to redeem all or any portion of the shares
of Series D Preferred Stock, exercisable on not more than three (3)
Trading Days (as defined herein) prior written notice to the
Holders, in full payment as follows:
1. (115%) The period beginning on the date of the
issuance of shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Issuance
Date”) and ending on the date which is sixty (60) days
following the Issuance Date.
2. (120%) The period beginning on the
date which is sixty-one (61) days following the Issuance Date and
ending on the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days following
the Issuance Date.
3. (125%) The period beginning on the date
which is one hundred twenty-one (121) days following the Issuance
Date and ending on the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days
following the Issuance Date.
4. (130%) The period beginning on the date that
is one hundred eighty-one (181) days from the Issuance Date and
ending two hundred forty (240) days following the Issuance
Date.
5. (135%) The period beginning on the date
that is two hundred forty-one (241) days from the Issuance Date and
ending three hundred (300) days following the Issuance
Date.
6. (140%) The period beginning on the date
that is three hundred one (301) days from the Issuance Date and
ending three hundred sixty (360) days following the Issuance
Date.
|
|
Financial
Statements
|
Unaudited
Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and
2019 are attached and begin on page F-1. The Audited Financial
Statements of TPT Global Tech, Inc. for the years ended December
31, 2019 and 2018 are attached hereto and begin on page
F-29.
|
|
Forward-Looking
Statements
|
The
information associated with this Offering (and oral statements made
from time to time by TPT Global’s representatives concerning
information contained herein) contains so-called
“forward-looking statements.” These statements can be
identified by introductory words such as “expects,”
“plans,” “will,” “estimates,”
“forecasts,” “projects,”
“shall,” “intends,” or words of similar
meaning, and by the fact that they do not relate strictly to
historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements frequently
are used in discussing TPT Global’s planned growth strategy,
operating and financial goals, regulatory submissions and approvals
and development programs. Many factors may cause actual results to
differ from TPT Global’s forward-looking statements,
including inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of risks and
uncertainties, some of which are known and others of which are not.
No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future results or
events, and one should avoid placing undue reliance on such
statements.
|
Investment Analysis
Management
believes that we have strong economic prospects by virtue of the
following dynamics of the industry and us:
1.
Management believes
that the trends for growth in the technology industry are favorable
as global technology is expected to continue to be
popular.
2.
Management believes
that demand for additional technology will increase in the
future.
3.
We offer VML
technology for which we plan to expand marketing. Management
believes SaaS ViewMe Live (VML) could become a leading Digital
Media Mobile TV technology platform in the business-to-business and
business-to-consumer markets. Our proprietary software platform can
reach a worldwide audience of approximately one billion mobile
viewers. VML addresses global mobile distribution of LIVE and Video
on Demand (“VOD”) content as a white label Software as
a Service (“SaaS”).
There
is no assurance that we will be profitable, or that the
industry’s favorable dynamics will not be outweighed in the
future by unanticipated losses, adverse regulatory developments and
other risks. Investors should carefully consider the various risk
factors before investing in the shares. Commerce in the technology
industry is extremely competitive, inherently speculative and
highly regulated. See “RISK FACTORS.”
The Offering
|
Series
D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend Convertible Stock offered by
us
|
10,000,000
shares
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock outstanding as of June 15, 2020
|
857,562,371
shares
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock to be outstanding after the offering (1)
|
857,562,371
shares
|
(1)
There are no common
shares being sold in this offering.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The
maximum gross proceeds from the sale of the shares of our Series D
Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend Convertible Stock are $50,000,000.
The proceeds from the total offering are expected to be
approximately $50,000,000, including offering costs of $5,000,000
for payment of offering costs including printing, mailing, legal
and accounting costs, filing fees, potential selling commissions,
and expense reimbursements that may be incurred. The estimate of
the budget for offering costs is an estimate only and the actual
offering costs may differ from those expected by management. The
estimated use of the net proceeds of this offering is as follows,
assuming 100%, 75%, 50% and 25% of this offering is subscribed, as
illustrated in the following table for different levels of total
capital from this offering:
Summarized Estimated Use of Net Proceeds
|
|
100%
|
75%
|
50%
|
25%
|
|
Equipment
purchases
|
$18,350,000
|
$15,350,000
|
$8,350,000
|
$6,000,000
|
|
Debt
restructuring
|
$15,187,981
|
$9,941,781
|
$7,004,400
|
$3,932,000
|
|
Product
completion
|
$2,250,000
|
$900,000
|
$650,000
|
—
|
|
Acquisitions
|
$500,000
|
$500,000
|
$500,000
|
—
|
|
Working capital,
including marketing
|
$8,712,019
|
$7,058,219
|
$5,995,600
|
$1,318,000
|
|
Issuance
costs
|
$5,000,000
|
$3,750,000
|
$2,500,000
|
$1,250,000
|
|
Total
Offering Proceeds
|
$50,000,000
|
$37,500,000
|
$25,000,000
|
$12,500,000
|
We may
reallocate the estimated use of proceeds among the various
categories or for other uses if management deems such a
reallocation to be appropriate. We cannot assure that the capital
budget will be sufficient to satisfy our operational needs, or that
we will have sufficient capital to fund our business. See
“BUSINESS” and “RISK FACTORS.”
BUSINESS
Company Overview
We were
originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT
Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with
Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally
Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a
“reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000
shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT
Global, Inc. and Ally Pharma changed its name to TPT Global Tech,
Inc. In 2014, we acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless
LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International, LLC
(“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, we
completed our acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of
Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead
Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC
(“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada
Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”).
In October 2015, we acquired the assets of both Port2Port, Inc.
(“Port2Port”) and Digithrive, Inc.
(“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, we
acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media, Inc.
(“SDM”). In December 2016, we acquired the Lion Phone
technology. In October and November 2017, we entered into
agreements to acquire Blue Collar, Inc. (“Blue
Collar”), and certain assets of Matrixsites, Inc.
(“Matrixsites”) which we have completed. On May 7, 2019
we completed the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect, LLC, which assets were conveyed into our wholly owned
subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect, LLC (“TPT SC” or
“TPT SpeedConnect”) which was formed on April 16, 2019.
On March 7, 2020 we acquired 75% interest in Bridget Internet, LLC
(Bridge Internet) and in March 2020 we formed InnovaQor, Inc. In
March 2020 we formed TPT MedTech, LLC to address opportunities in
the medical technology area. In June 2020, we entered into an
agreement to acquire 75% of the Fitness Container,
LLC.
We are based in San Diego, California, and operate
as a technology-based company with
divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and
product distribution, media content for domestic and international
syndication as well as technology solutions. Media Content Hub for Domestic and
International syndication Technology/Telecommunications company
operating on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and
Telecommunications infrastructure platform and also provides
technology solutions to businesses domestically and worldwide. We
offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a
Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service
(UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses
over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United
States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size
to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration
features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a
Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators
(MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master
Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones,
Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming
Cellphones.
Key Divisions:
K Telecom and Global Telecom- GSM Distribution
K
Telecom and Global Telecom are located in the Northwest of the
United States and sell and distribute GSM Cell Phone and Prepaid
GSM Services for MVNO’s (Mobile Virtual Network Operators)
through approximately 100 brick and mortar retail store-front
locations in Washington and Oregon.
TruCom, LLC– CLEC–Phoenix, Arizona
Our
TruCom division, a subsidiary of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC,
is a Facilities Based Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC)
headquartered in Phoenix, AZ. Founded in 2006 (as Copperhead
Digital Carrier) for the purpose of operating a state-of-the-art
Fiber Optic Network constructed by and acquired from Adelphia
Communications, TruCom now operates its own carrier class Fiber
Optic Network, state-of-the-art Wireless Point-to-Point network,
and Patent Pending proprietary
“Bulletproof”™
technology seamlessly integrating the two.
TruCom
offers Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi,
Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. With a
penchant for pushing the envelope, TruCom has pioneered innovative,
hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore
MPLS™) and was the Industry first to engineer patent-pending
failover services utilizing our own fiber optic and wireless
networks to guarantee business continuity and service uptime.
Located in multiple Local Serving Offices and Points of Presence
(POP’s) in the primary Data Centers in the market,
TruCom’s extensive Fiber Optic Network runs through the heart
of the most densely populated corridors of the Greater Phoenix
Metro Area. Their Wireless Point to Point and Point to Multipoint
Network is fed by the infinitely scalable capacity of the Fiber
Optic Network and consists of more than 16 Major Access Points.
This footprint not only provides coverage throughout the metro
area, but also spans into outlying Cities, often providing the only
carrier grade solution available in the region.
San Diego Media Division
San
Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”)
is an established Southern California based software engineering
and Internet e-commerce marketing services company that provides
enterprise-class integrated solutions for manufacturers, retailers,
and distributors focused on developing solutions for companies
seeking online growth and profitability.
Founded
in 1999, historically the primary market offering has been
MaxEXP®, a proven stable, productivity-enabling proprietary
eCommerce platform, built on open-standards technology that
empowers companies to deploy and manage eCommerce offerings at
lower cost and at less time than required to deploy more
conventional high-end solutions — and, we believe, all
without sacrificing the essential merchandising functionality,
customizability, extensibility, scalability, security, and
performance that much more expensive solutions provide. MaxEXP
supports both B2B and B2C functionality simultaneously which few
other eCommerce solutions will provide successfully
out-of-the-box.
These
early engagements have enabled SDM to solidify and refine the core
SDM technology architecture and to enhance the platform with
market-driven merchandising features and functionality. SDM has
made significant R&D investments in operational infrastructure
including sophisticated monitoring systems, comprehensive security,
time-tracking, client management tools, and continuous compliance
with the demanding payment card industry (PCI)
standards.
SDM has
complemented these systems with a full range of automated and
enterprise-class capabilities for fully integrating with
customer’s legacy systems, call centers, fulfillment houses,
and other critical business process applications.
SDM has
complimented its technologies with a wider range of professional
internet and marketing services that enables client success, to
create successful business relationships over
long-term.
As the
market has changed through the years SDM has continued to innovate
and expand its strategic and technology development partnerships;
these include, MIndTouch, BigCommerce, Avalara, CPC Strategies,
eBridge, Imperva Incapsula, Chris Chase Design. SDM’s newest
client is based in Singapore and it represents its most innovative
use of technologies to date.
Blue Collar Production Division
Our
production division, Blue Collar Productions (formerly Blue Collar,
Inc.), creates original live action and animated content
productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the
television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.
Mr. Rowen, our CEO of Blue Collar, works closely with major
television networks, cable channels and film studios to produce
home entertainment products.
The
Documentary film group at Blue Collar recently completed a film on
the cultural impact of Goodfellas: 20 Years Later that featured Martin
Scorsese, Robert DeNiro, Lorraine Bracco, Leonardo DiCaprio and
many others. They have also produced a series of film anthologies
for Turner Classic Movies. Blue Collar is currently in production
on Built To Fail, which is
a look at the history of street wear. The film features Tommy
Hilfiger, Russell Simmons and a host of notable street wear
designers. They are also in pre-production on The 29 Club, a look at notable
musicians who all tragically died at age 29; Memories in Music, which is an in-depth
study of the impact of memory through music on Alzheimer’s
patients and Faces of
Vegas, an exploration into the culture of Las Vegas,
Nevada.
Blue
Collar Productions currently has the feature film Looking For Alaska, based on the John
Green novel, producing for Paramount Pictures. The company produced
for a pilot for MTV for a possible series, “My Jam”
aired in the Fall of 2016. Blue Collar has also produced two
seasons of “Caribbean’s Next Top Model
Season.”
Blue
Collar Productions designs branding and marketing campaigns and has
had contracts with some of the world’s largest companies
including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500
companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and
home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony,
DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount
Studios, and Warner Brothers.
The CEO
of this division, Mr. Rowen, has worked with filmmakers including
Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron. Mr.
Rowen also has very close working relationships with actors
including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert Downey, Jr.,
Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara, Mariska Hargitay
and many others.
Prior
to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the
head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997
to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash
Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual
property and creator of high-end entertainment
content.
TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom
The
Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the
assets of SpeedConnect LLC (“SpeedConnect”) for $1.75
million, including the assumption of all contracts and liabilities
pertinent to operations and conveyed them into a wholly-owned
subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect. SpeedConnect was founded in 2002 and
operates as a national, predominantly rural, wireless
telecommunications residential and commercial Internet Service
Provider (ISP). TPT SpeedConnect’s primary business model is
subscription based, monthly reoccurring revenues, from wireless
delivered, high-speed Internet connections utilizing its company
built and owned national network. SpeedConnect also resells
third-party satellite Internet, DSL Internet, IP telephony and DISH
TV products. This Acquisition closed on May 7, 2019.
SpeedConnect was a privately-held Broadband Wireless Access (BWA)
provider. Today, TPT SpeedConnect is one of the nation’s
largest rural wireless broadband Internet providers which serves
approximately 15,000 residential and commercial wireless broadband
Internet customers, in Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, Iowa, Michigan,
Montana, Nebraska, South Dakota and Texas.
SpeedConnect
is a full-service ISP. The company’s Frankenmuth Michigan
back office is run by company employees, and includes, network
management, network monitoring and maintenance, significant
allocations of registered address in public IP4 and IP6 space,
employee based customer service, installation services, automated
resources and application based scheduling and tracking, paper,
ACH, credit card, and email billing, warehousing, fulfillment,
integrated customer premise provisioning, walled garden collections
and customer self-restarts, bandwidth usage tracking, integrated,
secure, and deep financial and operations dash board reporting,
collections, accounting, payables, owned and licensed backhaul,
intelligent bandwidth management, consumption rated billing,
customer payment portals, and all wrapped in a mature, first hit on
all search engines, Internet Brand. The company today services
residential and commercial Internet customers over its 220-cellular
tower foot-print across 10 Midwestern States.
Today’s
urban ISP landscape is highly competitive and dominated by some of
the world’s largest going concerns. Names like Comcast,
AT&T, Cox, Charter and DISH are household words. Home Internet
service has become synonymous with Cable. However, this is limited
to the high-density top 100 markets. Beyond that the competition
becomes more small licensed free wireless providers and satellite.
Wire-line providers, unless backed with government subsidies, do
not build beyond 15 homes per street mile. SpeedConnect services
both rural and non-rural areas, and historically has done well in
both marketplaces, however the margins are improved in the more
rural areas due to reduced voluntary and involuntary customer
attrition.
TPT
SpeedConnect’s key suppliers include but are not limited to;
Great Lakes Data Systems, Juniper, ZTE, Huawei, Cisco, Sandvine,
American Tower, SBA Tower, Crown Castle, CenturyLink, SuddenLink,
South Dakota Networks, 123 dot net, Genesee Telephone, Air
Advantage Fiber, Iron Mountain, ConVergence, CDW, Talley, Tessco,
Bursma Electronics, DragonWave, Ceragon Networks, Telrad, Arris,
AP, APD, Plante Morran, Fifth Third, Sprint and
others.
TPT MedTech, LLC – Medical Division
TPT
MedTech is strategically positioned to command the current trend in
Point of Care Testing (“POCT”) by aligning itself with
the exponential growth of smart devices equipped with mobile
healthcare (mH), which could truly revolutionize personalized
healthcare monitoring and management, thereby paving the way for
next-generation POCT.
TPT
MedTech has developed an approach which utilizes QuickLab, a
two-phase solution coupled to a PPE product distribution model. The
PPE distribution model is focused in the Federal space
(VA/DoD/FEMA/CDC/NG) as well as the top 20 National Hospital Group
Purchasing Organizations (GPO).
TPT
MedTech QuickLab developed a sequenced cohesive solution designed
to address the risk of contracting COVID-19 inadvertently through
touch or aerosolized. TPT MedTech QuickLab created this safety
barrier with a two-phase independent Mobile Lab System.
QuickLab Cleanser Lab initially scans for fever, you enter lab and
stand for 15 seconds while a fog (FDA APPROVED) eliminates 99.9% of
topical viruses and bacteria. Upon completion the individual enters
the QuickLab Testing Lab for a mucosal swab. (13-15 min). This
eliminates any individual who is COVID-19 active or appears symptom
free. The QuickLab Cleanser has significant applications well
beyond just medical.
Technology Company Overview
Our Company was formed as the successor of two US Corporations,
Ally Pharma US, a Pharmaceutical technology research company
founded in 1988 and TPT Global Inc. a Media Content, Voice and
Data, Interconnect and International gateway provider. TPT Global
Tech is headquartered in San Diego, California and operates as a
holding company for its Media, Smartphone, Network, Content and
SaaS (Software as a Services) domestic and international
businesses.
Historically
and through key acquisitions we launched Telecommunications
wholesale and retail operations in the United States and
Internationally. These first acquisitions with their Customer
Bases, Distribution Channels and Technology are the base for our
organic growth strategy and provide opportunities to cross sell our
platforms and New Media Technology products and services
Domestically and Internationally.
We are based in San Diego, California, and operate
as a technology-based company with
divisions providing telecommunications, medical technology and
product distribution, media content for domestic and international
syndication as well as technology solutions. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS),
Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified
Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance
and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and
wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS
services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest
voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global
technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for
Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent
Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid
Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global
Roaming Cellphones.
Our
technologies “Gathers Big Data” to predict our
customers’ viewing and spending habits. We then deliver
Products and Services to support that estimated demand and share
advertising revenues with our Content, Digital Media and Linear
Broadcast Partners worldwide.
Each of
our four divisions contributes to the launch of our global Content
delivery platform “ViewMe Live” and creates cross
pollinating revenue opportunities and a closed Global E-commerce
Eco environment which we believe will help us execute our short-
and long-term corporate objectives. Our Content Division which
consists of Blue Collar Productions (our TV and Film content
Production company) creates original content and in some cases
third party content. Once Content has been produced we will then
broadcast and delivered that content over our proprietary Mobile TV
Platform on our proprietary Trucom Telecommunication Network
infrastructure domestically and internationally.
Our
corporate goal is to work within our four in house divisions
(Smartphone, Network, Content and SaaS) to launch hardware sales
and build a viewer subscriber base domestically and
internationally. This edge device deployment would deliver free
Content, free Linear Broadcast feeds and Social Media features on
our Free proprietary Mobile app platform with the anticipation to
aggregate and showcase our original and third-party Content,
Digital Media and Linear broadcast feeds from and too the four
corners of the Globe.
All of
the back technology or features for ViewMe Live have been developed
and we anticipate spending an additional $2,000,000 USD to complete
the front-end features which we believe, depending on our funding
event, will be six to twelve months.
We have
generated revenues in 2019 and 2018, primarily through operating as
a Facilities Based Telecommunications Competitive Local Exchange
Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona and as a Broadband Internet
provider. The company currently operates an approximate 58 miles
Fiber optic ring throughout the greater Phoenix valley offering
such services as Basic Residential Phone service, Basic Business
phone service, POT’s lines, Basic Fiber Broadband Internet
services, Wireless Internet Services, Toll Free 800 services, EFax,
Erate, Dedicated T-1 Services, Auto Attendant, SIP Trunks, Mobile
and Voip services. These services will continue for the forseeable
future weighted heavily towards offering more Wireless Internet
services and the Fiber Ring will be transformed into a Private Test
facility to be offered for rent to businesses needing a private
network to test new products for proof of concept purposes.
Since the acquisition of the assets of
SpeedConnect in 2019, we operate as a Broadband Wireless Access
(BWA) provider and are considered one of the nation’s largest
rural wireless broadband Internet providers serving approximately
15,000 residential and commercial wireless broadband Internet
customers, in Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Montana,
Nebraska, South Dakota and Texas.
We, and
our related acquired companies are seeking to be an innovative
Media-Telecom/CUBS (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) company and
one of the first to combine recurring Telecom, Media and
Data/Cloud Services revenue under one roof, then bring all
relevant data from those services into a proprietary telecom
infrastructure and information matrix platform capable of
delivering a “Daily and Intelligent Dashboard” to our
Domestic and International customers. Such a planned cohesive
combination of services and information from a single provider has
been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrate
communication services and information technology suites to empower
individuals and companies with vital communications, Smartphone,
Network, Content, SaaS (Software as A Service), New Media
Technology products and services, and valuable relevant diagnostic
information both Domestically and
Internationally.
We are
currently able to deliver a live Global TV Broadcast and Social
Media Platform utilizing a Mobile App technology on our proprietary
Content Delivery Network. We plan to expand our Cloud Unified
Business Services (CUBS) technology-based business services
unifying multiple services from the cloud.
CUBS (Cloud Unified Business Services) - We are a CUBS
provider, acquiring customers and then cross selling additional
products and services through our proprietary Wrap Around
Relationship Marketing (WARM) system, intending to make the
customers very sticky.
Planned Activities
Big Data & Predictive Analytics - Our capability to
utilize our proprietary aggregation platform to gather data from
our hardware and software edge device (End Users) deployments
positions the Company to be a leader in predictive
analytics.
Cross-Sales – Our growth strategy through
complimentary acquisitions may create opportunities to cross and
sell its New Generation, New Media technology products and services
to a growing customer base across multiple distribution channels,
both domestically and internationally.
Market Launch - Through our acquisition of View-me Live from
Matrixsites, we have acquired the live backend broadcast Network
technology for our Global Mobile TV and Social Media platform.
Subject to raising capital ($2,000,000) from our fund-raising
activities we believe we are six to twelve months from completing
the frontend development component to launch its “View-me
Live” Mobile APP delivery platform.
Liquidity and Capital Resource Needs
The
maximum proceeds from this Offering are $50,000,000 which is
anticipated to provide proceeds of $50,000,000. Our estimate of
uses for these proceeds are the following:
|
Equipment purchase
and manufacturing
|
$18,350,000
|
|
Content
Production
|
$2,250,000
|
|
Acquisition
|
$500,000
|
|
Debt Retirement and
acquisition
|
$15,187,981
|
|
Working
Capital
|
$8,712,019
|
|
Issuance
Costs
|
$5,000,000
|
|
|
$50,000,000
|
Although
the items set forth above indicate management’s present
estimate of our use of the net proceeds from this Offering,
we may reallocate the proceeds or
utilize them for other corporate purposes. Our actual use of
proceeds may vary from these estimates because of a number of
factors, including whether we are successful in completing future
acquisitions, whether we obtain additional funding, what other
obligations have been incurred by us, the operating results of our
initial acquisition activities, and whether we are able to operate
profitably. If our need for working capital increases, we may seek
additional funds through loans or other financing. There are no
commitments for any such financing, and there can be no assurance
that these funds may be obtained in the future if the need
arises. The
company is trying to source $5M in debt for both debt payback and
equipment financing aside from this Offering Circular. This
is shown in this document together with this offering in the
capital and working capital activity.
RECENT ACQUISITIONS OF OPERATING
DIVISIONS/SUBSIDIARIES
Bridge Internet, LLC Acquisition
On March 6, 2020, the Company executed an Acquisition and Purchase
Agreement (“Agreement”) dated March 6, 2020 with Bridge
Internet, LLC (“Bridge Internet”), a Delaware Limited
Liability Company.
The Company acquired 75% of Bridge Internet for 8,000,000 shares of
common stock of TPT Global Tech, Inc., 4,000,000 common shares
issued to Sydney “Trip” Camper immediately and
4,000,000 common shares which vest equally over two years. As
sufficient funding is raised by the Company, defined as
approximately $3,000,000, marketing funds of up to $200,000 per
quarter for the next year from date of signing Agreement will be
provided. Tower industry Veteran, Founder and CEO of Bridge
Internet, Sydney “Trip” Camper, will retain the
remaining 25% of Bridge Internet and stay on as the CEO, as well as
become the acting CEO of TPT Speed Connect LLC, the Company’s
wholly owned subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect, LLC.
Bridge Internet offers a Joint Venture (JV) business model to
Municipalities, Cooperatives and Individual Territory Owners
throughout the United States. It currently has no revenues. As a
territorial, duplicatable, wireless internet service provider, this
is a unique opportunity for potential JV partners to join an
incredible revenue sharing business model. It is very easy for
Municipalities, Cooperatives or Individual Owners to start JV
businesses with Bridge Internet to provide their communities with
state-of-the-art High-Speed Internet, Voice and IPTV services. The
internet is a commodity many take for granted but for those with
limited access every day is an unnecessary struggle. With millions
of rural Americans struggling to find a reliable internet provider,
Bridge Internet will help make a difference in people’s lives
by providing access to online classes, healthcare, news and
entertainment.
Our Business Methods
Centralized Platform and New Generation Network
We are
now operating a next-generation broadband network reselling other
companies’ networks on a wholesale arbitrage basis (buying
and reselling other companies’ capacity) on our centralized
VIVO Platform. We are interconnected to U.S. and International
carriers to date. Once funded, we intend to deploy our own
in-country networks in the targeted emerging markets. This will
enable us to be able to provide better quality termination and
increase our operating margins. We believe our platform will
produce substantial operational cost savings. Because of our
pricing advantage, we are able to offer our clients products and
services at an attractive pricing structure, creating a strong
competitive advantage. Based on our low network operating costs and
low-cost infrastructure, we believe we may penetrate emerging
markets with little network build-out and at a reasonable price.
Management believes that our service offerings will be well
received in emerging markets based on existing relationships and
pricing structure, which will enable us to set the industry
standard with little competition.
Once we
establish in-country networks, we will be able to market Phones,
Networks, Content and SaaS products targeted to specific subgroups
that coincide with the country/region where we have a network in
place or a strategic partnership network in place.
Use of Incumbent Networks
Under
formal agreements we can privately brand and resell incumbent
carriers’ underlying broadband networks, while deploying our
own Wimax/Wi-Fi/GSM service plans and mobile handsets.
As a
true value add, our VIVO billing platform allows us to manage the
billing and routing, offering our customers a seamless, branded
network from anywhere we maintain a relationship. By way of
incumbent operator networks, we can sell and market to retail and
wholesale customers without the high infrastructure costs
associated with deploying our own network. If and when the revenues
justify the cost of constructing our own network, we plan to
investigate adding a wireless Broadband/ GSM network, and transfer
our customer base in a final step to reduce costs of goods sold
long-term.
Wholesale Termination
Wholesale
termination is the reselling of excess network capacity on a
reciprocal basis to other telecom carriers both domestically and
internationally. Due to the large number of carrier relationships
we have in the US and abroad, we believe we can immediately
increase our wholesale termination in each country in which we have
a license to operate. This wholesale activity generates additional
cash flow immediately if successfully implemented. Wholesale
termination is a low risk, low margin business.
Service Description
Our
next-generation wireless Broadband/GSM network relies on
non-line-of-sight technology. This will provide a level of
performance comparable to that delivered by evolving Worldwide
Interoperability of Microwave Access (WiMAX) standards. The cost
advantage equates to substantial reductions of fixed costs as
compared to building traditional, legacy, and switched
networks.
Our
products and marketing strategy unifies the various features
available in today’s telecommunication environment
including:
●
Significant
international broadband capacity
●
High quality VoIP
communication
●
Cellular/GSM and
Wi-Fi wireless convergence
●
IPTV, Content
Applications and Financial Services Products
●
Remote network
management
●
Sophisticated
Prepaid, Wholesale and Retail billing
●
CRM management; and
Intranet Build-out, back office management and
reporting.
Our Business Segments
Our
business segment consists generally of providing strategic, legacy
and data integration products and services to small, medium and
enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers,
including other communication providers. Our strategic products and
services offered to these customers include our collocation,
hosting, broadband, VoIP, information technology and other
ancillary services. Our services offered to these customers
primarily include local and long-distance voice, inducing the sale
of unbundled network elements (“UNEs”), switched access
and other ancillary services. Our product offerings include the
sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers’
premises and related products and professional services, all of
which are described further below.
Our
products and services include local and long-distance voice,
broadband, Ethernet, collocation, hosting (including cloud hosting
and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public
access, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary
services.
We
offer our customers the ability to bundle together several products
and services. For example, we offer integrated and unlimited local
and long-distance voice services. Our customers can also bundle two
or more services such as broadband, video (including through our
strategic partnerships), voice services. We believe our customers
value the convenience and price discounts associated with receiving
multiple services through a single company.
Most of
our products and services are provided using our telecommunications
network, which consists of voice and data switches, copper cables,
fiber-optic cables and other equipment.
Described
in greater detail below are our key products and
services.
K Telecom and Global Telecom- GSM Distribution
K
Telecom and Global Telecom are located in the Northwest of the
United States and sell and distribute GSM Cell Phone and Prepaid
GSM Services for MVNO’s (Mobile Virtual Network Operators)
through approximately 100 brick and mortar retail store-front
locations in Washington and Oregon.
TruCom, LLC– CLEC–Phoenix, Arizona
Our
TruCom division, a subsidiary of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC,
is a Facilities Based Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC)
headquartered in Phoenix, AZ. Founded in 2006 (as Copperhead
Digital Carrier) for the purpose of operating a state-of-the-art
Fiber Optic Network constructed by and acquired from Adelphia
Communications, TruCom now operates its own carrier class Fiber
Optic Network, state-of-the-art Wireless Point-to-Point network,
and Patent Pending proprietary
“Bulletproof”™
technology seamlessly integrating the two.
TruCom
offers Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi,
Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. TruCom
offers hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies
(SuperCore MPLS™). The company currently operates an
approximate 58 miles Fiber optic ring throughout the greater
Phoenix valley offering such services as Basic Residential Phone
service, Basic Business phone service, POT’s lines, Basic
Fiber Broadband Internet services, Wireless Internet Services, Toll
Free 800 services, EFax, Erate, Dedicated T-1 Services, Auto
Attendant, SIP Trunks, Mobile and Voip services.
San Diego Media
San
Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”) is an established Southern
California based software engineering and Internet e-commerce
marketing services company that provides enterprise-class
integrated solutions for manufacturers, retailers, and distributors
focused on developing solutions for companies seeking online growth
and profitability. The primary market offering has been
MaxEXP®, a proven stable, productivity-enabling proprietary
eCommerce platform, built on open-standards technology that
empowers companies to deploy and manage eCommerce offerings at
lower cost and at less time than required to deploy more
conventional high-end solutions.
Media Content
We operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International
syndication, Technology/Telecommunications company using on our own
proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications
infrastructure platform and we also provides technology solutions
to businesses worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS),
Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified
Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance
and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and
wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS
services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest
voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global
technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for
Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent
Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid
Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global
Roaming Cellphones.
Our
technologies “Gathers Big Data” to predict our
customers’ viewing and spending habits. We then deliver
Products and Services to support that estimated demand and share
advertising revenues with our Content, Digital Media and Linear
Broadcast Partners worldwide.
Each of
our four divisions contributes to the launch of our global Content
delivery platform “ViewMe Live” and creates cross
pollinating revenue opportunities and a closed Global E-commerce
Eco environment which we believe will help us execute our short and
long term corporate objectives. Our Content Division which consists
of Blue Collar Productions (our TV and Film content Production
company) creates original content and in some cases third party
content. Once Content has been produced we will then broadcast and
delivered that content over our proprietary Mobile TV Platform on
our proprietary Trucom Telecommunication Network infrastructure
domestically and internationally.
CUBS (Cloud Unified Business Services) –
We are
a CUBS provider (Cloud
Unified Businesses Services) company and one of the first to
combine recurring Telecom, Media and Data/Cloud
Services revenue under one roof, then bring all relevant data
from those services into a proprietary telecom infrastructure and
information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily
and Intelligent Dashboard” to our Domestic and International
customers. Such a planned cohesive combination of services and
information from a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent.
We intend to pioneer an integrate communication services and
information technology suites to empower individuals and companies
with vital communications, Smartphone, Network, Content, SaaS
(Software as A Service), New Media Technology products and
services, and valuable relevant diagnostic information both
Domestically and Internationally.
We are
currently able to deliver a live Global TV Broadcast and Social
Media Platform utilizing a Mobile App technology on our proprietary
Content Delivery Network. We plan to expand our Cloud Unified
Business Services (CUBS) technology-based business services
unifying multiple services from the cloud.
Blue Collar Production Division
Our
production division, Blue Collar Productions (formerly Blue Collar,
Inc.), creates original live action and animated content
productions. Blue Collar creates original live action and animated
content and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the
television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media
markets.
TPT SpeedConnect
On May
7, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all
of the assets of SpeedConnect LLC (“SpeedConnect”) for
$1.75 million, including the assumption of all contracts and
liabilities pertinent to operations and conveyed them into a wholly
owned subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect. The Acquisition closed on May 7,
2019. SpeedConnect was founded in 2002 by its CEO John Arthur Ogren
and is in its 17th year of operations as a national, predominantly
rural, wireless telecommunications residential and commercial
Internet Service Provider (ISP). TPT SpeedConnect’s primary
business model is subscription based, monthly reoccurring revenues,
from wireless delivered, high-speed Internet connections utilizing
its company built and owned national network. SpeedConnect also
resells third-party satellite Internet, DSL Internet, IP telephony
and DISH TV products.
SpeedConnect
is a privately-held Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) provider.
Today, TPT SpeedConnect is one of the nation’s largest rural
wireless broadband Internet providers which serves approximately
15,000 residential and commercial wireless broadband Internet
customers, in Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Montana,
Nebraska, South Dakota and Texas.
TPT
SpeedConnect is a full-service ISP. The company’s Frankenmuth
Michigan back office is run by company employees, and includes
network management, network monitoring and maintenance, significant
allocations of registered address in public IP4 and IP6 space,
employee based customer service, installation services, automated
resources and application based scheduling and tracking, paper,
ACH, credit card, and email billing, warehousing, fulfillment,
integrated customer premise provisioning, walled garden collections
and customer self-restarts, bandwidth usage tracking, integrated,
secure, and deep financial and operations dash board reporting,
collections, accounting, payables, owned and licensed backhaul,
intelligent bandwidth management, consumption rated billing,
customer payment portals, and all wrapped in a mature, first hit on
all search engines, Internet Brand. The company today services
16,000 residential and commercial Internet customers over its
220-cellular tower foot-print across 10 Midwestern
States.
Today’s
urban ISP landscape is highly competitive and dominated by some of
the world’s largest going concerns. Names like Comcast,
AT&T, Cox, Charter and DISH are household words. Home Internet
service has become synonymous with Cable. However, this is limited
to the high-density top 100 markets. Beyond that the competition
becomes more small licensed free wireless providers and satellite.
Wire-line providers, unless backed with government subsidies, do
not build beyond 15 homes per street mile. SpeedConnect services
both rural and non-rural areas, and historically has done well in
both market places, however the margins are improved in the more
rural areas due to reduced voluntary and involuntary customer
attrition.
TPT
SpeedConnect’s key suppliers include but are not limited to;
Great Lakes Data Systems, Juniper, ZTE, Huawei, Cisco, Sandvine,
American Tower, SBA Tower, Crown Castle, CenturyLink, SuddenLink,
South Dakota Networks, 123 dot net, Genesee Telephone, Air
Advantage Fiber, Iron Mountain, ConVergence, CDW, Talley, Tessco,
Bursma Electronics, DragonWave, Ceragon Networks, Telrad, Arris,
AP, APD, Plante Morran, Fifth Third, Sprint and
others.
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART
RECENT
DEVELOPMENTS
On June
10, 2020, the Company entered
into an agreement with Rennova Health, Inc. (“Rennova
Health”) to merge Rennova Health’s software and
genetic testing interpretation divisions, Health Technology
Solutions, Inc. (“HTS”) and Advanced Molecular Services
Group, Inc., (“AMSG”) into a public company (target)
after TPT completes a merger of its wholly owned subsidiary,
InnovaQor, Inc. with this
target.
The
parties anticipate the steps as defined in the agreement to be
completed in the 3rd quarter of 2020
resulting in the target public company being called InnovaQor, Inc.
and filing whatever documents are required to be a fully reporting
public company. The public company (“InnovaQor”) will
own certain assets and technology from TPT’s proprietary live
streaming communication technology and the technology and software
developed and owned by HTS and AMSG. The combination of these fully
developed assets will facilitate the creation of a next generation
telehealth type platform. This platform will combine telehealth
with EHR like capabilities and facilitate a patient’s
immediate access to healthcare including their local hospital or
doctors, for initial consultation, scheduling of appointments and
follow on care.
Completion
of the agreement is subject to a number of approvals and consents
which need to be secured to complete the transaction. Subject to
the relevant SEC approvals it is intended that TPT shareholders
will receive approximately 5M common shares in InnovaQor.
TPT’s intent is to distribute 2.5M of these common shares to
its shareholders at a date to be determined in the future. Rennova
Health will receive 1M Class A
Supermajority Voting Preferred Shares, as well as 2.2M of Series B
non-voting shares, except in certain circumstances, with certain
designation rights, lock up agreements and other specifications as
outlined in the agreement in return for the equity in HTS and AMSG.
All debts and liabilities of HTS and AMSG owed to Rennova Health of
approximately $22M will be eliminated as part of the equity
issuance in InnovaQor. TPT will end up with a minority
interest in InnovaQor. Rennova Health will be responsible to
appoint management to the project. It is intended that 1M common
shares will vest to management. There can be no assurance that the
transaction as described will close successfully or that terms
including numbers or values for consideration shares will not
change significantly before closing.
TPT will deliver to InnovaQor a standalone backend and front-end
telemedicine technology platform utilizing code from TPTW’s
TV and Social Media Platform. TPT is also to grant to InnovaQor a
license to utilize and further develop a portion of TPTW’s
Streaming Platform to create a telemedicine application for
InnovaQor. This is estimated to cost approximately $3.5M, which
InnovaQor will pay to TPT as a licensing deal outlined in the
agreement.
Rennova
Health is a vertically integrated provider of industry-leading
diagnostics and supportive software solutions to healthcare
providers that has transitioned its core business from diagnostics
to rural hospital ownership over the past three years.
CORPORATE MARKETING STRATEGY
Our
corporate strategy in expanding our operations and potential
product and service streams is as follows.
MARKETING
OBJECTIVE:
Establish
our brand as a competitive service and product provider in the
communications industry.
ADVERTISING
OBJECTIVE:
To
create top of mind brand awareness and emotional relevance
resulting: TPT Global Tech, Inc. being the preferred and requested
product line of products in the industry.
SALES
& MERCHANDISING OBJECTIVES:
Our
distributor will use direct selling efforts. Their efforts will be
supported with our marketing, advertising, and merchandising
programs. The primary task will be to increase the sales through
retail channels.
PURSUE
BRAND RECOGNITION THROUGHOUT THE UNITED STATES
The
first marketing objective must be to refine our brand and secure
our place in the minds of the consumers. This will be accomplished
through the execution of an integrated branding, identity and
services marketing programs. The goals for this segment will be an
enhanced brand identity, a brand applications and a digital assets
suite.
MARKETING STRATEGY
Our
plan includes a direct sales program targeting businesses, small
business and home office users of communications. The direct sales
efforts will be supported with third party marketing integration.
To further enhance the sales process, we will offer an offering
program including services and product sheets, coupons, point of
sale materials (banners, shelf talkers, and end cap displays and
danglers) and internet marketing programs.
Based
on the above benefit scenarios, we plan to seize the following
opportunities:
●
Build superior
brand recognition and become recognized as a category
leader.
●
Expand the US
distribution into all states.
●
Establish
distribution internationally.
●
Establish and
manage a knowledgeable team of account executives with industry
experience.
●
Create a retail
merchandising program that will build a strong market
share.
The
purpose of our marketing efforts is to move the product sales from
their current position into the rapid growing
“popularity” stage. Our strategy includes the following
marketing programs: Branding; Merchandising; Direct; Display
Advertising; Media; Public Relations; Publicity; Events; Investor
Relations; Metrics Dashboard; and, Personal Sales. Our objective is
to gain the sales momentum required to reach the “brand
preference” stage of product growth as soon as possible. This
is the stage where we plan sales grow at a steady and stabilized
pace.
THE DIRECT MARKETING PROGRAM
A
complete direct marketing program including direct mail, blast
email and URLs may be used to introduce the products to new
customers and secure leads for the sales team. We plan to employ
the services of a database marketing company to leverage techniques
to target prospective clients and reinforce product messages
throughout the selling process. This process will commence with the
modeling of our existing customer data and the analysis of the
results using sophisticated analytic tools. Cross-channel marketing
will be utilized in conjunction with the direct marketing including
social marketing. Our focus of this marketing medium will be
relevance and timing, which only this medium can provide full
control over and the ability to fully quantify the
results.
THE MEDIA MARKETING PROGRAM
We
intend to test several media options to determine which, if any,
effectively drive sales and sales leads. The mediums being consider
include outdoor advertising, both static and mobile, magazine ads,
and radio spots. Other media to be explored are direct mail post
cards and emails to opt in viewers.
THE PUBLIC RELATIONS/PUBLICITY PROGRAM
We plan
to employ the services of a public relations firm to build a
corporate profile to keep the name and the services and products in
front of consumers. A third-party PR firm will be responsible for
writing and publishing press releases, coordinating event marketing
and managing investor relations.
We
employ marketing, sales and customer service personnel on an as
needed basis for specific events to build brand awareness. We use a
range of marketing strategies and tactics to build our brand and
increase sales, including point-of-sale materials, event
sponsorship, in-store and on premise promotions, public relations,
and a variety of other traditional and non-traditional marketing
techniques to support the sales of all of our
products.
We
believe that a marketing mix of event promotions, social media,
print advertising in local media and internet advertising providing
information and samples of our products at social events is a
strategy that may help increase sales.
TARGET CUSTOMER
We plan
to profile our existing customers and create a sophisticated data
model to mathematically and statistically identify our
“ideal” customer. Further the model will be used to
learn exactly how the target customer wishes to be communicated
with and marketed to.
THE INTERNATIONAL MARKET
We plan
to market our product internationally. Many of the current products
offered by us have features for the international community. This
will be a secondary but strong focus by our marketing
team.
EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT
Our
senior management team has over 30 years of experience in the
various consumer product industries and has a proven track record
of creating value both organically and through strategic
acquisitions. Our management intends to utilize the best available
and fit-for-purpose technology and experienced contractors to
improve production and expand distribution.
CORPORATE STRATEGY
Our Goals
Our
primary goal is to continue to grow our business by improving value
to our current customers and vendors. In providing a high-quality
network we intend to continue to grow our business. Additionally,
we intend to purchase established telecommunications and technology
companies that will immediately generate and increase traffic
(revenue) to our Company’s retail and wholesale network.
Companies that we are strategically aligned with have in their core
business synergistic retail products and services that include, but
are not limited to, Telecom Cloud Services Media, Merchant
Services/Mobile Banking, Cloud Services and Media (e.g.
credit/debit card processing, check/ACH payment processing,
ecommerce/merchant processing, web hosting, voice, data, GSM/Wi-Fi
Mobile, Mobile Money Transfers, IPTV, VOD and Live Mobile
Broadcasting, Prepaid Calling Card and PIN-less Prepaid services).
If we acquire a strategic partner as a subsidiary, we believe we
will have the ability to aggregate their analogous technology
platforms onto our proprietary Software Access System operating
platform for integration and efficiency.
We
intend to work our media to accelerate cohesively in the mobile
technology sectors: LIVE Broadcast, Video on Demand (VOD) Apps, and
Digital Video Magazine (DVM) Apps. While “white
labeling” our technologies as SaaS, our primary focus is what
we believe is the first Global Cyber LIVE Mobile TV broadcast
network, ViewMe Live. The ViewMe Live Network™ is a 24-hour
LIVE worldwide mobile TV network, delivered via iOS and Android
apps. The ViewMe Live Network™ presents a diversity of Linear
Broadcast Channels (Domestically and International), coupled with
Social Media Platforms with combined functions that compete with
some of the largest and most powerful Digital Media platforms, to
connected audiences who live a mobile-centric life.
DEVELOPMENT
FLOW CHART
Network Services
Domestic
and Global Telecommunications offerings include: Mobile TV, Phone,
Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max,
Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. Our
telecommunications division has pioneered innovative, hosted
firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore MPLS) and
was the Industry first to engineer patent-pending
Bulletproof™ failover services utilizing our own fiber optic
and wireless networks to guarantee business continuity and service
uptime.
As a retail and business media and telecommunications
provider operating a high-speed Fiber Optic Network and Wireless
Network in the USA at a cost competitive rate for new technologies,
we are growing our operations through sales of our core voice &
data connectivity products to small and midsized business clients.
We have a growth strategy through acquisitions in order to increase
regional operations and deploy more technologies to niche &
underserved markets. Unified Cloud Services, Unified Communications
(UC) or Unified Communications/Collaboration (UCC) has been a topic
of interest to users looking to evolve from a disorderly
combination of media, voice, email and message communications to
something more structured. Our goal is to target existing and new
small and medium businesses (“SMBs”) to transition
their older voice system businesses, expand their software collaboration
offerings, and most recently build cloud service offerings.
Cloud solution gives our customers the flexibility to support a
myriad of mobile devices as part of their hardware strategy,
whether it's launching a bring-your-own-device initiative,
implementing a one-to-one program or equipping SMBs with mobile
computing carts full of tablets, netbooks, or notebooks in a
secured environment.
Scalability and Cost Efficiency
Our
proprietary Software Access System platform currently runs our
global operations. In short, it does this by connecting our
customer base with the most profitable vendor route while
calculating least cost routing, analyzing route quality, and
respecting “dipping” protocols. Based on the demand, we
have the ability to scale to meet the needs of our customers.
Comparable “off the shelf” software systems in the
marketplace can cost in the hundreds of thousands of dollars just
to purchase, not to mention expensive service contracts, which may
continue in perpetuity after the original purchase. Our proprietary
platform, in which we have invested and have developed over several
years, allows us to operate a global network with better efficiency
which we believe differentiates us from other competitors in the
marketplace.
We believe our competitive advantages are:
|
|
●
|
We
believe our ViewMe Live products and services are close to being
ready to launch globally
|
|
|
●
|
We
offer 3-15 seconds latency Cellular – 1-5 on
Wi-Fi
|
|
|
●
|
We
offer Proprietary Optimizing / Stabilizing software
|
|
|
●
|
We
offer Multi-Channel LIVE and Video on Demand worldwide
|
|
|
●
|
We
offer Patent Pending real time dynamic failover solution called
Bulletproof™
|
|
|
●
|
We have
57 route miles of fiber optic network meshed with a microwave
canopy in Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
●
|
We
offer our own proprietary voice switching and management platform
running least cost routing and real time financial
analytics
|
|
|
●
|
We have
over 175 existing USA and International Telephone companies already
interconnected to our telecom switches. These customers and vendors
are ready made strategic technology distribution partners for our
Telecom, Media, and Cloud Services products
|
|
|
●
|
We
offer a Patent Pending Full HD Naked Eye 3D Smartphone
|
Our Strategy
Our
business, marketing, and sales strategy is structured
around:
●
Pursuing selective,
strategic, distribution relationships combined with cash positive
acquisitions to build immediate revenue streams and increase our
Company’s network footprint.
●
Utilize the
expanded network to offer our Company’s service thereby
increasing marginal revenues through the low risk offering of
wholesale termination and prepaid services through existing
distribution channels, retail stores and E-Commerce both
domestically and internationally.
●
Pursuing markets
within countries where there is a lower concentration of
communications services that will result in initial higher pricing
and potential for gross profit.
●
Providing low cost,
pricing leading VoIP/GSM value added services through our
Company’s next-generation centralized software platform and
network.
●
Partnering and
developing joint ventures with incumbent networks or government
agencies to penetrate local emerging markets in order to build and
operate Intranet Network Infrastructures that would move data over
a secured network servicing government buildings and agencies,
including police, military, hospitals and schools.
Our Intended Marketing Plan and Product Roll Out for 2020 and
2021
|
|
●
|
Satellite
radio syndication simulcast with over 25 million domestic U.S.
listeners
|
|
|
●
|
Connected
TV partner with over 18 million viewers worldwide.
|
|
|
●
|
Airline
entertainment partnership with over 12 million international
viewers.
|
|
|
●
|
Supported
by an international public relations firm.
|
|
|
●
|
Comprehensive
social media marketing campaign involving popular bloggers and
podcasters
|
Our
sales and marketing approach to our business and consumer customers
emphasizes customer-oriented sales, marketing and service. Our
marketing plans include marketing our products and services
primarily through direct sales representatives, inbound call
centers, local retail stores, telemarketing and third parties,
including retailers, satellite television providers, door to door
sales agents and digital marketing firms. We support our
distribution with digital marketing, direct mail, bill inserts,
newspaper and television advertising, website promotions, public
relations activities and sponsorship of community events and sports
venues.
Similarly,
our sales and marketing approach to our business customers includes
a commitment to provide comprehensive communications and IT
solutions for business, wholesale and governmental customers of all
sizes, ranging from small offices to select enterprise customers.
We strive to offer our business customers stable, reliable, secure
and trusted solutions. Our marketing plans include marketing our
products and services primarily through digital advertising, direct
sales representatives, inbound call centers, telemarketing and
third parties, including telecommunications agents, system
integrators, value-added resellers and other telecommunications
firms. We support our distribution through digital advertising,
events, television advertising, website promotions and public
relations.
Marketing Designs
We have
designed our services and products offered to be:
|
|
●
|
Portable. We offer the ability to access our network from
anywhere within our coverage area without being restricted to a
specific location.
|
|
|
●
|
Simple. Our services are easy to install. After connecting
our modem to an ATA or computer and a power source, our wireless
broadband service is immediately available and requires no software
installation.
|
|
|
●
|
Fast. We offer speeds that typically exceed legacy cellular
networks and are competitive with fixed broadband
offerings.
|
|
|
●
|
A Good Value. We generally price our services competitively
because our costs to build and operate our network are
significantly lower than the networks operated by many of our
competitors.
|
With
the popularity of social media, people are demanding fast broadband
connectivity on an increasingly mobile basis. We believe that our
services meet this demand and will market this in our efforts to
increase our subscriber growth rate.
OUR COMPANY STRENGTHS
We
believe the following competitive strengths enable us to meet the
demand for simple, reliable and portable wireless broadband
connectivity:
●
First mover. We are the
first company we are aware of to launch a Global Cyber Mobile TV
and Social Media Network that incorporates functional feature of
the largest Digital Media companies in the world.
●
High barriers to entry. Our
issued and pending patents, as well as our proprietary Media
platforms and Naked Eye 3D technology trade secrets give us a
strong intellectual property position that we believe creates a
significant barrier to entry for potential competitors.
●
Broad range of applications for our
platform. This allows us to build a deep new product
pipeline that creates multiple paths to build a large and
profitable business.
●
Multi-billion-dollar addressable
market. U.S. digital advertising revenues rose to $26.2
billion in the third quarter of 2018, solidifying 2018’s
claim as the highest-spending first three quarters on record,
according to the latest IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report
released today by IAB and prepared by PwC US. Digital
spend for Q3 2018 estimates increased 20.6 percent over Q3 2017. In
total, marketers spent $75.8 billion
during 2018’s first three quarters—22 percent
more than they had spent during the same period a year ago.
https://iab.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/IAB_Internet-Ad-Revenue-Report-Q3-2018_2019-02-14_FINAL-1.pdf
●
Diverse revenue streams including
Digital Media partnerships. We anticipate generating
significant revenue from our Digital Media platforms. Our Linear
Broadcast partners will play a large part in generating revenues
from the sale of mobile and social media advertising.
●
Strong senior leadership
team. Our founders and senior leaders have experience in
building and operating several companies in our business areas. We
have phone, network, content, SaaS, product development, and
commercialization experience that has enabled us to establish
market leadership positions for the companies where we previously
were employed.
●
Differentiated Services. We
believe our service is unique because of our combination of our
Worldwide Operational Platform, Worldwide Affiliates, Cutting Edge
Technology, Portability, Simplicity and Speed to Market with a
competitive domestic and International Price Structure. We believe
this combination of factors differentiates our subscriber’s
experience when compared to broadband services provided by DSL,
cable modem, wireless third-generation or 3G, networks.
●
Strong Spectrum Position. We
use unlicensed and licensed spectrum (in Arizona), which avoids
radio frequency interference that hinders competitors using
non-licensed spectrum, such as WiFi network operators. Access to
spectrum is a fundamental barrier to entry for the delivery of
high-quality wireless communications. Through our partnerships, we
believe that we have access to the second largest spectrum position
in our band within the United States.
●
Advanced, Scalable
Technology. Because we intend
to design our own software and equipment, we can refine our product
development roadmap to meet our subscriber’s needs. We
believe our NLOS, IP-based Ethernet architecture and compression
technology confers competitive advantages since it simplifies both
network deployment and customer use while supporting a broad range
of potential premium services.
●
Efficient Economic Model. We
believe our individual market economic model is characterized by
low fixed capital and operating expenditures relative to other
wireless and wire line broadband service providers. We believe our
individual market model is highly scalable and replicable across
our markets. As our capabilities evolve, we expect to generate
incremental revenue streams from our subscriber base by developing
and offering premium products and services.
●
Experienced Management Team.
Stephen J. Thomas, our Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive
Officer, has been an active entrepreneur, operator and investor in
the industry for more than 17 years in VoIP and wireless
communications industry. He previously served as Director of
Network Optimization/Validation for WorldxChange,
Inc. and CEO and President of New Orbit Communications, Inc., which
focused on International Operator Services in United States,
Mexico, El Salvador and Guatemala.
FUTURE PLANS
TPT MedTech
The
point-of-care diagnostics or testing (POCD or POCT) market is
projected to reach USD 46.7 billion by 2024 from USD 28.5 billion
in 2019, at a CAGR of 10.4%. Factors such as the high prevalence of
infectious diseases in developing countries, increasing incidence
of target conditions, growing government support, and rising
preference for home healthcare across the globe are driving the
growth of the market. However, product recalls, a lack of alignment
with test results obtained from laboratories, stringent &
time-consuming approval policies, and a reluctance to change
existing diagnostic practices are expected to restrain market
growth.
The
global COVID-19 diagnostics market size was valued at USD 5.2
billion in 2020 and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth
rate (CAGR) of 5.96% from 2021 to 2027. The COVID-19 diagnostic
tests are critical in the management of the current pandemic for
accurate diagnosis as well as to tackle the spread of the
infection. As a result, with the growing demand, these tests are
being made available with over 600 SARS-CoV-2 diagnostic tests
either approved or in the development phase for clinical use.
Therefore, an increase in need for developing diagnostic tests is
anticipated to drive the market growth. For efficient and accurate
COVID-19 diagnosis, clinicians need a portable or an on-site
diagnostic test for real-time management of patients in minimal
time. This has encouraged the adoption of Point-of-Care testing
(POCT) for diagnosis, primarily aimed at reducing the assay
duration from hours to a few minutes.
TPT
MedTech is strategically positioned to command the current trend in
POCT by aligning itself with the exponential growth of smart
devices equipped with mobile healthcare (mH), which could truly
revolutionize personalized healthcare monitoring and management,
thereby paving the way for next-generation POCT.
The
rapid turnaround times, improved decision times, and time-critical
decision-making of TPT MedTech QuickLab can result in total savings
between 8-20% of laboratory costs for facilities that implement POC
testing. The savings realized due to the decreased cost of waiting
for results can be as much as $260USD per patient. For those that
use and implement POC testing, waiting can improve by as much as 46
minutes per patient real-time scenarios—and days in standard
laboratory settings. TPT MedTech QuickLab is uniquely
positioned to serve this growing market demand.
The
COVID-19 reaction by the medical community was to create thousands
of Critical Care teams who designed protocols to suppress and
eliminate COVID or any virus within Hospitals, Clinics and
Long-Term Care. TPT MedTech QuickLab went beyond containment
and has moved to prevention by creating a virus-COVID-19 barrier.
This external safety barrier will not only serve medical
facilities, but can impact every manufacturer, business,
entertainment, and sports venue in the US and beyond.
TPT
MedTech has developed an approach which utilizes QuickLab, a
two-phase solution coupled to a PPE product distribution model. The
PPE distribution model is focused in the Federal space
(VA/DoD/FEMA/CDC/NG) as well as the top 20 National Hospital Group
Purchasing Organizations (GPO).
TPT
MedTech QuickLab developed a sequenced cohesive solution designed
to address the risk of contracting COVID-19 inadvertently through
touch or aerosolized. TPT MedTech QuickLab created this safety
barrier with a two-phase independent Mobile Lab System.
QuickLab Cleanser Lab initially scans for fever, you enter lab and
stand for 15 seconds while a fog (FDA APPROVED) eliminates 99.9% of
topical viruses and bacteria. Upon completion the individual enters
the QuickLab Testing Lab for a mucosal swab. (13-15 min). This
eliminates any individual who is COVID-19 active or appears symptom
free. The QuickLab Cleanser has significant applications well
beyond just medical.
Lion Smart Phone Product
We are
currently seeking a manufacturer for our Lion Smart Phone. Our
Management believes our patent pending Lion smart phone is the
first Full HD Naked Eye 3D
smart phone ever launched in the United States. Lion
Universe’s mobile 3D technology is patent pending. The smart
phone will be distributed through our wholly-owned subsidiary
K-TEL, in their existing brick and mortar distribution channel in
the Northwest expanding into other areas. It is anticipated that a
national and international roll out will soon follow. TPTW is
building industry leading personal cellular phones designed for a
wide appeal. With a business model built on innovation and progress
starting with the Lion Phone technology, we intend to produce
high-quality and easy-to-use cellular phones. Our Lion Phone was
designed for consumers looking for portable and affordable
cutting-edge technology. Our first-generation phones come equipped
with full high definition resolution screen for better viewing. We
believe this Full HD Naked Eye 3D smart Phone is perfect for
watching movies, playing games, even editing photos or
videos.
Whether
that is looking at photos, playing music, emailing or surfing the
web, our management believes consumers want more from their phones.
We believe our Lion Phone raises the bar for cellular phones. For
the first time ever, cellular users can enjoy quality 3D viewing
with the naked eyes no glasses required enjoying full high
definition video with smooth playback.
Our
Management believes consumers have been waiting for a way to watch
their favorite movies in 3D, with the convenience of their phone
and gamers can have the leisure of playing their games without
taking head gear with them. Our Lion Universe Technology strives to
give customers the best possible experience with our Full HD Naked
Eye 3D smart phone in the US and Global markets.
We
understand the longer we wait the less advantage we might have in
our efforts to market this phone as the market place moves very
quickly. We intend to begin marketing this phone in
2020.
Mobile Device Viewer Market Expansion
In
general, viewers are consuming more content via mobile TV
distribution, while rapidly abandoning expensive subscriptions from
standard satellite TV and cable networks. The rise of high-quality
content on low-cost platforms, such as mobile devices, continues to
negatively impact the standard TV industry. The media business is
being forced to evolve and adjust to massive disruptions in content
distribution methods. Traditional media models are functionally
broken and will continue to be disrupted by technology, which is
driven by the needs of the younger generation. The future of media
is dependent on new technology platforms. These platform models
(e.g. smart TV, connected TV boxes, mobile TV devices) are the
future of content distribution. Google, through YouTube, has
changed the face of video content distribution. Amazon continues to
disrupt the book industry. Apple has redefined music and
application distribution. And Microsoft is continuing to change the
engagement model and distribution of content through its Xbox TV
game console.
We
believe mobile delivery has a growing appeal to advertisers and
subscribers. As brands continue to shift budgets to mobile
advertising, they must reassess their approach to
customer acquisition to ensure they continue to reach
potential customers effectively. It is predicted that mobile
advertising will account for 30.5% of global advertising
expenditure in 2020, up from 19.2% in 2017. Expenditure on
mobile advertising will total US$187bn in 2020, more than
twice the US$88bn spent on desktop advertising, and just
US$5bn behind the US$192bn spent on television advertising. At
the current rate of growth, mobile advertising will
comfortably overtake television in 2021.
As
internet users switch from desktop to mobile devices
– and new users go straight to mobile – online
advertising is making the same switch. Advertising on mobile
devices is rising at a meteoric rate and is taking market
share from most other media. Mobile ad spend grew 35% in 2017,
and we expect it to grow at an average rate of 21% a year
to 2020. https://www.zenithmedia.com/insights/global-intelligence-issue-06-2018/mobile-share-of-advertising-market-to-exceed-30-in-2020/
Content Mining Plan
Once
our planned SaaS media applications, smart phones and tablets are
launched into the domestic and international markets, content
analytics or marketing data will be gathered from these devices.
The data generated from these applications and devices will give us
an advantage insight into our subscribers viewing and buying
habits. Once data has been scrubbed of personally identifying
information, we plan to be able to create original or lease content
from broadcast partners to service what our analytics are telling
us to produce (or license), with the intent on moving us closer
towards predictive analytics. Predictive analytics is being able to
predict what our customer likes based on their viewing habits and
then produce that content targeted to our subscriber and then
“push” that new (or licensed) content to
them.
Our ViewMe Live Technology Plan
We
offer VML technology for which we plan to expand marketing. We
believe SaaS ViewMe Live (VML) could become a leading Digital Media
Mobile TV technology platform in the business-to-business and
business-to-consumer markets. Our proprietary software platform can
reach a worldwide audience of approximately one billion mobile
viewers. VML addresses global mobile distribution of LIVE and Video
on Demand (“VOD”) content as a white label Software as
a Service (“SaaS”).
VML OTT
live streaming technology is similar to what you see with satellite
TV such as Dish Network and DirecTV, as well as cable companies.
Almost all currently existing live streaming cannot do live
broadcast streaming at this level and usually has anywhere from 1
minute to 10 minute delays or continuous buffering, never loading
the video. With VML, there is the ability to have
“worldwide” access for a live streaming event equal to
standard television broadcasting with tens of millions of
simultaneous users. We believe that VML is the first technology to
be able to achieve this level of live streaming. In emerging
countries that do not have fiber, cable and satellite TV, access to
VML is simple and cost effective, as long as there is a cellular
connection on a 3G network or higher (regardless of provider)[1].
VML aims to provide uninterrupted live streaming on mobile devices
without buffering, crashes, pixilation, or audio and video syncing
issues. One practical application of this technology is that a
viewer can move from a Wi--Fi connection to a 3G connection without
interruption. VML has a unique user interface with multi-channel
access and built-in social media, and we believe it is unlike
anything currently on the market. VML also has the capability to do
a Live Linear Broadcast with VOD.VML’s technology has the
potential to reduce web content pirating since high quality TV
broadcast is now easily accessed worldwide on mobile
devices.
Currently,
we believe we are the only company that does all the above in the
industry and we believe VML has the potential to expand our
technologies and applications even further.
[1]
Subject to the laws and regulations of each country.
The
hottest technology in the over the top (“OTT”) market
and the biggest challenge in the OTT market is “Live Linear
Channel Broadcasting” and “Live Event
Broadcasting” to equal standard television broadcasting on
cable and satellite TV. This type of technology is superior to
video on demand (VOD) streaming technology in both acquisition and
delivery. The growth of OTT video delivery has been significant. In
the past year alone, OTT has grown to $35 billion in global
revenue, with $17 billion coming from emerging markets source
Digital TV Research. ViewMe Live (“VML”) has many
technology advantages including: Artificial Intelligence
(“AI”); the ability to simultaneously access millions
of users simultaneously with virtually no latency equivalent to
standard television broadcasting; global distribution (without
interruption) on cellular and Wi--Fi; and a fully interactive menu
user interface and worldwide advertising brokers in
place.
VML’s
content delivery network (“CDN”) can potentially reach
tens of millions of mobile devices (tablets and smartphones) and
has the potential to scale to one billion video streams globally.
It loads content within seconds, not only for Wi-Fi, but also more
importantly, on cellular networks that are 3G and higher.
VML’s core technology is fully developed and is able to
support clients on a turnkey native mobile app in less than 60
days. We have already achieved major milestones as the
world’s largest private conduit build out for global
deployment of LIVE and VOD streaming content. Our OTT live
streaming technology is unique and proprietary. Here are some
highlights on how VML can help from telecommunication companies to
TV station broadcasters to digital film libraries.
VML has
the ability to create a “Master Network Mobile App”
that can allow for a multiple channel build out, each with its own
unique Pay Per View charge (optional). This means a company can
have a live event channel per country with a different price per
user based on the economics of that country. VML has unlimited
channel build out (e.g. a company could have 50 channels or 1000
channels). Any telecommunications company can have professional
looking displays and user interfaces for mobile with VML, similar
to what the large telecommunications companies provide. A Master
Network App also allows a network to expand into other categories
by country (e.g. additional sports categories for various sports by
country). Expansion can focus on audience aggregation for sports
and other forms of entertainment categories. Pay-Per View is an
option for these expanded categories as well. We have built-in
worldwide ad brokers for pre---roll commercial ads so that revenue
can be generated as soon as possible. There is also potential to
upsell to existing advertisers and sponsors and it can be brand
specific by country.
Our differentiation from web streaming
We are
not a website-based video streaming technology. VML is strictly a
native mobile app focused on video streaming technology for mobile
platforms. We are not a dashboard-based video content company where
users upload content; we are a complete turnkey SaaS application. A
survey released in May 2015, sponsored by Level 3 Communications,
stated, “Offering both VOD and Live Linear channels will be
critical for OTT providers to entice new prospects and gain market
share. This trend is a critical one. For existing OTT providers,
offering a VOD service may not be enough to maintain, much less
grow, market share.” The trend towards adding live linear
channel content has the potential to become “table
stakes” in the OTT game over the next several years, with
both breaking news and live sports content leading the way in terms
of interest for OTT service providers adding live linear
channels.
SaaS White Label
We plan
to white label our suite of SaaS technologies for yearly licensing
and monthly maintenance fees. The prospective user base for the
SaaS White Label Suite is extensive as there are more than 200,000
TV broadcasters worldwide alone, and many of them are seeking to
migrate to the vast mobile video streaming market space. The
sizeable population of potential SaaS clients includes standard
television broadcasters in every country, direct marketing
companies, low-powered antenna broadcasters (such as universities
and churches), IPTV broadcasters, and large content (film and TV)
providers that are seeking to further monetize their properties for
worldwide syndication.
The
SaaS suite includes full app development on Apple iOS, Google
Android and Roku connected boxes, user interface (menu system),
advertising broker network for pre---roll commercial ads (from date
of launch), 24/7 LIVE monitoring of inbound and outbound signals,
data analytics, seamless updating to all platforms, Amazon web
service (AWS) blade servers, and coverage up to the first 20
million streams. The white label product is offered to
stand--alone.
User Interface
In a
preprogrammed live linear broadcast application, viewers have free
access via a playlist by category and have the ability to
“catch--up” with what they may have missed in the LIVE
broadcast, regardless of its original airdate. The video-on-demand
(VOD) feature provides the opportunity to access additional viewers
and monetize past content. After several years in development, we
believe that VML has a significant first to market advantage and that no
other companies currently have a comparable commercialized
offering.
Our Plan for Strategic Partnering with Telecommunication &
Media Companies
Currently
in the world, viewers usually need to have a contract with a cable
provider (e.g. AT&T, Cox, Xfinity, Spectrum, or Cablevision in
the U.S.) or satellite TV provider (e.g. DirecTV and DISH Network
in the U.S.) and be in range of a residential or business Wi-Fi to
be able to watch over the top (OTT) content on a connected TV
device, website or mobile access. VML is capable of offering a
nearly unlimited number of channels to mobile users virtually
anywhere and everywhere, with global reach, far exceeding two U.S.
satellite companies (DirecTV and DISH Network), which have 500+
channels each and are only available in the U.S.
We
believe VML will immediately appeal to any channel that is
currently on DirecTV and DISH Network for global mobile linear
broadcast participation, simply because these platforms are only
available in the U.S. market.
VML can
provide low--powered TV stations (after found in churches and
universities), along with high--powered stations, the ability to
reach the entire global market. Other potential users are owners of
libraries of digitized content, and LIVE event venues such as music
concerts, sporting events, festivals, beauty pageants, summer and
winter Olympic Games, award shows, red carpet events, trade shows
and conventions. Enthusiasts can produce their own show in any area
and could launch their own channels for travel, food, spirits,
sports, outdoor recreation, retro TV shows, children, cartoons,
comedy, drama, reality, education, automobiles, health,
corporations, shopping, soap opera, game shows, dating, religion,
etc., providing extensive possibilities for media expansion.
Content providers will not be limited by the major TV networks and
film studios for distribution rights.
We have targeted Telecommunication and Media Company Opportunities
to offer:
|
|
●
|
Turn
key mobile app for telecommunication and media companies for
immediate distribution of TV broadcasts on terrestrial, cable and
satellite for free or as subscription.
|
|
|
●
|
Turn
key mobile app for free or pay per view live events.
|
|
|
●
|
Turn
key mobile app for digital libraries of content
providers.
|
|
|
●
|
Reseller
program with territorial rights.
|
|
|
●
|
Worldwide
analytics on mobile TV content provided to help with target
marketing for products and services.
|
|
|
●
|
Transitions
to the automotive industry car play systems.
|
|
|
●
|
Option
to pre---load Master Network App on telecommunication
company’s mobile devices such as smart phones and
tablets.
|
|
|
●
|
Pre-load
the SaaS white label clients on telecommunication company mobile
devices.
|
Geo Fencing Available (The ability to offer broadcast territories
by region or regional Networks)
Our Plan to Act as a Reseller with Territorial Rights
–
|
|
●
|
Value
Added Reseller (VAR) to telecommunication and media
companies.
|
|
|
●
|
Exclusive
rights for a country or region for reselling the white label
opportunity.
|
|
|
●
|
Offer
to Telecommunication and media companies OTT digital content as a
channel or network.
|
|
|
●
|
Offer 1
to 1000 channels by territory.
|
|
|
●
|
Approach
emerging markets as capital resources permit.
|
PLAN OF OPERATIONS
Our Capital Budget for the next 12 months
Liquidity and Capital Resource
Needs
|
Equipment purchase
and manufacturing (1)
|
$18,350,000
|
|
Content
Production
|
$2,250,000
|
|
Acquisition
|
$500,000
|
|
Debt Retirement and
acquisition
|
$15,187,981
|
|
Working Capital
(1)
|
$8,712,019
|
|
Issuance
Costs
|
$5,000,000
|
|
|
$50,000,000
|
(1)
It is
expected the use of this working capital and funds for equipment
purchases will extend into 2021.
MILESTONES
Our
first quarter operations for 2020 were consistent with operations
after the acquisition of the assets of SpeedConnect, LLC for 2019.
We intend to expend significant funds after our intended funding
event equally over the ensuing four quarters as outlined
above.
CYBER RISKS
Like
other large telecommunications companies, we are a constant target
of cyber-attacks of varying degrees, which has caused us to spend
increasingly more time and money to deal with increasingly
sophisticated attacks. Some of the attacks may result in security
breaches, and we periodically notify our customers, our employees
or the public of these breaches when necessary or appropriate. None
of these resulting security breaches to date have materially
adversely affected our business, results of operations or financial
condition.
We rely
on several other communications companies to provide services or
products for our offerings. We may lease a significant portion of
our core fiber network from our competitors and other third
parties. Many of these leases will lapse in future years. Our
future ability to provide services on the terms of our current
offerings will depend in part upon our ability to renew or replace
these leases, agreements and arrangements on terms substantially
similar to those currently in effect.
For
additional information regarding our systems, network, cyber risks,
capital expenditure requirements and reliance upon third parties,
see "Risk Factors."
COMPETITION, COMPETITORS, REGULATION AND TAXATION
Competition
General
We
compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we
expect intense competition to continue. In addition to competition
from larger national telecommunications providers, we are facing
increasing competition from several other sources, including cable
and satellite companies, wireless providers, technology companies,
cloud companies, broadband providers, device providers, resellers,
sales agents and facilities-based providers using their own
networks as well as those leasing parts of our network.
Technological advances and regulatory and legislative changes have
increased opportunities for a wide range of alternative
communications service providers, which in turn have increased
competitive pressures on our business. These alternate providers
often face fewer regulations and have lower cost structures than we
do. In addition, the communications industry has, in recent years,
experienced substantial consolidation, and some of our competitors
in one or more lines of our business are generally larger, have
stronger brand names, have more financial and business resources
and have broader service offerings than we currently
do.
Wireless
telephone services are a significant source of competition with our
legacy carrier services. It is increasingly common for customers to
completely forego use of traditional wireline phone service and
instead rely solely on wireless service for voice services. We
anticipate this trend will continue, particularly as our older
customers are replaced over time with younger customers who are
less accustomed to using traditional wireline voice services.
Technological and regulatory developments in wireless services,
Wi-Fi, and other wired and wireless technologies have contributed
to the development of alternatives to traditional landline voice
services. Moreover, the growing prevalence of electronic mail, text
messaging, social networking and similar digital non-voice
communications services continues to reduce the demand for
traditional landline voice services. These factors have led to a
long-term systemic decline in the number of our wireline voice
service customers.
The
Telecommunications Act of 1996, which obligates carriers to permit
competitors to interconnect their facilities to the carrier's
network and to take various other steps that are designed to
promote competition, imposes several duties on a carrier if it
receives a specific request from another entity which seeks to
connect with or provide services using the carrier's network. In
addition, each carrier is obligated to (i) negotiate
interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide
nondiscriminatory "unbundled" access to all aspects of the
carrier's network, (iii) offer resale of its
telecommunications services at wholesale rates and (iv) permit
competitors, on terms and conditions (including rates) that are
just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory, to colocate their physical
plant on the carrier's property, or provide virtual colocation if
physical colocation is not practicable. Current FCC rules require
carriers to lease a network element only in those situations where
competing carriers genuinely would be impaired without access to
such network elements, and where the unbundling would not interfere
with the development of facilities-based competition.
As a
result of these regulatory, consumer and technological
developments, carriers also face competition from competitive local
exchange carriers, or CLECs, particularly in densely populated
areas. CLECs provide competing services through reselling a
carrier’s local services, through use of a carrier's
unbundled network elements or through their own
facilities.
Technological
developments have led to the development of new products and
services that have reduced the demand for our traditional services,
as noted above, or that compete with traditional carrier services.
Technological improvements have enabled cable television companies
to provide traditional circuit-switched telephone service over
their cable networks, and several national cable companies have
aggressively marketed these services. Similarly, companies
providing VoIP services provide voice communication services over
the Internet which compete with our traditional telephone service
and our own VoIP services. In addition, demand for our broadband
services could be adversely affected by advanced wireless data
transmission technologies being deployed by wireless providers and
by certain technologies permitting cable companies and other
competitors to deliver faster average broadband transmission speeds
than ours.
Similar
to us, many cable, technology or other communications companies
that previously offered a limited range of services are now
offering diversified bundles of services, either through their own
networks, reselling arrangements or joint ventures. As such, a
growing number of companies are competing to serve the
communications needs of the
same
customer base. Such activities will continue to place downward
pressure on the demand for and pricing of our
services.
As
customers increasingly demand high-speed connections for
entertainment, communications and productivity, we expect the
demands on our network will continue to increase over the next
several years. To succeed, we must continue to invest in our
networks or engage partners to ensure that they can deliver
competitive services that meet these increasing bandwidth and speed
requirements. In addition, network reliability and security are
increasingly important competitive factors in our
business.
Additional
information about competitive pressures is located under the
heading “Risk Factors.”
Competitors
In
connection with providing strategic services to our business
customers, which includes our small, medium and enterprise
business, wholesale and governmental customers, we compete against
other telecommunication providers, as well as other regional and
national carriers, other data transport providers, cable companies,
CLECs and other enterprises, some of whom are substantially larger
than us. Competition is based on price, bandwidth, quality and
speed of service, promotions and bundled offerings. In providing
broadband services, we compete primarily with cable companies,
wireless providers, technology companies and other broadband
service providers. We face competition in Ethernet based services
in the wholesale market from cable companies and fiber-based
providers.
Our
competitors for providing integrated data, broadband, voice
services and other data services to our business customers range
from small to mid-sized businesses. Due to the size of some of
these companies, our competitors may be able to offer more
inexpensive solutions to our customers. To compete, we focus on
providing sophisticated, secure and performance-driven services to
our business customers through our infrastructure.
The
number of companies providing business services has grown and
increased competition for these services, particularly with respect
to smaller business customers. Many of our competitors for
strategic services are not subject to the same regulatory
requirements as we are and therefore they are able to avoid
significant regulatory costs and obligations.
Government Regulation
Overview
As
discussed further below, our operations are subject to significant
local, state, federal and foreign laws and
regulations.
We are
subject to the significant regulations by the FCC, which regulates
interstate communications, and state utility commissions, which
regulate intrastate communications. These agencies (i) issue rules
to protect consumers and promote competition, (ii) set the rates
that telecommunication companies charge each other for exchanging
traffic, and (iii) have traditionally developed and administered
support programs designed to subsidize the provision of services to
high-cost rural areas. In most states, local voice service,
switched and special access services and interconnection services
are subject to price regulation, although the extent of regulation
varies by type of service and geographic region. In addition, we
are required to maintain licenses with the FCC and with state
utility commissions. Laws and regulations in many states restrict
the manner in which a licensed entity can interact with affiliates,
transfer assets, issue debt and engage in other business
activities. Many acquisitions and divestitures may require approval
by the FCC and some state commissions. These agencies typically
have the authority to withhold their approval, or to request or
impose substantial conditions upon the transacting parties in
connection with granting their approvals.
The
following description discusses some of the major industry
regulations that may affect our traditional operations, but
numerous other regulations not discussed below could also impact
us. Some legislation and regulations are currently the subject of
judicial, legislative and administrative proceedings which could
substantially change the manner in which the telecommunications
industry operates and the amount of revenues we receive for our
services.
Neither
the outcome of these proceedings, nor their potential impact on us,
can be predicted at this time. For additional information, see
"Risk Factors."
The
laws and regulations governing our affairs are quite complex and
occasionally in conflict with each other. From time to time, we are
fined for failing to meet applicable regulations or service
requirements.
Federal Regulation
General
We are
required to comply with the Communications Act of 1934. Among other
things, this law requires our local exchange carriers to offer
various of our legacy services at just and reasonable rates and on
non-discriminatory terms. The Telecommunications Act of 1996
materially amended the Communications Act of 1934, primarily to
promote competition.
The FCC
regulates interstate services we provide, including the special
access charges we bill for wholesale network transmission and the
interstate access charges that we bill to long-distance companies
and other communications companies in connection with the
origination and termination of interstate phone calls.
Additionally, the FCC regulates a number of aspects of our business
related to privacy, homeland security and network infrastructure,
including our access to and use of local telephone numbers and our
provision of emergency 911 services. The FCC has responsibility for
maintaining and administering support programs designed to expand
nationwide access to communications services (which are described
further below), as well as other programs supporting service to
low-income households, schools and libraries, and rural health care
providers. Changes in the composition of the five members of the
FCC or its Chairman can have significant impacts on the regulation
of our business.
In
recent years, our operations and those of other telecommunications
carriers have been further impacted by legislation and regulation
imposing additional obligations on us, particularly with regards to
providing voice and broadband service, bolstering homeland
security, increasing disaster recovery requirements, minimizing
environmental impacts and enhancing privacy. These laws include the
Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, and laws
governing local telephone number portability and customer
proprietary network information requirements. In addition, the FCC
has heightened its focus on the reliability of emergency 911
services. The FCC has imposed fines on us and other companies for
911 outages and has adopted new compliance requirements for
providing 911 service. We are incurring capital and operating
expenses designed to comply with the FCC's new requirements and
minimize future outages. All of these laws and regulations may
cause us to incur additional costs and could impact our ability to
compete effectively against companies not subject to the same
regulations.
Over
the past several years, the FCC has taken various actions and
initiated certain proceedings designed to comprehensively evaluate
the proper regulation of the provisions of data services to
businesses. As part of its evaluation, the FCC has reviewed the
rates, terms and conditions under which these services are
provided. The FCC's proceedings remain pending, and their ultimate
impact on us is currently unknown.
Telephony Services
We
operate traditional telecommunications services in our Arizona
subsidiary, and those services are largely governed under rules
established for CLECs under the Communications Act. The
Communications Act entitles our CLEC subsidiary to certain rights,
but as telecommunications carriers, it also subjects them to
regulation by the FCC and the states. Their designation as
telecommunications carriers also results in other regulations that
may affect them and the services they offer.
Interconnection and Intercarrier Compensation
The
Communications Act requires telecommunications carriers to
interconnect directly or indirectly with other telecommunications
carriers. Under the FCC's intercarrier compensation rules, we are
entitled, in some cases, to compensation from carriers when they
use our network to terminate or originate calls and in other cases
are required to compensate another carrier for using its network to
originate or terminate traffic. The FCC and state regulatory
commissions, including those in the states in which we operate,
have adopted limits on the amounts of compensation that may be
charged for certain types of traffic. As noted above, the FCC has
determined that intercarrier compensation for all terminating
traffic will be phased down over several years to a "bill-and-keep"
regime, with no compensation between carriers for most terminating
traffic by 2018 and is considering further reform that could reduce
or eliminate compensation for originating traffic as
well.
Universal Service
Our
CLEC subsidiary is required to contribute to the Universal Service
Fund (“USF”). The amount of universal service
contribution required of us is based on a percentage of revenues
earned from interstate and international services provided to end
users. We allocate our end user revenues and remit payments to the
universal service fund in accordance with FCC rules. The FCC has
ruled that states may impose state universal service fees on CLEC
telecommunications services
State Regulation
Our
CLEC subsidiary telecommunications services are subject to
regulation by state commissions in each state where we provide
services. In order to provide our services, we must seek approval
from the state regulatory commission or be registered to provide
services in each state where we operate and may at times require
local approval to construct facilities. Regulatory obligations vary
from state to state and include some or all of the following
requirements: filing tariffs (rates, terms and conditions); filing
operational, financial, and customer service reports; seeking
approval to transfer the assets or capital stock of the broadband
communications company; seeking approval to issue stocks, bonds and
other forms of indebtedness of the broadband communications
company; reporting customer service and quality of service
requirements; outage reporting; making contributions to state
universal service support programs; paying regulatory and state
Telecommunications Relay Service and E911 fees; geographic
build-out; and other matters relating to competition.
Other Regulations
Our
CLEC subsidiary telecommunications services are subject to other
FCC requirements, including protecting the use and disclosure of
customer proprietary network information; meeting certain notice
requirements in the event of service termination; compliance with
disabilities access requirements; compliance with CALEA standards;
outage reporting; and the payment of fees to fund local number
portability administration and the North American Numbering Plan.
As noted above, the FCC and states are examining whether new
requirements are necessary to improve the resiliency of
communications networks. Communications with our customers are also
subject to FCC, FTC and state regulations on telemarketing and the
sending of unsolicited commercial e-mail and fax messages, as well
as additional privacy and data security requirements.
Broadband
Regulatory Classification. Broadband
Internet access services were traditionally classified by the FCC
as "information services" for regulatory purposes, a type of
service that is subject to a lesser degree of regulation than
"telecommunications services." In 2015, the FCC reversed this
determination and classified broadband Internet access services as
"telecommunications services." This reclassification has subjected
our broadband Internet access service to greater regulation,
although the FCC did not apply all telecommunications service
obligations to broadband Internet access service. The 2015 Order
could have a material adverse impact on our business as it may
justify additional FCC regulation or support efforts by States to
justify additional regulation of broadband Internet access
services. In December 2017, the FCC adopted an order that in large
part reverses the 2015 Order and reestablishes the "information
service" classification for broadband Internet access service. The
2017 Order has not yet gone into effect, however, and the 2015
Order will remain binding until the 2017 Order takes effect. The
2017 Order is expected to be subject to legal challenge that may
delay its effect or overturn it.
Net Neutrality, and Current Status. The 2015 Order also
established a new "Open Internet" framework that expanded
disclosure requirements on Internet service providers ("ISPs") such
as cable companies, prohibited blocking, throttling, and paid
prioritization of Internet traffic on the basis of the content, and
imposed a "general conduct standard" that prohibits unreasonable
interference with the ability of end users and edge providers to
reach each other. The FCC's 2017 Order eliminates these rules
except for certain disclosure requirements (see the official
release summary from the FCC below). Additionally, Congress and
some states are considering legislation that may codify "network
neutrality" rules.
The
Federal Communications Commission has made the following official
release about the Restoring Internet Freedom Order:
"The
FCC's Restoring Internet Freedom Order, which took effect on June
11, (2018) provides a framework for protecting an open Internet
while paving the way for better, faster and cheaper Internet access
for consumers. It replaces unnecessary, heavy-handed regulations
that were developed way back in 1934 with strong consumer
protections, increased transparency, and common-sense rules that
will promote investment and broadband deployment. The FCC's
framework for protecting Internet freedom has the following key
parts:
1. Consumer Protection
The
Federal Trade Commission will police and take action against
Internet service providers for anticompetitive acts or unfair and
deceptive practices. The FTC is the nation's premier consumer
protection agency, and until the FCC stripped it of jurisdiction
over Internet service providers in 2015, the FTC protected
consumers consistently across the Internet economy.
2. Transparency
A
critical part of Internet openness involves Internet service
providers being transparent about their business practices. That's
why the FCC has imposed enhanced transparency requirements.
Internet service providers must publicly disclose information
regarding their network management practices, performance, and
commercial terms of service. These disclosures must be made via a
publicly available, easily accessible company website or through
the FCC's website. This will discourage harmful practices and help
regulators target any problematic conduct. These disclosures also
support innovation, investment, and competition by ensuring that
entrepreneurs and other small businesses have the technical
information necessary to create and maintain online content,
applications, services, and devices.
Internet
Service Providers must clearly disclose their network management
practices on their own web sites or with the FCC. For more
information about these disclosures, you can visit
https://www.fcc.gov/isp- disclosures.
Removes Unnecessary Regulations to Promote Broadband
Investment
The
Internet wasn't broken in 2015, when the previous FCC imposed
1930s-era regulations (known as "Title II") on Internet service
providers. And ironically, these regulations made things worse by
limiting investment in high-speed networks and slowing broadband
deployment. Under Title II, broadband network investment dropped
more than 5.6% -- the first time a decline has happened outside of
a recession. The effect was particularly serious for smaller
Internet service providers (fixed wireless companies, small-town
cable operators, municipal broadband providers, electric
cooperatives, and others) that don't have the resources or lawyers
to navigate a thicket of complex rules "
The
items listed in this internet Order are for carriers such as
Century Link, which is our contract internet provider, and we are
in compliance with the areas that we are responsible for which are
few. We generate the last mile of internet service, but we are
actually a reseller of Century Link services as they provide the
bandwidth to us.
Access for Persons
with Disabilities. The FCC's rules
require us to ensure that persons with disabilities have access to
"advanced communications services" ("ACS"), such as electronic
messaging and interoperable video conferencing. They also require
that certain pay television programming delivered via Internet
Protocol include closed captioning and require entities
distributing such programming to end users to pass through such
captions and identify programming that should be
captioned.
Other
Regulation. The 2015 Order also
subjected broadband providers' Internet traffic exchange rates and
practices to potential FCC oversight and created a mechanism for
third parties to file complaints regarding these matters. In
addition, our provision of Internet services also subjects us to
the limitations on use and disclosure of user communications and
records contained in the Electronic Communications Privacy Act of
1986. Broadband Internet access service is also subject to other
federal and state privacy laws applicable to electronic
communications.
Additionally,
providers of broadband Internet access services must comply with
CALEA, which requires providers to make their services and
facilities accessible for law enforcement intercept requests.
Various other federal and state laws apply to providers of services
that are accessible through broadband Internet access service,
including copyright laws, telemarketing laws, prohibitions on
obscenity, and a ban on unsolicited commercial e-mail, and privacy
and data security laws. Online content we provide is also subject
to some of these laws.
Other
forms of regulation of broadband Internet access service currently
being considered by the FCC, Congress or state legislatures include
consumer protection requirements, cyber security requirements,
consumer service standards, requirements to contribute to universal
service programs and requirements to protect personally
identifiable customer data from theft. Pending and future
legislation in this area could adversely affect our operations as
an Internet service provider and our relationship with our Internet
customers.
Additionally,
from time to time the FCC and Congress have considered whether to
subject broadband Internet access services to the federal Universal
Service Fund ("USF") contribution requirements. Any contribution
requirements adopted for Internet access services would impose
significant new costs on our broadband Internet service. At the
same time, the FCC is changing the manner in which Universal
Service funds are distributed. By focusing on broadband and
wireless deployment, rather than traditional telephone service, the
changes could assist some of our competitors in more effectively
competing with our service offerings.
VoIP Services
We
provide telephony services using VoIP technology ("interconnected
VoIP"). The FCC has adopted several regulations for interconnected
VoIP services, as have several states, especially as it relates to
core customer and safety issues such as e911, local number
portability, disability access, outage reporting, universal service
contributions, and regulatory reporting requirements. The FCC has
not, however, formally classified interconnected VoIP services as
either information services or telecommunications services. In this
vacuum, some states have asserted more expansive rights to regulate
interconnected VoIP services, while others have adopted laws that
bar the state commission from regulating VoIP service.
Universal
Service. Interconnected VoIP services
must contribute to the USF used to subsidize communication services
provided to low income households, to customers in rural and high
cost areas, and to schools, libraries, and rural health care
providers. The amount of universal service contribution required of
interconnected VoIP service providers is based on a percentage of
revenues earned from interstate and international services provided
to end users. We allocate our end user revenues and remit payments
to the universal service fund in accordance with FCC rules. The FCC
has ruled that states may impose state universal service fees on
interconnected VoIP providers.
Local Number
Portability. The FCC requires
interconnected VoIP service providers and their "numbering
partners" to ensure that their customers have the ability to port
their telephone numbers when changing providers. We also contribute
to federal funds to meet the shared costs of local number
portability and the costs of North American Numbering Plan
Administration.
Intercarrier
Compensation. In an October 2011
reform order and subsequent clarifying orders, the FCC revised the
regime governing payments among providers of telephony services for
the exchange of calls between and among different networks
("intercarrier compensation") to, among other things, explicitly
include interconnected VoIP. In that Order, the FCC determined that
intercarrier compensation for all terminating traffic, including
VoIP traffic exchanged in TDM format, will be phased down over
several years to a "bill-and-keep" regime, with no compensation
between carriers for most terminating traffic by 2018. The FCC is
considering further reform in this area, which could reduce or
eliminate compensation for originating traffic as
well.
Other
Regulation. Interconnected VoIP
service providers are required to provide enhanced 911 emergency
services to their customers; protect customer proprietary network
information from unauthorized disclosure to third parties; report
to the FCC on service outages; comply with telemarketing
regulations and other privacy and data security requirements;
comply with disabilities access requirements and service
discontinuance obligations; comply with call signaling
requirements; and comply with CALEA standards. In August 2015, the
FCC adopted new rules to improve the resiliency of the
communications network. Under the new rules, providers of telephony
services, including interconnected VoIP service providers, must
make available eight hours of standby backup power for consumers to
purchase at the point of sale. The rules also require that
providers inform new and current customers about service
limitations during power outages and steps that consumers can take
to address those risks.
For additional
information about these matters, see “Risk
Factors.”
LICENSES
Arizona
CLEC license in Phoenix area. License #20090393 which expires 2023
and is renewable every seven years.
TITLE TO PROPERTIES
None.
BACKLOG OF ORDERS
We
currently have no backlogs of orders for sales, at this
time.
GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS
We have
no government contracts.
COMPANY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We are
not conducting any research.
NUMBER OF PERSONS EMPLOYED
We have
approximately 50 employees who work approximately 45 hours per
week. All officers work approximately 60 hours per week. Directors
work as needed.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
Description of properties/assets
|
(a)
|
Real
Estate.
|
None.
|
|
(b)
|
Title
to properties.
|
None.
|
|
(c)
|
Patents,
Trade Names, Trademarks and Copyrights
|
See
below.
|
Our
executive offices are located in San Diego, California. We do not
own any real property, but lease and office space consisting of
approximately 27,000 sq. ft. among all of our corporate and
subsidiary locations. We believe that substantially all of our
property and equipment is in good condition, subject to normal wear
and tear, and that our facilities have sufficient capacity to meet
the current needs of our business.
Patents, trade names, trademarks and copyrights
Either
directly or through our subsidiaries, we have rights in various
patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual
property necessary to conduct our business. Our services often use
the intellectual property of others, including licensed software.
We also occasionally license our intellectual property to others as
we deem appropriate.
We
periodically receive offers from third parties to purchase or
obtain licenses for patents and other intellectual property rights
in exchange for royalties or other payments. We also periodically
receive notices, or are named in lawsuits, alleging that our
products or services infringe on patents or other intellectual
property rights of third parties. In certain instances, these
matters can potentially adversely impact our operations, operating
results or financial position. For additional information, see
“Risk Factors”.
RISK FACTORS
The
purchase of shares of our Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend
Convertible Stock involves substantial risks. Each prospective
investor should carefully consider the following risk factors, in
addition to any other risks associated with this investment and
should consult with his own legal and financial
advisors.
Cautionary Statements
The
discussions and information in this Offering Circular may contain
both historical and forward-looking statements. To the extent that
the Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements regarding
the financial condition, operating results, business prospects, or
any other aspect of our business, please be advised that our actual
financial condition, operating results, and business performance
may differ materially from that projected or estimated by us in
forward-looking statements. We have attempted to identify, in
context, certain of the factors we currently believe may cause
actual future experience and results to differ from our current
expectations. The differences may be caused by a variety of
factors, including but not limited to adverse economic conditions,
lack of market acceptance, unrecoverable losses from theft, intense
competition for customers, supplies, and government grants,
including entry of new competitors, adverse federal, state, and
local government regulation, unexpected costs and operating
deficits, lower sales and revenues than forecast, default on leases
or other indebtedness, loss of suppliers, loss of supply, loss of
distribution and service contracts, price increases for capital,
supplies and materials, inadequate capital, inability to raise
capital or financing, failure to obtain customers, loss of
customers and failure to obtain new customers, the risk of
litigation and administrative proceedings involving us or our
employees, loss of government licenses and permits or failure to
obtain them, higher than anticipated labor costs, the possible
acquisition of new businesses or products that result in operating
losses or that do not perform as anticipated, resulting in
unanticipated losses, the possible fluctuation and volatility of
our operating results and financial condition, adverse publicity
and news coverage, the failure of business acquisitions to be
successful or profitable, inability to carry out marketing and
sales plans, loss of key executives, changes in interest rates,
inflationary factors, and other specific risks that may be alluded
to in this Offering Circular or in other reports issued us or third
party publishers.
RISKS RELATED TO TPT GLOBAL’S BUSINESS
Many of our competitors are better established and have resources
significantly greater than we have, which may make it difficult to
attract and retain subscribers.
We will
compete with other providers of telephony service, many of which
have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing
resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories,
greater name recognition and more established relationships in the
industry. In addition, a number of these competitors may combine or
form strategic partnerships. As a result, our competitors may be
able to offer, or bring to market earlier, products and services
that are superior to our own in terms of features, quality, pricing
or other factors. Our failure to compete successfully with any of
these companies would have a material adverse effect on our
business and the trading price of our common stock.
The
market for broadband and VoIP services is highly competitive, and
we compete with several other companies within a single
market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
cable
operators offering high-speed Internet connectivity services and
voice communications;
|
|
|
●
|
incumbent
and competitive local exchange carriers providing DSL services over
their existing wide, metropolitan and local area
networks;
|
|
|
●
|
3G
cellular, PCS and other wireless providers offering wireless
broadband services and capabilities, including developments in
existing cellular and PCS technology that may increase network
speeds or have other advantages over our services;
|
|
|
●
|
internet
service providers offering dial-up Internet
connectivity;
|
|
|
●
|
municipalities
and other entities operating free or subsidized WiFi
networks;
|
|
|
●
|
providers
of VoIP telephony services;
|
|
|
●
|
wireless
Internet service providers using licensed or unlicensed
spectrum;
|
|
|
●
|
satellite
and fixed wireless service providers offering or developing
broadband Internet connectivity and VoIP telephony;
|
|
|
●
|
electric
utilities and other providers offering or planning to offer
broadband Internet connectivity over power
lines; and
|
|
|
●
|
resellers
providing wireless Internet service by “piggy-backing”
on DSL or WiFi networks operated by others.
|
Moreover,
we expect other existing and prospective competitors, particularly
if our services are successful; to adopt technologies or business
plans similar to ours or seek other means to develop a product
competitive with our services. Many of our competitors are
well-established and have larger and better developed networks and
systems, longer-standing relationships with customers and
suppliers, greater name recognition and greater financial,
technical and marketing resources than we have. These competitors
can often subsidize competing services with revenues from other
sources, such as advertising, and thus may offer their products and
services at lower prices than ours. These or other competitors may
also reduce the prices of their services significantly or may offer
broadband connectivity packaged with other products or services. We
may not be able to reduce our prices or otherwise alter our
services correspondingly, which would make it more difficult to
attract and retain subscribers.
Our Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution
and distractions from our core business.
We have
evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, potential strategic
transactions, including larger acquisitions. The process of
acquiring and integrating a company, business or technology is
risky, may require a disproportionate amount of our management or
financial resources and may create unforeseen operating
difficulties or expenditures, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
difficulties
in integrating acquired technologies and operations into our
business while maintaining uniform standards, controls, policies
and procedures;
|
|
|
●
|
increasing
cost and complexity of assuring the implementation and maintenance
of adequate internal control and disclosure controls and
procedures, and of obtaining the reports and attestations that are
required of a company filing reports under the Securities Exchange
Act;
|
|
|
●
|
difficulties
in consolidating and preparing our financial statements due to poor
accounting records, weak financial controls and, in some cases,
procedures at acquired entities based on accounting principles not
generally accepted in the United States, particularly those
entities in which we lack control; and
|
|
|
●
|
the
inability to predict or anticipate market developments and capital
commitments relating to the acquired company, business or
technology.
|
Acquisitions of and joint ventures with companies organized outside
the United States often involve additional risks,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
difficulties,
as a result of distance, language or culture differences, in
developing, staffing and managing foreign operations;
|
|
|
●
|
lack of
control over our joint ventures and other business
relationships;
|
|
|
●
|
currency
exchange rate fluctuations;
|
|
|
●
|
longer
payment cycles;
|
|
|
●
|
credit
risk and higher levels of payment fraud;
|
|
|
●
|
foreign
exchange controls that might limit our control over, or prevent us
from repatriating, cash generated outside the United
States;
|
|
|
●
|
potentially
adverse tax consequences;
|
|
|
●
|
expropriation
or nationalization of assets;
|
|
|
●
|
differences
in regulatory requirements that may make it difficult to offer all
of our services;
|
|
|
●
|
unexpected
changes in regulatory requirements;
|
|
|
●
|
trade
barriers and import and export restrictions; and
|
|
|
●
|
political
or social unrest and economic instability.
|
The
anticipated benefit of any of our acquisitions or investments may
never materialize. Future investments, acquisitions or dispositions
could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity
securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or
amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which
could harm our financial condition. Future investments and
acquisitions may require us to obtain additional equity or debt
financing, which may not be available on favorable terms, or at
all.
Our substantial indebtedness and our current default status and any
restrictive debt covenants could limit our financing options and
liquidity position and may limit our ability to grow our
business.
Our
indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of
our common stock, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
we may
not be able to obtain additional financing to fund working capital,
operating losses, capital expenditures or acquisitions on terms
acceptable to us or at all;
|
|
|
●
|
we may
be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us
or at all;
|
|
|
●
|
if
substantial indebtedness continues it could make us more vulnerable
to economic downturns and limit our ability to withstand
competitive pressures; and
|
|
|
●
|
cash
flows from operations are currently negative and may continue to be
so, and our remaining cash, if any, may be insufficient to operate
our business.
|
|
|
●
|
paying
dividends to our stockholders;
|
|
|
●
|
incurring,
or cause certain of our subsidiaries to incur, additional
indebtedness;
|
|
|
●
|
permitting
liens on or conduct sales of any assets pledged as
collateral;
|
|
|
●
|
selling
all or substantially all of our assets or consolidate or merge with
or into other companies;
|
|
|
●
|
repaying
existing indebtedness; and
|
|
|
●
|
engaging
in transactions with affiliates.
|
As of
March 31, 2020, the total debt or financing arrangements was
$13,946,454, of which approximately $1,586,357 or 10% of total
current liabilities is past due. As of March 31, 2020, the Company
had financing lease liability-related amounts of $633,579. Our
inability to renegotiate our indebtedness may cause lien holders to
obtain possession of a good portion of our assets which would
significantly alter our ability to generate revenues and obtain any
additional financing.
We may experience difficulties in constructing, upgrading and
maintaining our network, which could adversely affect customer
satisfaction, increase subscriber turnover and reduce our
revenues.
Our
success depends on developing and providing products and services
that give subscribers a high-quality internet connectivity and VoIP
experience. If the number of subscribers using our network and the
complexity of our products and services increase, we will require
more infrastructure and network resources to maintain the quality
of our services. Consequently, we expect to make substantial
investments to construct and improve our facilities and equipment
and to upgrade our technology and network infrastructure. If we do
not implement these developments successfully, or if we experience
inefficiencies, operational failures or unforeseen costs during
implementation, the quality of our products and services could
decline.
We may
experience quality deficiencies, cost overruns and delays on
construction, maintenance and upgrade projects, including the
portions of those projects not within our control or the control of
our contractors. The construction of our network requires the
receipt of permits and approvals from numerous governmental bodies,
including municipalities and zoning boards. Such bodies often limit
the expansion of transmission towers and other construction
necessary for our business. Failure to receive approvals in a
timely fashion can delay system rollouts and raise the cost of
completing construction projects. In addition, we typically are
required to obtain rights from land, building and tower owners to
install our antennas and other equipment to provide service to our
subscribers. We may not be able to obtain, on terms acceptable to
us, or at all, the rights necessary to construct our network and
expand our services.
We also
face challenges in managing and operating our network. These
challenges include operating, maintaining and upgrading network and
customer premises equipment to accommodate increased traffic or
technological advances, and managing the sales, advertising,
customer support, billing and collection functions of our business
while providing reliable network service at expected speeds and
VoIP telephony at expected levels of quality. Our failure in any of
these areas could adversely affect customer satisfaction, increase
subscriber turnover, increase our costs, decrease our revenues and
otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition and results of
operations.
If we do not obtain and maintain rights to use licensed spectrum in
one or more markets, we may be unable to operate in these markets,
which could adversely affect our ability to execute our business
strategy.
Even
though we have established license agreements, growth requires that
we plan to provide our services obtaining additional licensed
spectrum both in the United States and internationally, we depend
on our ability to acquire and maintain sufficient rights to use
licensed spectrum by obtaining our own licenses or long-term
spectrum leases, in each of the markets in which we operate or
intend to operate. Licensing is the short-term solution to
obtaining the necessary spectrum as building out spectrum is a long
and difficult process that can be costly and require a
disproportionate amount of our management resources. We may not be
able to acquire, lease or maintain the spectrum necessary to
execute our business strategy.
Using
licensed spectrum, whether owned or leased, poses additional risks
to us, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
inability
to satisfy build-out or service deployment requirements upon which
our spectrum licenses or leases are, or may be,
conditioned;
|
|
|
●
|
increases
in spectrum acquisition costs;
|
|
|
●
|
adverse
changes to regulations governing our spectrum rights;
|
|
|
●
|
the
risk that spectrum we have acquired or leased will not be
commercially usable or free of harmful interference from licensed
or unlicensed operators in our or adjacent bands;
|
|
|
●
|
with
respect to spectrum we will lease in the United States, contractual
disputes with or the bankruptcy or other reorganization of the
license holders, which could adversely affect our control over the
spectrum subject to such license;
|
|
|
●
|
failure
of the FCC or other regulators to renew our spectrum licenses as
they expire; and
|
|
|
●
|
invalidation
of our authorization to use all or a significant portion of our
spectrum, resulting in, among other things, impairment charges
related to assets recorded for such spectrum.
|
If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of
internal control, we may not be able to report our financial
results accurately or to prevent fraud. Any inability to report and
file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our
business and adversely impact the trading price of our common
stock.
Effective
internal control is necessary for us to provide reliable financial
reports and prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial
reports or prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business
as effectively as we would if an effective control environment
existed, and our business, brand and reputation with investors may
be harmed.
In
addition, reporting a material weakness may negatively impact
investors’ perception of us. We have allocated, and will
continue to allocate, significant additional resources to remedy
any deficiencies in our internal control. There can be no
assurances that our remedial measures will be successful in curing
the any material weakness or that other significant deficiencies or
material weaknesses will not arise in the future.
Interruption or failure of our information technology and
communications systems could impair our ability to provide our
products and services, which could damage our reputation and harm
our operating results.
We have
experienced service interruptions in some markets in the past and
may experience service interruptions or system failures in the
future. Any unscheduled service interruption adversely affects our
ability to operate our business and could result in an immediate
loss of revenues. If we experience frequent or persistent system or
network failures, our reputation and brand could be permanently
harmed. We may make significant capital expenditures to increase
the reliability of our systems, but these capital expenditures may
not achieve the results we expect.
Our
products and services depend on the continuing operation of our
information technology and communications systems. Any damage to or
failure of our systems could result in interruptions in our
service. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenues and
profits, and our brand could be damaged if people believe our
network is unreliable. Our systems are vulnerable to damage or
interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, floods, fires,
power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, computer
denial of service attacks or other attempts to harm our systems,
and similar events. Some of our systems are not fully redundant,
and our disaster recovery planning may not be adequate. The
occurrence of a natural disaster or unanticipated problems at our
network centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our
service and adversely affect our operating results.
The industries in which we operate are continually evolving, which
makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and increases
the risk of your investment. Our products and services may become
obsolete, and we may not be able to develop competitive products or
services on a timely basis or at all.
The
markets in which we and our customers compete are characterized by
rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and
communications protocols, and continuous improvements in products
and services. Our future success depends on our ability to enhance
current products and to develop and introduce in a timely manner
new products that keep pace with technological developments,
industry standards and communications protocols, compete
effectively on the basis of price, performance and quality,
adequately address end-user customer requirements and achieve
market acceptance. There can be no assurance that the deployment of
wireless networks will not be delayed or that our products will
achieve widespread market acceptance or be capable of providing
service at competitive prices in sufficient volumes. In the event
that our products are not timely and economically developed or do
not gain widespread market acceptance, our business, results of
operations and financial condition would be materially adversely
affected. There can also be no assurance that our products will not
be rendered obsolete by the introduction and acceptance of new
communications protocols.
The
broadband services industry is characterized by rapid technological
change, competitive pricing, frequent new service introductions and
evolving industry standards and regulatory requirements. We believe
that our success depends on our ability to anticipate and adapt to
these challenges and to offer competitive services on a timely
basis. We face a number of difficulties and uncertainties
associated with our reliance on technological development, such
as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
competition
from service providers using more traditional and commercially
proven means to deliver similar or alternative
services;
|
|
|
●
|
competition
from new service providers using more efficient, less expensive
technologies, including products not yet invented or
developed;
|
|
|
●
|
uncertain
consumer acceptance;
|
|
|
●
|
realizing
economies of scale;
|
|
|
●
|
responding
successfully to advances in competing technologies in a timely and
cost-effective manner;
|
|
|
●
|
migration
toward standards-based technology, requiring substantial capital
expenditures; and
|
|
|
●
|
existing,
proposed or undeveloped technologies that may render our wireless
broadband and VoIP telephony services less profitable or
obsolete.
|
As the
products and services offered by us and our competitors develop,
businesses and consumers may not accept our services as a
commercially viable alternative to other means of delivering
wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services.
If we are unable to successfully develop and market additional
services and/or new generations of our services offerings or market
our services and product offerings to a broad number of customers,
we may not remain competitive.
Our
future success and our ability to increase net revenue and earnings
depend, in part, on our ability to develop and market new
additional services and/or new generations of our current services
offerings and market our existing services offerings to a broad
number of customers. However, we may not be able to, among other
things:
|
|
●
|
successfully
develop or market new services or product offerings or enhance
existing services offerings;
|
|
|
●
|
educate
third-party sales organizations adequately for them to promote and
sell our services offerings;
|
|
|
●
|
develop,
market and distribute existing and future services offerings in a
cost-effective manner; or
|
|
|
●
|
operate
the facilities needed to provide our services
offerings.
|
If we
fail to develop new service offerings, or if we incur unexpected
expenses or delays in product development or integration, we may
lose our competitive position and incur substantial additional
expenses or may be required to curtail or terminate all or part of
our present planned business operations.
Our
failure to do any of the foregoing could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, if any of our current or future services
offerings contain undetected errors or design defects or do not
work as expected for our customers, our ability to market these
services offerings could be substantially impeded, resulting in
lost sales, potential reputation damage and delays in obtaining
market acceptance of these services offerings. We cannot assure you
that we will continue to successfully develop and market new or
enhanced applications for our services offerings. If we do not
continue to expand our services offerings portfolio on a timely
basis or if those products and applications do not receive market
acceptance, become regulatory restricted, or become obsolete, we
will not grow our business as currently expected.
We operate in a very competitive environment.
There
are three types of competitors for our service
offerings.
|
|
(1)
|
The
value-added resellers and other vendors of hardware and software
for on-site installation do not typically have an offering similar
to our cloud-based services. However, they are the primary historic
service suppliers to our targeted customers and will actively work
to defend their customer base.
|
|
|
(2)
|
There
are a number of providers offering services, but they typically
offer only one or two applications of their choosing instead of our
offering which bundles customer’s chosen
services.
|
|
|
(3)
|
There
are a few providers that offer more than two applications from the
cloud. However currently, these providers typically offer only
those applications they have chosen.
|
Our
industry is characterized by rapid change resulting from
technological advances and new services offerings. Certain
competitors have substantially greater capital resources, larger
customer bases, larger sales forces, greater marketing and
management resources, larger research and development staffs and
larger facilities than our and have more established reputations
with our target customers, as well as distribution channels that
are entrenched and may be more effective than ours. Competitors may
develop and offer technologies and products that are more
effective, have better features, are easier to use, are less
expensive and/or are more readily accepted by the marketplace than
our offerings. Their products could make our technology and service
offerings obsolete or noncompetitive. Competitors may also be able
to achieve more efficient operations and distribution than ours may
be able to and may offer lower prices than we could offer
profitably. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our
business and may adopt different strategies due to business or
competitive factors or factors currently unforeseen, such as the
introduction by competitors of new products or services
technologies that would make part or all of our service offerings
obsolete or uncompetitive.
In
addition, the industry could experience some consolidation. There
is also a risk that larger companies will enter our
markets.
If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our major
vendors, our services offerings and profitability could
suffer.
We use
third party providers for services. In addition, we purchase
hardware, software and services from external suppliers.
Accordingly, we must maintain effective relationships with our
vendor base to source our needs, maintain continuity of supply, and
achieve reasonable costs. If we fail to maintain effective
relationships with our vendor base, this may adversely affect our
ability to deliver the best products and services to our customers
and our profitability could suffer.
Any failure of the physical or electronic security that resulted in
unauthorized parties gaining access to customer data could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We use
commercial data networks to service customers cloud based services
and the associated customer data. Any data is subject to the risk
of physical or electronic intrusion by unauthorized parties. We
have a multi-homed firewalls and Intrusion Detection / Prevention
systems to protect against electronic intrusion and two physical
security levels in our networks. Our policy is to close all
external ports as a default. Robust anti-virus software runs on all
client servers. Systems have automated monitoring and alerting for
unusual activity. We also have a Security Officer who monitors
these systems. We have better security systems and expertise than
our clients can afford separately but any failure of these systems
could adversely affect our business growth and financial
condition.
Demand for our service offerings may decrease if new government
regulations substantially increase costs, limit delivery or change
the use of Internet access and other products on which our service
offerings depend.
We are
dependent on Internet access to deliver our service offerings. If
new regulations are imposed that limit the use of the Internet or
impose significant taxes on services delivered via the Internet it
could change our cost structure and/or affect our business model.
The significant changes in regulatory costs or new limitations on
Internet use could impact our ability to operate as we anticipate,
could damage our reputation with our customers, disrupt our
business or result in, among other things, decreased net revenue
and increased overhead costs. As a result, any such failure could
harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our
securities, as offered hereby, are highly speculative and should be
purchased only by persons who can afford to lose their entire
investment in us. Each prospective investor should carefully
consider the following risk factors, as well as all other
information set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, before
purchasing any of the shares of our common stock.
Increasing regulation of our Internet-based products and services
could adversely affect our ability to provide new products and
services.
On
February 26, 2015, the FCC adopted a new "network neutrality"
or Open Internet order (the "2015 Order") that:
(1) reclassified broadband Internet access service as a Title
II common carrier service, (2) applied certain existing Title
II provisions and associated regulations; (3) forbore from
applying a range of other existing Title II provisions and
associated regulations, but to varying degrees indicated that this
forbearance may be only temporary and (4) issued new rules
expanding disclosure requirements and prohibiting blocking,
throttling, paid prioritization and unreasonable interference with
the ability of end users and edge providers to reach each other.
The 2015 Order also subjected broadband providers' Internet traffic
exchange rates and practices to potential FCC oversight and created
a mechanism for third parties to file complaints regarding these
matters. The 2015 Order could limit our ability to efficiently
manage our cable systems and respond to operational and competitive
challenges. In December 2017, the FCC adopted an order (the "2017
Order") that in large part reverses the 2015 Order. The 2017 Order
has not yet gone into effect, however, and the 2015 Order will
remain binding until the 2017 Order takes effect. The 2017 Order is
expected to be subject to legal challenge that may delay its effect
or overturn it. Additionally, Congress and some states are
considering legislation that may codify "network neutrality"
rules.
Offering telephone services may subject us to additional regulatory
burdens, causing us to incur additional costs.
We
offer telephone services over our broadband network and continue to
develop and deploy interconnected VoIP services. The FCC has ruled
that competitive telephone companies that support VoIP services,
such as those that we offer to our customers, are entitled to
interconnect with incumbent providers of traditional
telecommunications services, which ensures that our VoIP services
can operate in the market. However, the scope of these
interconnection rights are being reviewed in a current FCC
proceeding, which may affect our ability to compete in the
provision of telephony services or result in additional costs. It
remains unclear precisely to what extent federal and state
regulators will subject VoIP services to traditional telephone
service regulation. Expanding our offering of these services may
require us to obtain certain authorizations, including federal and
state licenses. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in
a timely manner, or conditions could be imposed upon such licenses
or authorizations that may not be favorable to us. The FCC has
already extended certain traditional telecommunications
requirements, such as E911 capabilities, Universal Service Fund
contribution, Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act
("CALEA"), measures to protect Customer Proprietary Network
Information, customer privacy, disability access, number porting,
battery back-up, network outage reporting, rural call completion
reporting and other regulatory requirements to many VoIP providers
such as us. If additional telecommunications regulations are
applied to our VoIP service, it could cause us to incur additional
costs and may otherwise materially adversely impact our operations.
In 2011, the FCC released an order significantly changing the rules
governing intercarrier compensation for the origination and
termination of telephone traffic between interconnected carriers.
These rules have resulted in a substantial decrease in interstate
compensation payments over a multi-year period. The FCC is
currently considering additional reforms that could further reduce
interstate compensation payments. Further, although the FCC
recently declined to impose additional regulatory burdens on
certain point to point transport ("special access") services
provided by cable companies, that FCC decision has been appealed by
multiple parties. If those appeals are successfully, there could be
additional regulatory burdens and additional costs placed on these
services.
We may engage in acquisitions and other strategic transactions and
the integration of such acquisitions and other strategic
transactions could materially adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Our
business has grown significantly as a result of acquisitions,
including the Acquisitions, which entail numerous risks
including:
●
distraction of our
management team in identifying potential acquisition targets,
conducting due diligence and negotiating acquisition
agreements;
●
difficulties in
integrating the operations, personnel, products, technologies and
systems of acquired businesses;
●
difficulties in
enhancing our customer support resources to adequately service our
existing customers and the customers of acquired
businesses;
●
the
potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired
businesses;
●
unanticipated
liabilities or contingencies of acquired
businesses;
●
unbudgeted costs
which we may incur in connection with pursuing potential
acquisitions which are not consummated;
●
failure
to achieve projected cost savings or cash flow from acquired
businesses, which are based on projections that are inherently
uncertain;
●
fluctuations in our
operating results caused by incurring considerable expenses to
acquire and integrate businesses before receiving the anticipated
revenues expected to result from the acquisitions;
and
●
difficulties in
obtaining regulatory approvals required to consummate
acquisitions.
We also
participate in competitive bidding processes, some of which may
involve significant cable systems. If we are the winning bidder in
any such process involving significant cable systems or we
otherwise engage in acquisitions or other strategic transactions in
the future, we may incur additional debt, contingent liabilities
and amortization expenses, which could materially adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations. We
could also issue substantial additional equity which could dilute
existing stockholders.
If our
acquisitions, including the Acquisitions and the integration of the
Optimum and Suddenlink businesses, do not result in the anticipated
operating efficiencies, are not effectively integrated, or result
in costs which exceed our expectations, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.
Significant unanticipated increases in the use of
bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services could increase our
costs.
The
rising popularity of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services
poses risks for our broadband services. Examples of such services
include peer-to-peer file sharing services, gaming services and the
delivery of video via streaming technology and by download. If
heavy usage of bandwidth-intensive broadband services grows beyond
our current expectations, we may need to incur more expenses than
currently anticipated to expand the bandwidth capacity of our
systems or our customers could have a suboptimal experience when
using our broadband service. In order to continue to provide
quality service at attractive prices, we need the continued
flexibility to develop and refine business models that respond to
changing consumer uses and demands and to manage bandwidth usage
efficiently. Our ability to undertake such actions could be
restricted by regulatory and legislative efforts to impose
so-called "net neutrality" requirements on broadband communication
providers like us that provide broadband services. For more
information, see "Regulation—Broadband."
We operate in a highly competitive business environment which could
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations and liquidity.
We
operate in a highly competitive, consumer-driven industry and we
compete against a variety of broadband, pay television and
telephony providers and delivery systems, including broadband
communications companies, wireless data and telephony providers,
satellite-delivered video signals, Internet-delivered video content
and broadcast television signals available to residential and
business customers in our service areas. Some of our competitors
include AT&T and its DirecTV subsidiary, CenturyLink, DISH
Network, Frontier and Verizon. In addition, our pay television
services compete with all other sources of leisure, news,
information and entertainment, including movies, sporting or other
live events, radio broadcasts, home-video services, console games,
print media and the Internet.
In some
instances, our competitors have fewer regulatory burdens, easier
access to financing, greater resources, greater operating
capabilities and efficiencies of scale, stronger brand-name
recognition, longstanding relationships with regulatory authorities
and customers, more subscribers, more flexibility to offer
promotional packages at prices lower than ours and greater access
to programming or other services. This competition creates pressure
on our pricing and has adversely affected, and may continue to
affect, our ability to add and retain customers, which in turn
adversely affects our business, financial condition and results of
operations. The effects of competition may also adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to service our debt. For example, we face
intense competition from Verizon and AT&T, which have network
infrastructure throughout our service areas. We estimate that
competitors are currently able to sell a fiber-based triple play,
including broadband, pay television and telephony services, and may
expand these and other service offerings to our potential
customers.
Our
competitive risks are heightened by the rapid technological change
inherent in our business, evolving consumer preferences and the
need to acquire, develop and adopt new technology to differentiate
our products and services from those of our competitors, and to
meet consumer demand. We may need to anticipate far in advance
which technology we should use for the development of new products
and services or the enhancement of existing products and services.
The failure to accurately anticipate such changes may adversely
affect our ability to attract and retain customers, which in turn
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Consolidation and cooperation in our
industry may allow our competitors to acquire service capabilities
or offer products that are not available to us or offer similar
products and services at prices lower than ours. For example,
Comcast and Charter Communications have agreed to jointly explore
operational efficiencies to speed their respective entries into the
wireless market, including in the areas of creating common
operating platforms and emerging wireless technology platforms. In
addition, changes in the regulatory and legislative environments
may result in changes to the competitive landscape.
In
addition, certain of our competitors own directly or are affiliated
with companies that own programming content or have exclusive
arrangements with content providers that may enable them to obtain
lower programming costs or offer exclusive programming that may be
attractive to prospective subscribers. For example, DirecTV has
exclusive arrangements with the National Football League that give
it access to programming we cannot offer. AT&T also has an
agreement to acquire Time Warner, which owns a number of cable
networks, including TBS, CNN and HBO, as well as Warner Bros.
Entertainment, which produces television, film and home-video
content. AT&T's and DirecTV's potential access to Time Warner
programming could allow AT&T and DirecTV to offer competitive
and promotional packages that could negatively affect our ability
to maintain or increase our existing customers and revenues. DBS
operators such as DISH Network and DirecTV also have marketing
arrangements with certain phone companies in which the DBS
provider's pay television services are sold together with the phone
company's broadband and mobile and traditional phone
services.
Most
broadband communications companies, which already have wired
networks, an existing customer base and other operational functions
in place (such as billing and service personnel), offer DSL
services. We believe DSL service competes with our broadband
service and is often offered at prices lower than our Internet
services. However, DSL is often offered at speeds lower than the
speeds we offer. In addition, DSL providers may currently be in a
better position to offer Internet services to businesses since
their networks tend to be more complete in commercial areas. They
may also increasingly have the ability to combine video services
with telephone and Internet services offered to their customers,
particularly as broadband communications companies enter into
co-marketing agreements with other service providers. In addition,
current and future fixed and wireless Internet services, such as
3G, 4G and 5G fixed and wireless broadband services and Wi-Fi
networks, and devices such as wireless data cards, tablets and
smartphones, and mobile wireless routers that connect to such
devices, may compete with our broadband services.
Our
telephony services compete directly with established broadband
communications companies and other carriers, including wireless
providers, as increasing numbers of homes are replacing their
traditional telephone service with wireless telephone service. We
also compete against VoIP providers like Vonage, Skype, GoogleTalk,
Facetime, WhatsApp and magicJack that do not own networks but can
provide service to any person with a broadband connection, in some
cases free of charge. In addition, we compete against ILECs, other
CLECs and long-distance voice-service companies for large
commercial and enterprise customers. While we compete with the
ILECs, we also enter into interconnection agreements with ILECs so
that our customers can make and receive calls to and from customers
served by the ILECs and other telecommunications providers. Federal
and state law and regulations require ILECs to enter into such
agreements and provide facilities and services necessary for
connection, at prices subject to regulation. The specific price,
terms and conditions of each agreement, however, depend on the
outcome of negotiations between us and each ILEC. Interconnection
agreements are also subject to approval by the state regulatory
commissions, which may arbitrate negotiation impasses. These
agreements, like all interconnection agreements, are for limited
terms and upon expiration are subject to renegotiation, potential
arbitration and approval under the laws in effect at that
time.
We also
face competition for our advertising sales from traditional and
non-traditional media outlets, including television and radio
stations, traditional print media and the Internet.
We face significant risks as a result of rapid changes in
technology, consumer expectations and behavior.
The
broadband communications industry has undergone significant
technological development over time and these changes continue to
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Such changes have had, and will continue to have, a profound impact
on consumer expectations and behavior. Our video business faces
technological change risks as a result of the continuing
development of new and changing methods for delivery of programming
content such as Internet-based delivery of movies, shows and other
content which can be viewed on televisions, wireless devices and
other developing mobile devices. Consumers' video consumption
patterns are also evolving, for example, with more content being
downloaded for time-shifted consumption. A proliferation of
delivery systems for video content can adversely affect our ability
to attract and retain subscribers and the demand for our services
and it can also decrease advertising demand on our delivery
systems. Our broadband business faces technological challenges from
rapidly evolving wireless Internet solutions. Our telephony service
offerings face technological developments in the proliferation of
telephony delivery systems including those based on Internet and
wireless delivery. If we do not develop or acquire and successfully
implement new technologies, we will limit our ability to compete
effectively for subscribers, content and advertising. We cannot
provide any assurance that we will realize, in full or in part, the
anticipated benefits we expect from the introduction of our home
communications hub, or that it will be rolled out across our
footprint in the timeframe we anticipate. In addition, we may be
required to make material capital and other investments to
anticipate and to keep up with technological change. These
challenges could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Our revenues and growth may be constrained due to demand exceeding
capacity of our systems or our inability to develop
solutions.
We
anticipate generating revenues in the future from broadband
connectivity, other Internet services, and broadband and in the
cloud services. Demand and market acceptance for these recently
introduced services and products delivered over the Internet is
uncertain. Critical issues concerning the use of the Internet, such
as ease of access, security, reliability, cost and quality of
service, exist and may affect the growth of Internet use or the
attractiveness of conducting commerce online. In addition, the
Internet and online services may not be accepted as viable for a
number of reasons, including potentially inadequate development of
the necessary network infrastructure or delayed development of
enabling technologies and performance improvements. To the extent
that the Internet and online services continue to experience
significant growth, there can be no assurance that the
infrastructure of the Internet and online services will prove
adequate to support increased user demands. In addition, the
Internet or online services could lose their viability due to
delays in the development or adoption of new standards and
protocols required to handle increased levels of Internet or online
service activity. Changes in, or insufficient availability of,
telecommunications services to support the Internet or online
services also could result in slower response times and adversely
affect usage of the Internet and online services generally and us
in particular. If use of the Internet and online services does not
continue to grow or grows more slowly than expected, if the
infrastructure for the Internet and online services does not
effectively support growth that may occur, or if the Internet and
online services do not become a viable commercial marketplace, our
business could be adversely affected.
Certain
aspects of our VoIP telephony services differ from traditional
telephone service. The factors that may have this effect
include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
●
|
our
subscribers may experience lower call quality than they experience
with traditional wireline telephone companies, including static,
echoes and transmission delays;
|
|
|
●
|
our
subscribers may experience higher dropped-call rates than they
experience with traditional wireline telephone
companies; and
|
|
|
●
|
a power
loss or Internet access interruption causes our service to be
interrupted.
|
Additionally,
our VoIP emergency calling service is significantly more limited
than the emergency calling services offered by traditional
telephone companies. Our VoIP emergency calling service can only
transmit to a dispatcher at a public safety answering point, or
PSAP, the location information that the subscriber has registered
with us, which may at times be different from the actual location
at the time of the call. As a result, our emergency calling systems
may not assure that the appropriate PSAP is reached and may cause
significant delays, or even failures, in callers’ receipt of
emergency assistance. Our failure to develop or operate an adequate
emergency calling service could subject us to substantial
liabilities and may result in delays in subscriber adoption of our
VoIP telephony services or all of our services, abandonment of our
services by subscribers, and litigation costs, damage awards and
negative publicity, any of which could harm our business,
prospects, financial condition or results of
operations.
If our
subscribers do not accept the differences between our VoIP
telephony services and traditional telephone service, they may not
adopt or keep our VoIP telephony services or our other services, or
may choose to retain or return to service provided by traditional
telephone companies. Because VoIP telephony services represent an
important aspect of our business strategy, failure to achieve
subscribers’ acceptance of our VoIP telephony services may
adversely affect our prospects, results of operations and the
trading price of our shares.
We rely on contract manufacturers and a limited number of
third-party suppliers to produce our network equipment and to
maintain our network sites. If these companies fail to perform, we
may have a shortage of components and may be required to suspend
our network deployment and our product and service
introduction.
We
depend on contract manufacturers, to produce and deliver
acceptable, high quality products on a timely basis. We also depend
on a limited number of third parties to maintain our network
facilities. If our contract manufacturer or other providers do not
satisfy our requirements, or if we lose our contract manufacturers
or any other significant provider, we may have an insufficient
network services for delivery to subscribers, we may be forced to
suspend portions of our wireless broadband network, enrollment of
new subscribers, and product sales and our business, prospects,
financial condition and operating results may be
harmed.
We rely on highly skilled executives and other personnel. If we
cannot retain and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to
implement our business strategy.
We will
be highly dependent on the scientific, technical, and managerial
skills of certain key employees, including technical, research and
development, sales, marketing, financial and executive personnel,
and on our ability to identify, hire and retain additional
personnel. To accommodate our current size and manage our
anticipated growth, we must expand our employee base. Competition
for key personnel, particularly persons having technical expertise,
is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to
retain existing personnel or to identify or hire additional
personnel. The need for such personnel is particularly important
given the strains on our existing infrastructure and the need to
anticipate the demands of future growth. In particular, we are
highly dependent on the continued services of our senior management
team, which currently is composed of a small number of individuals.
We do not maintain key-man life insurance on the life of any
employee. The inability of us to attract, hire or retain the
necessary technical, sales, marketing, financial and executive
personnel, or the loss of the services of any member of our senior
management team, could have a material adverse effect on
us.
Our
future success depends largely on the expertise and reputation of
our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Stephen J.
Thomas, Richard Eberhardt, and the other members of our senior
management team. In addition, we intend to hire additional highly
skilled individuals to staff our operations. Loss of any of our key
personnel or the inability to recruit and retain qualified
individuals could adversely affect our ability to implement our
business strategy and operate our business.
We are
currently managed by a small number of key management and operating
personnel. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to
recruit and retain qualified personnel. Failure to do so likely
would have an adverse impact on our business and the trading price
of our common stock.
If our data security measures are breached, subscribers may
perceive our network and services as not secure.
Our
network security and the authentication of the subscriber’s
credentials are designed to protect unauthorized access to data on
our network. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access
to or to sabotage networks change frequently and may not be
recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to
anticipate or implement adequate preventive measures against
unauthorized access or sabotage. Consequently, unauthorized parties
may overcome our encryption and security systems and obtain access
to data on our network, including on a device connected to our
network. In addition, because we operate and control our network
and our subscribers’ Internet connectivity, unauthorized
access or sabotage of our network could result in damage to our
network and to the computers or other devices used by our
subscribers. An actual or perceived breach of network security,
regardless of whether the breach is our fault, could harm public
perception of the effectiveness of our security measures, adversely
affect our ability to attract and retain subscribers, expose us to
significant liability and adversely affect our business
prospects.
Our activities outside the United States could disrupt our
operations.
We
intend to invest in various international companies and spectrum
opportunities through acquisitions and strategic alliances as these
opportunities arise. Our activities outside the United States
operate in environments different from the one we face in the
United States, particularly with respect to competition and
regulation. Due to these differences, our activities outside the
United States may require a disproportionate amount of our
management and financial resources, which could disrupt our U.S.
operations and adversely affect our business.
In a
number of international markets, we face substantial competition
from local service providers that offer or may offer their own
wireless broadband or VoIP telephony services and from other
companies that provide Internet connectivity services. We may face
heightened challenges in gaining market share, particularly in
certain European countries, where a large portion of the population
already has broadband Internet connectivity and incumbent companies
already have a dominant market share in their service areas.
Furthermore, foreign providers of competing services may have a
substantial advantage over us in attracting subscribers due to a
more established brand, greater knowledge of local
subscribers’ preferences and access to significant financial
or strategic resources.
In
addition, foreign regulatory authorities frequently own or control
the incumbent telecommunications companies operating under their
jurisdiction. Established relationships between government-owned or
government-controlled telecommunications companies and their
traditional local providers of telecommunications services often
limit access of third parties to these markets. The successful
expansion of our international operations in some markets will
depend on our ability to locate, form and maintain strong
relationships with established local communication services and
equipment providers. Failure to establish these relationships or to
market or sell our products and services successfully could limit
our ability to attract subscribers to our services.
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property, which could
reduce the value of our services and our brand.
Our
ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to protect
our proprietary technologies, system designs and manufacturing
processes. We may not be able to safeguard and maintain our
proprietary rights. We rely on patents, trademarks and policies and
procedures related to confidentiality to protect our intellectual
property. Some of our intellectual property, however, is not
covered by any of these protections.
We could be subject to claims that we have infringed on the
proprietary rights of others, which claims would likely be costly
to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our
ability to use necessary technologies in the
future.
Our
competitors may independently develop or patent technologies or
processes that are substantially equivalent or superior to ours.
These competitors may claim that our services and products infringe
on these patents or other proprietary rights. Defending against
infringement claims, even merit less ones, would be time consuming,
distracting and costly. If we are found to be infringing
proprietary rights of a third party, we could be enjoined from
using such third party’s rights and be required to pay
substantial royalties and damages and may no longer be able to use
the intellectual property on acceptable terms or at all. Failure to
obtain licenses to intellectual property could delay or prevent the
development, manufacture or sale of our products or services and
could cause us to expend significant resources to develop or
acquire non-infringing intellectual property.
Our business depends on our brand, and if we do not maintain and
enhance our brand, our ability to attract and retain subscribers
may be impaired and our business and operating results
harmed.
We
believe that our brand is a critical part of our business.
Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make
substantial investments with no assurance that these investments
will be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands,
or if we incur significant expenses in this effort, our business,
prospects, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.
We anticipate that maintaining and enhancing our brand will become
increasingly important, difficult and expensive.
We are subject to extensive regulation.
Our
acquisition, lease, maintenance and use of spectrum licenses are
extensively regulated by federal, state, local, and foreign
governmental entities. A number of other federal, state, local and
foreign privacy, security and consumer laws also apply to our
business. These regulations and their application are subject to
continual change as new legislation, regulations or amendments to
existing regulations are adopted from time to time by governmental
or regulatory authorities, including as a result of judicial
interpretations of such laws and regulations. Current regulations
directly affect the breadth of services we are able to offer and
may impact the rates, terms and conditions of our services.
Regulation of companies that offer competing services, such as
cable and DSL providers and incumbent telecommunications carriers,
also affects our business indirectly.
We are
also subject to regulation because we provide VoIP telephony
services. As an “interconnected” VoIP provider, we are
required under FCC rules, to comply with the Communications
Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires
service providers to build certain capabilities into their networks
and to accommodate wiretap requests from law enforcement
agencies.
In
addition, the FCC or other regulatory authorities may in the future
restrict our ability to manage subscribers’ use of our
network, thereby limiting our ability to prevent or address
subscribers’ excessive bandwidth demands. To maintain the
quality of our network and user experience, we manage the bandwidth
used by our subscribers’ applications, in part by restricting
the types of applications that may be used over our network. Some
providers and users of these applications have objected to this
practice. If the FCC or other regulatory authorities were to adopt
regulations that constrain our ability to employ bandwidth
management practices, excessive use of bandwidth-intensive
applications would likely reduce the quality of our services for
all subscribers. Such decline in the quality of our services could
harm our business.
In
certain of our international markets, the services provided by our
business may require receipt of a license from national, provincial
or local regulatory authorities. Where required, regulatory
authorities may have significant discretion in granting the
licenses and in the term of the licenses and are often under no
obligation to renew the licenses when they expire.
The
breach of a license or applicable law, even if inadvertent, can
result in the revocation, suspension, cancellation or reduction in
the term of a license or the imposition of fines. In addition,
regulatory authorities may grant new licenses to third parties,
resulting in greater competition in territories where we already
have rights to licensed spectrum. In order to promote competition,
licenses may also require that third parties be granted access to
our bandwidth, frequency capacity, facilities or services. We may
not be able to obtain or retain any required license, and we may
not be able to renew a license on favorable terms, or at
all.
Our
wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services may become subject
to greater state or federal regulation in the future. The scope of
the regulations that may apply to VoIP telephony services providers
and the impact of such regulations on providers’ competitive
position are presently unknown.
Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is also our largest
stockholder, and as a result he can exert control over us and has
actual or potential interests that may diverge from
yours.
Mr. Thomas
may have interests that diverge from those of other holders of our
common stock and he owns our super majority voting Series A stock.
As a result, Mr. Thomas may vote the shares he owns or otherwise
cause us to take actions that may conflict with your best interests
as a stockholder, which could adversely affect our results of
operations and the trading price of our common stock.
Through
his control, Mr. Thomas can control our management, affairs
and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the
approval of significant corporate transactions, a sale of our
company, decisions about our capital structure and, the composition
of our board of directors.
COVID-19 effects on the economy may negatively affect our Company
business.
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's business may be negatively affected for a sustained time
frame. At this point, we cannot reasonably estimate the duration
and severity of this pandemic, which could have a material adverse
impact on our business, results of operations, financial position
and cash flows.
Our officers and directors
may have conflicts of interests as to corporate opportunities which
we may not be able or allowed to participate
in.
Presently
there is no requirement contained in our Articles of Incorporation,
Bylaws, or minutes which requires officers and directors of our
business to disclose to us business opportunities which come to
their attention. Our officers and directors do, however, have a
fiduciary duty of loyalty to us to disclose to us any business
opportunities which come to their attention, in their capacity as
an officer and/or director or otherwise. Excluded from this duty
would be opportunities which the person learns about through his
involvement as an officer and director of another company. We have
no intention of merging with or acquiring business opportunity from
any affiliate or officer or director.
We have agreed to indemnification of officers and directors as is
provided by Florida Statutes.
Florida
Statutes provide for the indemnification of our directors,
officers, employees, and agents, under certain circumstances,
against attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred by them
in any litigation to which they become a party arising from their
association with or activities our behalf. We will also bear the
expenses of such litigation for any of our directors, officers,
employees, or agents, upon such person’s promise to repay us
therefore if it is ultimately determined that any such person shall
not have been entitled to indemnification. This indemnification
policy could result in substantial expenditures by us that we will
be unable to recoup.
Our directors’ liability to us and shareholders is
limited.
Florida
Statutes exclude personal liability of our directors and our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
except in certain specified circumstances. Accordingly, we will
have a much more limited right of action against our directors that
otherwise would be the case. This provision does not affect the
liability of any director under federal or applicable state
securities laws.
We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy
without substantial additional capital. Any such failure may
adversely affect the business and results of
operations.
Unless
we can generate revenues sufficient to implement our Business Plan,
we will need to obtain additional financing through debt or bank
financing, or through the sale of shareholder interests to execute
our Business Plan. We expect to need at least $54,000,000 in the
next twelve months in capital or loans to complete our plans and
operations for which this offering is intended to provide funds. We
may not be able to obtain this financing at all. We have not sought
commitments for this financing, and we have no terms for either
debt or equity financing, and we realize that it may be difficult
to obtain on favorable terms. Moreover, if we issue additional
equity securities to support our operations, Investor holdings may
be diluted. Our business plans are at risk if we cannot continually
achieve additional capital raising to complete our
plans.
We are reliant, in part, on third party sales organizations, which
may not perform as we expect.
We,
from time to time rely on the sales force of third-party sales
organizations with support from our own selling resources. The
third-party relationships and internal organization are not fully
developed at this time and must be developed. We may not be able to
hire effective inside salespeople to help our third-party sales
organizations close sales. There is no assurance that any
approaches will improve sales. Further, using only a direct sales
force would be less cost-effective than our plan to use third-party
sales organizations. In addition, a direct sales model may be
ineffective if we were unable to hire and retain qualified sales
people and if the sales force fails to complete sales. Moreover,
even if we successfully implement our business strategy, we may not
have positive operating results. We may decide to alter or
discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt
different strategies due to business or competitive
factors.
Our growth may be affected adversely if our sales of products and
services are negatively affected by competition or other
factors.
The
growth of our business is dependent, in large part, upon the
development of sales for our services and product offerings. Market
opportunities that we expect to exist may not develop as expected,
or at all. For example, a substantial percentage of our service
offerings is oriented around data access. If lower cost
alternatives are developed, our sales would decrease and our
operating results would be negatively affected. Moreover, even if
market opportunities develop as expected, new technologies and
services offerings introduced by competitors may significantly
limit our ability to capitalize on any such market opportunity. Our
failure to capitalize on expected market opportunities would
adversely affect revenue growth.
The
lack of operating history and the rapidly changing nature of the
market in which we compete make it difficult to accurately forecast
revenues and operating results. We anticipate that revenues and
operating results might fluctuate in the future due to a number of
factors including the following:
●
the timing of sales
for current services and products offerings
●
the timing of new
product implementations
●
unexpected delays
in introducing new services and products offerings
●
increased expense
related to sales and marketing, product development or
administration
●
the mix of products
and our services offerings
●
costs related to
possible acquisitions of technology or business.
●
costs of providing
services
We may be unable to compete with larger, more established
competitors.
The
market for providing network delivered service solutions is
competitive. We expect competition to intensify in the future. Many
of our potential competitors have longer operating histories,
larger customer bases, greater recognition and significantly
greater resources. As a result, competitors may be able to respond
more quickly to emerging technologies and changes in customer
requirements than we can. The continuous and timely introduction of
competitively priced services offerings into the market is critical
to our success, and there can be no assurance that we will be able
to introduce such services offerings. We may not be able to compete
successfully against competitors, and the competitive pressures we
face may have an adverse effect on our business.
RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND POTENTIAL
LITIGATION
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and
proprietary rights.
There
can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain intellectual
property protection that will effectively prevent any competitors
from developing or marketing the same or a competing technology. In
addition, we cannot predict whether we will be subject to
intellectual property litigation the outcome of which is subject to
uncertainty and which can be very costly to pursue or defend. We
will attempt to continue to protect our proprietary designs and to
avoid infringing on the intellectual property of third parties.
However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to protect
our intellectual property or avoid suits by third parties claiming
intellectual property infringement.
If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not
adequately protect our service offering, we may lose market share
to competitors and be unable to operate our business
profitably.
Patents
and other proprietary rights are anticipated to be of value to our
future business, and our ability to compete effectively with other
companies depends on the proprietary nature of our current or
future technologies. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how,
continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to
develop, maintain, and strengthen our competitive position. We
cannot assure you that any future patent applications will result
in issued patents, that any patents issued or licensed to us will
not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights
granted there under will provide a competitive advantage to us or
prevent competitors from entering markets which we currently serve.
Any required license may not be available to us on acceptable
terms, if at all or may become invalid if the licensee’s
right to such technology become challenged and/or revoked. In
addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore
competitors may have access to the same technologies as we do.
Furthermore, we may have to take legal action in the future to
protect our trade secrets or know-how, or to defend them against
claimed infringement of the rights of others. Any legal action of
that type could be costly and time-consuming to us, and we cannot
assure you that such actions will be successful. The invalidation
of key patents or proprietary rights which we own or unsuccessful
outcomes in lawsuits to protect our intellectual property may have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
We may in the future become subject to claims that some, or the
entire service offering violates the patent or intellectual
property rights of others, which could be costly and disruptive to
us.
We
operate in an industry that is susceptible to patent litigation. As
a result, we or the parties we license technology from may become
subject to patent infringement claims or litigation. Further, one
or more of our future patents or applications may become subject to
interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office, (“USPTO”) or the foreign equivalents thereof to
determine the priority of claims to inventions. The defense of
intellectual property suits, USPTO interference proceedings or the
foreign equivalents thereof, as well as related legal and
administrative proceedings, are both costly and time consuming and
may divert management's attention from other business concerns. An
adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to
which we may become a party could, among other things:
●
subject us to
significant liabilities to third parties, including treble
damages;
●
require disputed
rights to be licensed from a third party for royalties that may be
substantial;
●
require us to cease
using such technology; or
●
prohibit us from
selling certain of our service offerings.
Any of
these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of
operations.
RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMMON STOCK (IF THE SERIES D
PREFERRED IS CONVERTED TO COMMON STOCK)
Our common stock will in all likelihood be thinly traded and as a
result you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if
you need to liquidate your shares, after any conversion from
Preferred Stock.
The
shares of our common stock may be thinly-traded on the OTC Market,
meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our
common shares at or near ask prices at any given time may be
relatively small or non-existent. This situation is attributable to
a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company
which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers,
institutional investors and others in the investment community that
generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the
attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be
reluctant to follow an unproven, early stage company such as ours
or purchase or recommend the purchase of any of our Securities
until such time as we became more seasoned and viable. As a
consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when
trading activity in our Securities is minimal or non-existent, as
compared to a seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume
of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales
without an adverse effect on Securities price. We cannot give you
any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market
for our common Securities will develop or be sustained, or that any
trading levels will be sustained. Due to these conditions, we can
give investors no assurance that they will be able to sell their
shares at or near ask prices or at all if they need money or
otherwise desire to liquidate their securities of our
Company.
The regulation of penny stocks by SEC and FINRA may discourage the
tradability of our common stock or other securities.
We are
a “penny stock” company. Our common stock currently
trades on the OTCQB under the symbol “TPTW” and will be
subject to a Securities and Exchange Commission rule that imposes
special sales practice requirements upon broker-dealers who sell
such securities to persons other than established customers or
accredited investors. For purposes of the rule, the phrase
“accredited investors” means, in general terms,
institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000, or individuals
having a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or having an annual
income that exceeds $200,000 (or that, when combined with a
spouse’s income, exceeds $300,000). For transactions covered
by the rule, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability
determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s
written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale.
Effectively, this discourages broker-dealers from executing trades
in penny stocks. Consequently, the rule will affect the ability of
purchasers in this offering to sell their securities in any market
that might develop therefore because it imposes additional
regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.
In
addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted a
number of rules to regulate “penny stocks". Such rules
include Rules 3a51-1, 15g-1, 15g-2, 15g-3, 15g-4, 15g-5, 15g-6,
15g-7, and 15g-9 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. Because our securities constitute “penny
stocks” within the meaning of the rules, the rules would
apply to us and to our securities. The rules will further affect
the ability of owners of shares to sell our securities in any
market that might develop for them because it imposes additional
regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.
Shareholders
should be aware that, according to Securities and Exchange
Commission, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent
years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (i)
control of the market for the security by one or a few
broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer;
(ii) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of
purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (iii)
“boiler room” practices involving high-pressure sales
tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales
persons; (iv) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differentials and
markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of
the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices
have been manipulated to a desired consequent investor losses. Our
management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically
in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a
position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers
who participate in the market, management will strive within the
confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns
from being established with respect to our securities.
Inventory
in penny stocks have limited remedies in the event of violations of
penny stock rules. While the courts are always available to seek
remedies for fraud against us, most, if not all, brokerages require
their customers to sign mandatory arbitration agreements in
conjunctions with opening trading accounts. Such arbitration may be
through an independent arbiter. Investors may file a complaint with
FINRA against the broker allegedly at fault, and FINRA may be the
arbiter, under FINRA rules. Arbitration rules generally limit
discovery and provide more expedient adjudication, but also provide
limited remedies in damages usually only the actual economic loss
in the account. Investors should understand that if a fraud case is
filed against a company in the courts it may be vigorously defended
and may take years and great legal expenses and costs to pursue,
which may not be economically feasible for small
investors.
That
absent arbitration agreements related to brokerage accounts,
specific legal remedies available to investors of penny stocks
include the following:
If a
penny stock is sold to the investor in violation of the
requirements listed above, or other federal or states securities
laws, the investor may be able to cancel the purchase and receive a
refund of the investment.
If a
penny stock is sold to the investor in a fraudulent manner, the
investor may be able to sue the persons and firms that committed
the fraud for damages.
The
fact that we are a penny stock company will cause many brokers to
refuse to handle transactions in the stocks, and may discourage
trading activity and volume, or result in wide disparities between
bid and ask prices. These may cause investors significant
illiquidity of the stock at a price at which they may wish to sell
or in the opportunity to complete a sale. Investors will have no
effective legal remedies for these illiquidity issues.
We will pay no dividends
in the foreseeable future on common stock.
We have
not paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying
such dividends in the foreseeable future. The Series D Preferred
Stock will be paid 6% per annum on a cumulative basis, in cash or
in registered common stock
Rule 144 sales of stock in the future may have a depressive effect
on our stock price.
All of
the outstanding shares of common stock held by our present
officers, directors, and affiliate stockholders are
“restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As restricted Shares,
common shares may be resold only pursuant to an effective
registration statement or under the requirements of Rule 144 or
other applicable exemptions from registration under the Act and as
required under applicable state securities laws. Rule 144 provides
in essence that a person who has held restricted securities for six
months, under certain conditions, sell every three months, in
brokerage transactions, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of 1.0% of a company’s outstanding common stock or
the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks
prior to the sale. There is no limit on the amount of restricted
securities that may be sold by a non-affiliate after the owner has
held the restricted securities for a period of six months. A sale
under Rule 144 or under any other exemption from the Act, if
available, or pursuant to subsequent registration of shares of
common stock of present stockholders, may have a depressive effect
upon the price of the common stock in any market that may
develop.
Any sales of our common stock, if in significant amounts, are
likely to depress the future market price of our
securities.
Assuming
all of the shares of common stock held by the selling security
holders registered recently in a Form S-1 that became effective in
2019 are sold, we would have 37,361,010 new shares that are freely
tradable and therefor available for sale, in market or private
transactions.
Unrestricted
sales of 37,361,010 shares of stock by these selling stockholders
could have a huge negative impact on our share price, and the
market for our shares.
Any new potential investors will suffer a disproportionate risk and
there will be immediate dilution of existing investor’s
investments.
Our
present shareholders have acquired their securities at a cost
significantly less than that which the investors purchasing hereto
will pay for their stock holdings or at which future purchasers in
the market may pay. Therefore, any new potential investors will
bear most of the risk of loss.
We can issue future series of shares of preferred stock without
shareholder approval, which could adversely affect the rights of
common shareholders.
Our
Articles of Incorporation permit our Board of Directors to
establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions,
including voting rights, of future series of stock and to issue
such stock without approval from our shareholders. The rights of
holders of common stock may suffer as a result of the rights
granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the
future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a
change in control of our Company, depriving common shareholders of
an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the
prevailing market price.
Sales of common stock resulting from issuances of common stock for
conversions by our convertible noteholders or Rule 144 sales in the
future will have a depressive effect on our common stock
price.
Most of
our convertible noteholders have rights to convert their notes at
significant discounts to the market prices as shown in the schedule
below, for sale under the requirements of Rule 144 or other
applicable exemptions from registration under the Act and perhaps
under registration statements which the company is preparing to
file in the next thirty days. Rule 144 provides in essence that a
person who has held restricted securities for six months, or is
deemed to have held them due to the issuance by the Company of
convertible notes under certain conditions, may sell those shares
in brokerage transactions. There is no limit on the amount of
restricted securities that may be sold by a non-affiliate after the
owner has held the restricted securities for a period of six
months. A sale under Rule 144 or under any other exemption from the
Act, if available, or pursuant to subsequent registration of shares
of common stock of present stockholders underlying the convertible
notes, will have a depressive effect upon the price of the common
stock in the market, since they are issued at a discount to
market-often 50-60% of the lowest bid for differing periods, and
sales can be expected at some discounted prices, with larger than
normal volumes. We have also issued warrants that allow for the
purchase of shares at significant discounts to the market prices,
often 50% of the ten day low bids, or other highly discounted
rates, which would allow the holders of those warrants to sell
shares into the market at a profit over their discounted price,
which could have the effect of depressing the price of the shares
in the market.
We are an “emerging
growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply only
with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to
“emerging growth companies” could make our Shares less
attractive to investors.
We are
an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS
Act, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging
growth company,” we expect and fully intend to take advantage
of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to
other public companies but not to “emerging growth
companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required
to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations
regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy
statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a
nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and Member
approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five
years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first
fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion,
(ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated
filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which
would occur if the market value of our securities that are held by
non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of
our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the
date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in
non-convertible debt during the preceding three year
period.
In
addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an
“emerging growth company” can take advantage of the
extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)2(B) of the
Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting
standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company”
can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those
standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have
elected to opt in to the extended transition period for complying
with the revised accounting standards. We have elected to rely on
these exemptions and reduced disclosure requirements applicable to
“emerging growth companies” and expect to continue to
do so.
We can give no assurance of success or profitability to our
investors.
Cash
flows generated from operating activities were not enough to
support all working capital requirements for the three months ended
March 31, 2020 and 2019. We incurred $5,966,198 and $2,981,346,
respectively, in losses, and we generated and used $96,102 and
$369,477, respectively, in cash for operations for the three months
ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. Cash flows from financing activities
were $81,765 and $848,661 for the same periods. These factors raise
substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a
going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these
financial statements. The financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and
guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to
mitigate the spread of COVID-19, around March 18, 2020 for an
indefinite period of time, the Company closed its Blue Collar
office in Los Angeles, California and its TPT SpeedConnect offices
in Michigan, Idaho and Arizona. Most employees are working
remotely, however this is not possible with certain employees and
all subcontractors that work for Blue Collar. The Company continues
to monitor developments, including government requirements and
recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate
possible extensions to all or part of such closures.
The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and
received $722,200 in April 2020 and will try to use these funds as
is prescribed by the stimulus offerings to have the entire amount
forgiven. The Company is also in the process of trying to
raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used
for working capital shortfalls if revenues decrease significantly
because of the COVID-19 closures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's plans as described above may change. At this point, we
cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this
pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.
In
order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one
year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need
to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for
companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional
debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow
positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those
actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us
to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing
arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional
debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly
reduce or cease operations.
We may in the future issue more shares which could cause a loss of
control by our present management and current
stockholders.
We may
issue further shares as consideration for the cash or assets or
services out of our authorized but unissued common stock that
would, upon issuance, represent a majority of the voting power and
equity of our Company. The result of such an issuance would be
those new stockholders and management would control our Company,
and persons unknown could replace our management at this time. Such
an occurrence would result in a greatly reduced percentage of
ownership of our Company by our current shareholders, which could
present significant risks to investors.
We have options issued and outstanding, convertible promissory
notes and preferred stock that is convertible into common stock. A
conversion of such equity and debt instruments could have a
dilutive effect to existing shareholders, due to the conversion
discount from market prices.
Stock Options
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
Vested
|
Vesting
Period
|
Exercise Price
Outstanding and Exercisable
|
Expiration
Date
|
|
December 31,
2018
|
3,093,120
|
1,954,230
|
100% at issue and 12 to 18
months
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19 to
3-21-21
|
|
Expired
|
(93,120)
|
|
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19
|
|
December 31,
2019
|
3,000,000
|
3,000,000
|
12 to 18 months
|
$0.10
|
3-1-20 to
3-21-21
|
|
Expired
|
(2,000,000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2020
|
1,000,000
|
1,000,000
|
12 months
|
$0.10
|
3-1-20 to
3-21-21
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the company entered into
consulting arrangements primarily for legal work and general
business support that included the issuance of stock options to
purchase 3,000,000 options to purchase common shares at $0.10 per
share. 2,000,000 of these expired. The remaining 1,000,000 are
fully vested as of March 31, 2020.
As of
March 31, 2020, we had the following convertible promissory notes
and preferred stock outstanding that are convertible into common
shares:
|
|
2020
|
|
Convertible
Promissory Notes (2)
|
6,429,395,999
|
|
Series A Preferred
Stock (1)
|
1,039,271,144
|
|
Series B Preferred
Stock
|
2,588,693
|
|
Stock Options and
Warrants
|
4,333,333
|
|
|
7,475,589,169
|
(1)
Holder of the
Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed
60% of outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would
have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only
1,000,000,000 shares are currently authorized.
(2)
The conversion
features of the various convertible debt provide for conversion to
common stock at discounts from the market prices which will have,
and has had, a seriously dilutive effect on stock amounts and the
prices reflected in the market.
On
October 14, 2017, the Board of Directors and majority stockholders
of TPT approved the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and
Award Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan.”) There are
20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved under the 2017
Plan.
Warrants
As of March 31, 2020, there were 3,333,333 warrants outstanding
that expire in five years or in the year ended December 31, 2024.
As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third
party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 3,333,333 warrants to
purchase 3,333,333 common shares of the Company at 70% of the
current market price. Current market price means the average
of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the
ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day
prior to the date of the respective exercise notice. However, if a
required registration statement, registering the underlying shares
of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or
before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such
Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall
mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock
during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete
trading day prior to the conversion date.
The
exercise of the options, warrants, convertible promissory notes and
Series A and B Series Preferred Stock into shares of our common
stock could have a dilutive effect to the holdings of our existing
shareholders.
Our Stock prices in the Market may be volatile.
The
value of our Common stock following this offering may be highly
volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in price in response
to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These
factors include:
●
quarterly
variations in our results of operations or those of our
competitors;
●
announcements by us
or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant
contracts, commercial relationships or capital
commitments;
●
disruption to our
operations or those of other sources critical to our network
operations;
●
the emergence of
new competitors or new technologies;
●
our ability to
develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely
basis;
●
seasonal or other
variations in our subscriber base;
●
commencement of, or
our involvement in, litigation;
●
availability of
additional spectrum;
●
dilutive issuances
of our stock or the stock of our subsidiaries, or the incurrence of
additional debt;
●
changes in our
board or management;
●
adoption of new or
different accounting standards;
●
changes in
governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory
approvals;
●
changes in earnings
estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
●
announcements
regarding WiMAX and other technical standards; and
●
general economic
conditions and slow or negative growth of related
markets.
In
addition, the stock market in general, and the market for shares of
technology companies in particular, has experienced price and
volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or
disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies.
We expect the value of our common stock will be subject to such
fluctuations.
RISKS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING AND OWNERSHIP
OF THE COMPANY’S SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK
Investment in this Series D Preferred Stock bears a risk due to its
subordinate nature to the Series A, B, and C Preferred shares, in
the event of liquidation, or certain other events.
The
Series D Preferred shares are subordinate to the Rights and
Privileges of the Series A, B, and C Preferred stock of the
Company, which provide that they are prior in rank as to certain
liquidation rights, voting rights and conversion rights, as
described on page 75 hereof. Effectively this means that
Series D may not receive $5.00 per share if the liquidation
preferences of the prior series use up the available proceeds upon
liquidation of the assets of the Company, and after payment of the
debts of the Company.
Further,
the Series A holds supermajority voting rights (currently held by
our CEO Stephen Thomas) can control the Company, and has a
liquidation privilege of an amount per share equal to amounts
payable owing, including contingency amounts where Holders of the
Series A have personally guaranteed obligations of the Company, to
the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock on the books and
records of the Company divided by the number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock outstanding (1,000,000 shares), and can convert the
1,000,000 shares to 60% of the common stock of the Company at any
time. Series B (2,588,693 shares) holds conversion rights to
common shares at $2.00 per share, and a liquidation preference of
$2.00 per share, and the right to vote the shares along with common
on a one for one basis. Series C have a liquidation
preference of $2.00 per share, and a right to convert to common
stock at $.15 divided into $2.00, at any time, and equal voting
rights with the common stock, such that the Series C votes on an as
converted to common basis. No Series C have been sold at date
hereof. Series D have a liquidation preference of $5.00 per share,
and a right to convert to common stock after eighteen months at 80%
of the thirty day average market closing price divided into $5.00
and equal voting rights with the common stock, such that the Series
D votes on an as converted to common basis. No Series D have been
sold at date hereof.
Effectively
this means that Series D shares would be subordinate up to
approximately $10,000,000 in liquidation preferences, and could not
have any effective voting voice in a shareholder's meeting, and
conversion rights substantially less than the prior series of
Preferred Shares, all of which constitute risks to the Series D
investors.
There is a limited public market for common shares of the
Company.
Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol
“TPTW”. Because we are quoted on the OTCQB, our
securities may be less liquid, receive less coverage by security
analysts and news media, and generate lower prices than might
otherwise be obtained if they were listed on a national securities
exchange.
No public market for our Series D securities.
There
is currently no public market for our Series D securities, which
are convertible to common stock. We are a public company, quoted on
the OTCQB, but there can be no assurance that a liquid market for
our common stock will be established, or if established, sustained
for sufficient time for the Series D shareholders to convert and
achieve liquidity upon conversion to common stock. Fluctuation in
market price of our common stock may occur due to many factors,
including:
●
General market conditions and other factors related to the economy
or otherwise, including factors unrelated to our operating
performance or the operating performance of our competitors. These
conditions might include people’s expectations, favorable or
unfavorable, as to the likely growth of our industry
sector;
●
The introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or
our competitors;
●
Disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual
property rights or other potential legal actions;
●
Sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our
executive officers and directors;
●
The acquisition or divestiture of businesses, products, assets or
technology;
●
Litigation, including intellectual property litigation;
and
●
Changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by us or by
securities analysts.
In
addition, securities of companies with smaller capitalization have
experienced substantial volatility in the past, often based on
factors unrelated to the financial performance or prospects of the
companies involved. These factors include global economic
developments and market perceptions of the attractiveness of
certain industries. There can be no assurance that continuing
fluctuations in price will not occur.
Investors are at risk that no automatic conversion of the Series D
Preferred Stock may ever happen which would be triggered by an
Exchange listing.
The Series D preferred stock provides for two types of conversions
to common stock, one a voluntary conversion at the election of the
holder, which could occur in increments over time, and a second
that would occur automatically in the event of an exchange listing
approval, and the registration of the underlying common shares to
be issued in the conversion, of all shares of the Series D to
common stock, in bulk, and without any further consent of the
holder. Our company may never be able to achieve the exchange
listing approval, on any exchange, and therefore there will be no
conversion to common under the automatic conversion terms of the
Series D Preferred stock, and the investors will not have any
benefit of exchange listing for the common stock, as it cannot be
assured. In addition, the common stock to which the Series D
Preferred Stock converts will be required to be registered in order
for it to trade upon the occurrence of any exchange listing, which
may not be achieved for many reasons.
Investors are at risk of loss of their investment due to the
Unsecured nature of the Series D Preferred Stock.
The Series D Preferred stock is an equity instrument and is not a
loan for which any collateral is pledged, so the investors will be
entirely reliant upon the success of our Company and its management
to carry out operations in a profitable manner, which is not
assured. Investors cannot rely upon any security interest in
the assets of the company for coverage of their
investment.
Investors in Series D Preferred Stock are at Risk in that Series D
is subordinate in liquidation to Series A, B, and C Preferred
Stock.
Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock have superior liquidation rights
in event of liquidation of the Company. Series A has a $1,000,000
liquidation payout, for instance. Chances are that Series D
would not
receive any proceeds upon liquidation
of assets of the Company due to prior Series liquidation
rights.
Investors are at risk in that if they elect to convert their Series
D Preferred stock to common stock, it may be that there is no
effective registration statement for the underlying common
stock.
In order for investors to receive registered common stock under the
conversion rights, our Company must file and make effective a
registration statement for the common stock underlying the
conversion rights of the Series D Preferred Stock. The
Company has granted a “piggy back” registration right
for the common shares underlying the conversion rights in the
Designation of Rights and Privileges for the Series D Preferred
Stock, and the Company must remain in full compliance with all of
its reporting obligations under the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission, and make
effective a Registration Statement for the common shares underlying
the conversion rights in the event of optional
conversion.
Because this Offering will be conducted on a "best efforts" basis
and there is no minimum requirement of Series D Shares to be sold
in order to close, there can be no assurance that we can raise the
money we need.
The
Series D Shares in this Offering are being offered for sale on a
"best efforts" and there is no minimum offering amount of Series D
Shares that need to be subscribed for before we close or before the
Offering expires. Once placed, purchases are irrevocable by the
subscribers. There is no specific minimum number or amount of
Series D Shares that we must sell to receive and use the net
proceeds from this Offering, and we cannot assure you that all or
any portion of the Series D Shares in this Offering will be sold.
In the event we do not raise sufficient proceeds from this Offering
to adequately fund our operations, we could curtail our
forward-looking performance plans, or we could wrap up operations
and pay back our debt. In that case, the liquidity and value of
your Series D Shares will be adversely affected and you could lose
some or all of your investment in the Series D Shares. The Series D
Shares are restricted and are illiquid. The Series D Shares sold in
this Offering have not been registered under the Securities Act or
under any state securities laws. The Company is under no obligation
to register any of the securities in this Offering. Any subsequent
sales of the Series D Shares by investors in this Offering may only
be permissible if there is an effective registration statement or
an exemption from the applicable federal and state registration
provisions is available at the time of the proposed sale. The
Company cannot guarantee to any investor that such an exemption
will be available. Consequently, owners of the Series D Shares may
have to hold their investment indefinitely and may not be able to
liquidate their investments in the Company or pledge them as
collateral for a loan in the event of an emergency.
We have arbitrarily set the offering price of the Series D
Shares.
The
price of the Series D Shares offered has been arbitrarily
established by the Company’s management, considering such
matters as the state of the Company’s business development
and the general condition of the industry in which it operates. The
Offering price bears little relationship to the assets, net worth,
or any other objective criteria of value applicable to the
Company.
The shares are “restricted securities” and will be
subject to substantial restrictions on their sale or
transfer.
The
Company does not intend to register the shares of Series D
Preferred Stock offered hereby with the SEC in the near future but
may register common shares underlying the conversion rights of the
Series D Preferred Stock. Unless the Company successfully registers
the shares under the 1933 Act or applicable state securities laws,
the shares will be “restricted securities” under the
1933 Act. This means that Investors must purchase and hold them for
investment purposes only, and that the shares are subject to
substantial limitations on resale or other transfer. As a result,
Investors must bear the economic risk of an investment in the
shares for an indefinite period of time.
The Company has broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this
offering and may apply the proceeds in ways with which you do not
agree.
The
Company intends to use the net proceeds from this offering as shown
in the “Use of Proceeds” at page 8, and to satisfy
working capital needs. The Company has not, however, determined the
exact allocation of these net proceeds among the various uses
described in this document. The expected use of net proceeds from
this offering represents the Company’s current intentions
based upon its present plans and business conditions; however,
there may be circumstances where a reallocation of funds is
necessary. The amount and timing of the Company’s actual
expenditures depend on numerous contingencies, including regulatory
or competitive developments, and strategic opportunities. For
example, in the event the Company identifies opportunities that the
Company believes are in the best interest of its shareholders, the
Company may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to
reinforce or broaden its services offering line, which may occur
through the strategic acquisition of or investment in,
complementary business, technologies, services, or products. The
Company’s management will have broad discretion over the use
and investment of these net proceeds, and, accordingly, you will
have to rely upon the judgment of the Company’s management
with respect to the use of these net proceeds, with only limited
information concerning management's specific intentions. You will
not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to
assess whether the Company uses the net proceeds from this offering
appropriately.
The Company can issue shares of preferred stock without shareholder
approval, which could adversely affect the rights of Series D
Preferred shareholders.
The
Company’s Articles of Incorporation permit its Board of
Directors to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and
restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of stock
and to issue such stock without approval from the Company’s
shareholders. The rights of holders of Series D Preferred Stock may
suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred
stock that may be issued in the future subject to limitations
contained in the Series D Preferred Stock Designation of Rights and
Privileges. In addition, the Company could issue preferred stock to
prevent a change in control of the Company, potentially depriving
Series D Preferred shareholders of an opportunity to sell their
stock at a price in excess of their investment price.
The Company does not intend to declare dividends on its common
stock although Series D Preferred is entitled to an 6% per annum
dividend.
The
Company currently intends to retain all future earnings for the
operation and expansion of its business and will not pay dividends
on common stock. Any payment of cash dividends on Series D
Preferred Stock will depend upon results of operations, earnings,
capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects,
contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the
Board of Directors. Therefore, you should not expect to receive
dividend income from shares of the Company’s Series D
Preferred Stock.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have
not declared or paid any cash dividends and do not intend to pay
cash dividends in the near future on our shares of common stock.
Cash dividends, if any, that may be paid in the future to holders
of common stock will be payable when, as and if declared by our
board of directors, based upon the board’s assessment of our
financial condition, our earnings, our need for funds, whether any
preferred stock is outstanding, to the extent the preferred stock
has a prior claim to dividends, and other factors including any
applicable laws. We are not currently a party to any agreement
restricting the payment of dividends.
CAPITALIZATION
The
following table sets forth as of December 31, 2019 and March 31,
2020 (i) our capitalization and (ii) our capitalization as adjusted
to reflect the sale of 10,000,000 Series D Preferred Convertible
shares at a purchase price of $5.00 per share in this offering, and
the application of the estimated proceeds from this offering as
described under “USE OF PROCEEDS.”
DILUTION
As of
March 31, 2020, the net
tangible book value of TPT Global Tech, Inc. was ($33,627,864) or
approximately ($0.039) per share of common stock. See
“CAPITALIZATION.” Net tangible book value per share
consists of stockholders’ equity (deficit) adjusted for right
of use assets, intangible assets, goodwill and other assets,
divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.
Without giving effect to any changes in such net tangible book
value after March 31, 2020, the pro forma net tangible book value
at March 31, 2020 would have
been $11,280,903 or approximately $0.012 per share. Thus, as of
March 31, 2020, the net
tangible book value per share of common stock owned by our current
stockholders would have increased by approximately $0.051 without
any additional investment on their part and the purchasers of the
shares will incur an immediate dilution of approximately ($4.99)
per share from the offering price. “Dilution” means the
difference between the private placement price and the net tangible
book value per share after giving effect this offering. The
following table illustrates the dilution which investors
participating in this offering will incur and the benefit to
current stockholders as a result of this offering. The dilution
calculations are based on a $0.50 exercise price as part of the
conversion calculation resulting in 100,000,000 new common
shares.
|
Price per Series D
Preferred Convertible Share (1)
|
$5.00
|
|
|
|
|
Net Tangible Book
Value per Share
|
|
|
before Offering of
Series D Preferred Convertible Shares
|
$(0.039)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in Net
Tangible Book Value
|
|
|
Per Share from
Offering of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares
|
$0.051
|
|
|
|
|
Net Tangible Book
Value
|
|
|
Per Share after
Offering of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares
|
$0.012
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution of Net
Tangible Book Value per Share
|
|
|
of Series D
Preferred Convertible Share from Offering
|
$(4.99)
|
(1)
Does not include
deduction of estimated offering expenses.
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors of TPT Global Tech,
Inc.
The following table sets forth information as to persons who
currently serve as our directors or executive officers, including
their ages as of June 15, 2020.
|
Name
|
Age
|
Position
|
Term
|
|
Stephen
J. Thomas, III
|
55
|
President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
|
Annual
|
|
Richard
Eberhardt
|
62
|
Executive
Vice-President and Director
|
Annual
|
|
Arkady
Shkolnik
|
56
|
Director
|
Annual
|
|
Reginald
Thomas
|
54
|
Director
|
Annual
|
|
Gary
Cook
|
62
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Annual
|
|
Stacie
Stricker
|
47
|
Corporate
Secretary and Controller
|
Annual
|
Our officers are elected by the board of directors at the first
meeting after each annual meeting of our stockholders and hold
office until their successors are duly elected and qualified under
our bylaws.
The directors named above will serve until the next annual meeting
of our stockholders. Thereafter, directors will be elected for
one-year terms at the annual stockholders' meeting. Officers will
hold their positions at the pleasure of the board of directors
absent any employment agreement. There is no arrangement or
understanding between our directors and officers and any other
person pursuant to which any director or officer was or is to be
selected as a director or officer.
BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION
Stephen J. Thomas, III – President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board
Mr.
Thomas was appointed President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of
TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August 11, 2014. Previously, Mr. Thomas
was Manager of TPT Group, LLC (2015-2017) and Director of TPT
Group, Inc. (2011-2014). Mr. Thomas was founder, CEO and Director
of Trans Pacific Telecom, Inc. from 2000-2011 and prior to that was
president and CEO of New Orbit Communications (1999-2001). In 2002,
as CEO of Trans Pacific Telecom Group, Mr. Thomas was featured on
CBS MarketWatch for winning “Product of the Year Award for
2002” VIVOware at the Internet Telephony Conference and Expo
an event focused on voice, video, fax and data convergence. During
his employment with New Orbit, Mr. Thomas worked extensively
throughout Latin America, gaining extensive expertise and resources
in the international telecom marketplace. Mr. Thomas has also
served as Director of Network Optimization/Validation for
WorldxChange Communications, one of the largest privately held
facilities-based telecommunications company with headquarters in
San Diego, California and international operations all over the
globe. His responsibilities included Cost Assurance for expenses.
As a matter of disclosure, in 2005 Mr. Thomas was an ISP equipment
provider to Access Point Africa (“APA”). APA allowed
its license to expire in Sierra Leone, and as a result APA and
several individuals were alleged to have violated the Sierra Leone
Telecommunications Act by operating an unlicensed internet access
point. Mr. Thomas was charged as well as for the offense which
bears a fine of up to $3,000 but the charge is unresolved at this
time, but he intends to resolve it in the next several
months.
Mr.
Thomas attended Northeastern University majoring in Finance and
Management (1984 to 1987).
Richard Eberhardt- Executive Vice- President and
Director
Mr.
Eberhardt was appointed Executive Vice-President and Director of
TPT Global Tech, Inc. on October 10, 2014. Mr. Eberhardt also
serves as Chief Executive Officer of Copperhead Digital Holdings,
LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global, Inc. Previously, Mr.
Eberhardt served CEO/COO of Pacific Bio Medical, a Durable Medical
Equipment provider, located in Phoenix, Arizona (2008-2012). From
2012-2015, Mr. Eberhardt served as Consultant and Sales Director
for two telecommunications companies, Fathom Voice and Ipitomy
located in Indiana and Florida, respectively. Founding member of a
telecommunications firm, WorldxChange, located in San Diego, CA.
(1989-2001) With WorldxChange, he researched, designed, and
implemented start-up business sales and marketing models resulting
in wholesale, commercial, and consumer revenue channels. He opened
and operated offices in approximately 23 countries. He created and
managed channels with 25K+ agents and $15M in monthly
revenue.
We
believe his management experience is valuable to our company
because he is an experienced sales and business development
executive with strong business acumen and more than thirty years of
experience leading sales and marketing operations. He has managed
growth and revenue expansion through effective management of
accounts and consultative sales approach that aligns the interests
of all parties.
He has
sought, and negotiated, partnerships and asset management
agreements across multiple channels, including wholesale telecom
providers (AT&T, Verizon, Global Crossing, and Worldcom). He
has managed structured methodologies that combined strengths of
marketing, sales, and operations to reduce redundancies, improve
order-processing times, and streamline business flow. He has
experience in reviving product lines with rebranding and
repackaging, as well as created communications bundles, and
incentive programs to maximize existing client penetration and
drive vertical growth.
Arkady Shkolnik – Director
Mr.
Shkolnik was appointed a Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on
August 15, 2018. Mr. Shkolnik has over 25 years of senior-level
management experience in the Semiconductor, Wireless and
Telecommunications industry. He is currently VP EMEA of Sales with
Qualcomm (2010 – present). In addition to being a leader at
Qualcom, Mr. Shkolnik served on the Board of Advisors at Zeevo
Technology, Inc, (2009 to 2012) leading up to their acquisition by
Broadcom and brings extensive experience in global business
development, sales, marketing, product management and strategic
account management to TPT Global’s already diverse board.
From 2006 until 2010, Mr. Shkolnik was Vice President, EMEA Sales
& Business Development of PacketVideo Corporation. Previous
experience includes Executive Vice President, Sales & Business
Development of Quorum Systems (2005-2006), Vice President, Sales
& Business Development of Broadcom (acquired by Widcomm) from
2000-2005, and Director of Sales, North America Wireless ASIC
Business Unit at Philips Semiconductors/VLSI Technology from
1991-2000.
Mr.
Shkolnik has developed and managed strategic OEM and semiconductor
relationships globally. Aligning sales and marketing functions with
corporate objectives, he has negotiated and secured over ~100
License, Technology and CSA agreements with customers such as
Samsung, LG, Sony, Panasonic, HTC, BlackBerry, Microsoft, IBM, HP,
Dell, Compaq, Logitech, TDK, Acer, TI, Philips, STM, Broadcom, CSR,
Toyota, Panasonic, ZTE, and others.
Mr.
Shkolnik attended Temple University where he received a Bachelor of
Applied Science (B.A.Sc.), Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Skills & Endorsements (1984).
Reginald Thomas – Director
Mr.
Thomas was appointed a Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August
15, 2018. He has over 20 years of experience working for technology
companies where he is an accomplished business leader driving world
class customer and partner experiences though the delivery of
innovative software products and solutions for leading global
companies. Specific results include:
Cisco:
(July 2018 - present) As Partner Delivery Executive he supports 3
of Cisco’s largest Multi-National Partners- IBM US IBM
Canada, and Presidio. He aligned these Partners go to market
strategy with Cisco’s shifting business strategy to influence
more than $15M in services sales in the last 14
months.
Cisco:
(2007 - 2017) As the Sr. Product Manager he owned Cisco’s
Services Portal strategy, the UX Strategy, the build, and adoption
of Cisco’s Services Portal. Under his direction it grew from
2 to 24 integrated service offers delivering a seamless customer
and partner experience.
Openwave:
(2001 - 2007) IT Director of Program Management- through his
leadership he designed the foundation for the Program Management
Office that managed the upgrades to mission critical databases
requiring the management of highly technical resources; multiple
applications delivery from concept to development, companywide roll
outs for ERP systems, and Merger & Acquisition
consolidation.
Lucent
/Avaya: (1997 - 2001) E- Commerce Product and Strategy Lead where
he had global responsibility for Lucent’s online Partner
Portal. He e- enabled Lucent to transition $10M of Distributor
order revenue to a seamless online experience realizing significant
savings in the cost per order.
Mr.
Thomas graduated from the University of Connecticut in 1988 with a
BS in Business.
Gary Cook – Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Cook was appointed Chief Financial Officer of TPT Global Tech,
Inc. on November 1, 2017. Mr. Cook has served as chief financial
officer, secretary or treasurer for several small to medium size
public and private companies in various industries for over 25
years including providing Chief Financial Officer services for
several companies on a contract basis (2008-2017), in addition to
full time employment with eVision USA.com, Inc. (1996-2002),
Cognigen Networks, Inc. (2003-2008), and SolaRover, Inc.
(2009-2015). Prior to this, Mr. Cook worked in the auditing
department for KPMG in both the New Orleans, LA and Denver, CO
offices for 12 years.
His experience includes companies from start-ups to
multimillion-dollar international operating companies in the
internet marketing, software development, medical device,
alternative energy, telecommunications, securities broker/dealer,
private equity and manufacturing industries. While working with
KPMG, Mr. Cook worked in other industries such as oil & gas,
oil & gas services, cable, theatre exhibition, mining, banking,
construction and not-for-profit.
Mr.
Cook has a broad experience
in accounting, finance, human resources, legal, insurance,
contracts, banking relations, shareholder relations, internal
controls, SEC matters, financial reporting and other corporate
administrative and governance matters for both private and public
companies. Mr. Cook has held Series 7, 24, 27 and 63 licenses from
FINRA, successor to the NASD.
Mr.
Cook attended and graduated from Brigham Young University between
1979 and 1982. He is a certified public accountant and licensed
with the State of Colorado.
Stacie Stricker – Corporate Secretary and
Controller
Ms.
Stricker was appointed Corporate Secretary and Controller of TPT
Global Tech, Inc. on October 10, 2014.
For
nearly twenty years, Ms. Stricker has served as a senior-level
financial operations leader and business partner in the
telecommunications industry with companies such as Star
Telecommunications, Telstra USA, and Acceris Communications. To
make the best use of her significant experience in internal
Corporate Controller roles, Ms. Stricker launched 2S Accounting
Services in 2012. At 2S, Ms. Stricker and her team built strong
relationships with specially selected clients and develop adaptable
and efficient solutions to their business and accounting
challenges.
In
addition to being a passionate and decisive organizational leader
with experience transforming business units to deliver
profitability and value, Ms. Stricker is experienced in accounting
and all facets of financial operations, system and staff
development, process development and internal control maintenance,
strategy development and high performance team management. She is
also a long-standing member of the National Association of Credit
Manager’s Telecom Industry Group.
Ms.
Stricker completed her undergraduate work at the University of
California, Santa Barbara in 1994 and received her MBA from
Pepperdine University in 2008. Additionally, in 2010, Ms. Stricker
completed the Certificate of Public Accounting program at the
University of California, Santa Barbara.
KEY EMPLOYEES OF SUBSIDIARIES
Steve Caudle - CEO Cloud Services
Steve
Caudle has been in the technology field for 31 years and brings
significant operations and technology development experiences to
TPT Global Tech, Inc. Mr. Caudle began his career at the IBM
“Think Tank” and Fairchild/National Semiconductor
located in Silicon Valley California. Steve then moved on to work
for the Department of Defense for eighteen years and specialized in
code writing and software applications. Steve moved to the private
sector and was the Chief Information Officer (CIO) at North Face
Corporation and then moved to become the Executive VP of ZDTV
(renamed TechTV) and then became C-NET now owned by
CBS.
Robert
Haas, CEO of Levi Strauss, contracted Mr. Caudle as an executive
consultant where he was placed in charge of relocating their data
center from San Francisco, California to Dallas, Texas
(1988).
Subsequently,
Mr. Caudle joined ESST, where he was the CIO. ESST was a public
company. Steve Caudle then joined Mr. Fred Chan, CEO of ESST in
starting a new company called Vialta, Inc. Mr. Caudle was again the
CIO and the number two person in charge of Vialta. Vialta designed
DVD laser decoder chips that were used in many DVD players in the
world. Vialta grew the company from 3 employees to over 4,000 in
just five months and over $1.2 billion in revenue while he was
there.
Upon
leaving Vialta, Mr. Caudle started his own software development
company called Matrixsites. Matrixsites has developed software and
applications for a variety of companies such as Federal Express,
Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, Apple, Pixar, ITV Guide and
China Mobile.
Mr.
Caudle received his Bachelors of Science Degree in Electrical
Engineering from San Jose State University in 1977 and holds one
U.S. Patent.
Mark Rowen- CEO Media Division
Mark
Rowen is a seasoned executive with over 25 years in the film and
television business. In 2000, Mr. Rowen founded Blue Collar
Productions, Inc., an entity with which we entered into an
acquisition agreement in November 2017 and amended in February
2018, where he remains President today. Blue Collar is a leader in
the creation of original live action and animated content and has
produced hundreds of hours of material for the television,
theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Mr. Rowen
works closely with all of the major television networks, cable
channels and film studios to produce home entertainment
products.
Mr.
Rowen also works with a wide array of notable filmmakers including
Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron to
name a few. Mr. Rowen also has very close working relationships
with actors including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert
Downey, Jr., Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara,
Mariska Hargitay and many others.
Prior
to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the
head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997
to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash
Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual
property and creator of high-end entertainment
content.
Mr.
Rowen is a graduate of the University of California, Los Angeles.
He is also actively involved in charitable organizations including
Stand Up 2 Cancer,
The Joyful Heart
Foundation, Save The
Children, and other philanthropic endeavors in the
arts.
Executive Compensation
During
the fiscal years ending December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and for
the three months ended March 31, 2020, TPT Global Tech, Inc. paid
the following salary or consulting fees to its executive officers,
board members and prior executive officers:
(REMAINDER
OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY)
SUMMARY EXECUTIVES COMPENSATION TABLE
In Dollars
|
Name &
Position
|
Year
|
Salary
($)
|
Bonus
($)
|
Stock awards
($)
|
Option awards
($)
|
Non-equity
incentive plan compensation ($)
|
Non-qualified
deferred compensation earnings ($)
|
All other
compensation ($)
|
Total
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen J. Thomas, III CEO and
President
|
2020
|
72,500
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(1)
|
72,500(2)
|
|
|
2019
|
175,000
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(1)
|
175,000(2)
|
|
|
2018
|
98,790
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(1)
|
98,790(2)
|
|
|
2017
|
95,402
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(1)
|
95,402(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Eberhardt, Executive
Vice-President
|
2020
|
41,500
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
------
|
—
|
—
|
|
41,500(2)
|
|
|
2019
|
110,242
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
------
|
—
|
—
|
|
110,242(2)
|
|
|
2018
|
21,115
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
21,115(2)
|
|
|
2017
|
60,015
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
60,015(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary Cook, CFO
|
2020
|
55,000
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
55,000(2)
|
|
|
2019
|
112,150
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
112,150(2)
|
|
|
2018
|
45,100
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
45,100(2)
|
|
|
2017
|
68,500
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
68,500(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stacie Stricker, Secretary and
Controller
|
2020
|
33,000
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
33,000(2)
|
|
|
2019
|
80,750
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
80,750(2)
|
|
|
2018
|
52,850
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
52,850(2)
|
|
|
2017
|
52,600
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
52,600(2)
|
(1) The
Company entered into a lease for living space which is occupied by
Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company. Mr.
Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his corporate office. The
Company has paid approximately $30,857 and $7,000 in rent and
utility payments for this space for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2019 and three months ended March 31, 2020,
respectively. No portion of the payments on this lease have been
included in amounts shown in compensation to Mr. Stephen Thomas and
has approximated $30,000 to $40,000 a year in
2015-2018.
(2)
These amounts do not include compensation that has been accrued on
the books of the Company in accordance with employment agreements
and other previous contract work performed but has not been paid
because of the lack of cash flows. Accrued but unpaid compensation
as of March 31, 2020 is as follows: Stephen J. Thomas, III -
$13,613; Richard Eberhardt - $180,440; Gary Cook - $174,696; and
Stacie Stricker - $118,800.
Employment Agreements
We have
employment/consultant agreements with our key officers, as listed
below. Described below are the compensation packages our Board
approved for our executive officers. The compensation agreements
were approved by our board based upon recommendations conducted by
the board.
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Annual
Compensation
|
|
Stephen
J. Thomas, III (1)
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
$150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard
Eberhardt (2)
|
|
Executive
Vice President
|
|
$150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary
Cook (3)
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
$150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arkady
Shkolnik (4)
|
|
Director
|
|
$100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reginald
Thomas (5)
|
|
Director
|
|
$40,000
|
(1)
Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr.
Thomas receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to
the base salary, Mr. Thomas is eligible to receive performance
bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The
agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31,
2020.
Upon an
affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of
Directors, the employment may be terminated without further
liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an
act or acts of serious dishonesty fraud, or material and deliberate
injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at
the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the
benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be
forfeit.
In
addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Thomas to be able to
terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered
to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a
reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely
affected his participation in the benefits.
(2)
Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr.
Eberhardt receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition
to the base salary, Mr. Eberhardt is eligible to receive
performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors.
The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31,
2020.
Upon an
affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of
Directors, the employment may be terminated without further
liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an
act or acts of serious dishonesty fraud, or material and deliberate
injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at
the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the
benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be
forfeit.
In
addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Eberhardt to be able to
terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered
to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a
reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely
affected his participation in the benefits.
(3)
Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr.
Cook receives a base salary of $150,000 per year for which
currently he devotes no less than 60% of his full-time. In addition
to the base salary, Mr. Cook is eligible to receive performance
bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The
agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31,
2020.
Upon an
affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of
Directors, the employment may be terminated without further
liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an
act or acts of serious dishonesty fraud, or material and deliberate
injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at
the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the
benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be
forfeit.
In
addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Cook to be able to
terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered
to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a
reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely
affected his participation in the benefits.
(4) In
accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company
for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000
per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued
at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four
months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in
unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded
adequately to make such payments.
(5) In
accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company
for his services as director, Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per
quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at
approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months.
The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if
the Company has not been adequately funded.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
Our
board of directors in our entirety acts as the compensation
committee for TPT Global Tech, Inc.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
Key Employees Stock Compensation Plan
Effective
October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock
Option and Award Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for
grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock awards,
including warrants, to designated employees, officers, directors,
advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of 20,000,000
shares of our common stock were reserved for options and other
stock awards under the Plan. We have the ability to issue either
options or warrants under the Plan.
As of
March 31, 2020, we had options outstanding to purchase 1,000,000
shares of common stock of the Company as follows:
|
Grant
Purpose
|
Grant
Date
|
Number
|
Exercise
Price
|
Expiration
Date
|
Vesting
|
|
Consulting
|
3-21-2018
|
1,000,000
|
$0.10
|
3-20-2021
|
100%
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, 3,333,333 warrants were issued to
purchase 3,333,333 shares of common stock in conjunction with
financing arrangements entered into. See Note 8 of the consolidated
financial statements.
Option/Warrant Grants In The Last Fiscal Year
On
October 14, 2017, the Board of Directors and majority stockholders
of TPT approved the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and
Award Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan.”) There are
20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved under the 2017
Plan.
As of March 31, 2020, there were 3,333,333 warrants outstanding
that expire in five years or in the year ended December 31, 2024.
As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third
party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 3,333,333 warrants to
purchase 3,333,333 common shares of the Company at 70% of the
current market price. Current market price means the average
of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the
ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day
prior to the date of the respective exercise notice. However, if a
required registration statement, registering the underlying shares
of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or
before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such
Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall
mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock
during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete
trading day prior to the conversion date.
Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End And March 31,
2020
The
following table sets forth certain information concerning
outstanding equity awards held by our appointed executive officers
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and three months ended
March 31, 2020 (the "Named Executive Officers"):
|
|
Option
Awards
|
Stock
awards
|
|||||||
|
Name
|
Number of
securities underlying unexercised options (#)
exercisable
|
Number of
securities underlying unexercised options (#)
unexercisable
|
Equity incentive
plan awards: Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned
options
(#)
|
Option exercise
price
($)
|
Option
expiration date
|
Number of shares
or units of stock that have not vested
(#)
|
Market value of
shares of units of stock that have not vested
($)
|
Equity incentive
plan awards: Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that
have not vested (#)
|
Equity incentive
plan awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or
others rights that have not vested
($)
|
|
Stephen J. Thomas,
III, CEO and Chairman
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Eberhardt,
Executive VP
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary Cook,
CFO
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stacie Stricker,
Secretary and Controller
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
--
|
Board of Directors
All of
our officers and/or directors will continue to be active in other
companies. All officers and directors have retained the right to
conduct their own independent business interests.
The
term of office for each Director is one (1) year, or until his/her
successor is elected at our annual meeting and qualified. The term
of office for each of our Officers is at the pleasure of the Board
of Directors.
The
Board of Directors has no nominating, auditing committee or a
compensation committee. Therefore, the selection of person or
election to the Board of Directors was neither independently made
nor negotiated at arm's length.
Board of Directors Compensation
Only
our outside Directors receive cash compensation for serving as
members of our Board of Directors.
The
following table sets forth certain information concerning
compensation paid to our directors for services as directors, but
not including compensation for services as officers reported in the
"Summary Executives’ Compensation Table" during the years
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and for the three months
ended March 31, 2020:
|
Name
|
Year
|
Fees
earned or paid in cash ($)
|
Stock awards
($)
|
Option awards
($)
|
Non-equity incentive
plan compensation ($)
|
Non-qualified
deferred compensation earnings ($)
|
All
other compensation ($)
|
Total
($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen J. Thomas, III
(1)
|
2020
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
2019
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
2018
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
2017
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Eberhardt
(2)
|
2020
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
2019
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
2018
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
2017
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arkady Shkolnik
(3)
|
2020
|
25,000
|
86,5620
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
111,562
|
|
|
2019
|
100,000
|
346,250
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
446,250
|
|
|
2018
|
37,500
|
144,271
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
181,771
|
|
|
2017
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reginald Thomas
(3)
|
2020
|
10,000
|
15,000
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
25,000
|
|
|
2019
|
40,000
|
60,000
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
100,000
|
|
|
2018
|
15,000
|
25,000
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
40,000
|
|
|
2017
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
(1)
|
Mr.
Thomas is also an officer and as such he receives the compensation
as disclosed in the Executive Compensation Table.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Mr.
Eberhardt is also an officer and as such he receives the
compensation as disclosed in the Executive Compensation
Table.
|
|
|
(3)
|
In
August 2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the
Company voted through a consent resolution to support a consent
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new
directors to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald
Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total
members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four. In
accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a
director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and
5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately
$687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly
cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares
if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such
payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and
1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately
$119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly
payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company
has not been adequately funded.
|
Director Independence
Our board of directors undertook our annual review of the
independence of the directors and considered whether any director
had a material relationship with us or our management that could
compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying
out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, the board of
directors affirmatively determined that none of our directors are
“independent” as such term is used under the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and
Directors
The Florida Statutes requires us to indemnify officers and
directors for any expenses incurred by any officer or director in
connection with any actions or proceedings, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative, brought against such
officer or director because of his or her status as an officer or
director, to the extent that the director or officer has been
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of the action or
proceeding. The Florida Statutes permits a corporation to indemnify
an officer or director, even in the absence of an agreement to do
so, for expenses incurred in connection with any action or
proceeding if such officer or director acted in good faith and in a
manner in which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of us and such indemnification is
authorized by the stockholders, by a quorum of disinterested
directors, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion
authorized by a majority vote of a quorum of directors consisting
of disinterested directors, or by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion if a quorum of disinterested directors cannot be
obtained.
The Florida Statutes prohibits indemnification of a director or
officer if a final adjudication establishes that the officer's or
director's acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct,
fraud, or a knowing violation of the law and were material to the
cause of action. Despite the foregoing limitations on
indemnification, the Florida Statutes may permit an officer or
director to apply to the court for approval of indemnification even
if the officer or director is adjudged to have committed
intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of the
law.
The Florida Statutes also provides that indemnification of
directors is not permitted for the unlawful payment of
distributions, except for those directors registering their dissent
to the payment of the distribution.
According to our bylaws, we are authorized to indemnify our
directors to the fullest extent authorized under Florida Law
subject to certain specified limitations.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to
directors, officers and persons controlling us pursuant to the
foregoing provisions or otherwise, we are advised that, in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable.
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The
following table sets forth information regarding beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of June 15, 2020 and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of shares of our common stock offered by this
Offering Circular, by:
●
each of our
directors and the named executive officers;
●
all of our
directors and executive officers as a group; and
●
each person or
group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner
of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common
stock.
Beneficial
ownership and percentage ownership are determined in accordance
with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
includes voting or investment power with respect to shares of
stock. This information does not necessarily indicate beneficial
ownership for any other purpose.
Unless
otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property
laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following
table possesses sole voting and investment power over their shares
of common stock, except for those jointly owned with that
person’s spouse. Percentage of beneficial ownership before
the offering is based on 857,562,371 shares of common stock
outstanding as of June 15, 2020.
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
|
Title of Class
|
Name and Address
of Beneficial Owner (1)
|
Amount and
Nature of Beneficial Owner
|
Percent of Class
Outstanding (2)
|
Number of Shares
& Warrants if fully exercised
|
Percent of Class
including Warrants(5)
|
Percent Assuming
100% Conversion of 10,000,000 Series D Shares(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Stephen J. Thomas,
III, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director
|
26,686,407
|
(3)
|
3.11%
|
26,686,407
|
3.11%
|
2.79%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Richard Eberhardt,
Director and Executive Vice President
|
19,000,000
|
|
2.22%
|
19,000,000
|
2.22%
|
1.98%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Arkady Shkolnik,
Director
|
5,000,000
|
(4)
|
.58%
|
5,000,000
|
.58%
|
.52%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Reginald Thomas,
Director
|
1,000,000
|
(4)
|
.12%
|
1,000,000
|
.12%
|
.10%
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Gary Cook, Chief
Financial Officer
|
6,500,000
|
|
.76%
|
6,500,000
|
.76%
|
.68%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Stacie Stricker,
Corporate Secretary and Controller
|
500,000
|
|
.06%
|
500,000
|
.06%
|
.05%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
shares
|
All Directors and
Executive Officers as a Group (6 persons)
|
58,686,407
|
|
6.84%
|
58,686,407
|
6.84%
|
6.13%
|
|
(1)
|
The
Address for the above individuals and entities is c/o 501 West
Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(2)
|
Based
upon 857,562,371 shares issued and outstanding as of June 15,
2020.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(3)
|
Based
upon 857,562,371 shares issued and outstanding as of June 15, 2020.
Does not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by
Stephen J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the
outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any
vote prior to or after conversion. As of March 31, 2020,
approximately 1,039,271,144 additional common shares would be
issued if Mr. Thomas were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock
holdings to common stock. The Company would have to authorize more
shares as there are only 1,000,000,000 shares authorized
currently.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(4)
|
In
August 2018, the Company added two new directors to the Board.
Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the
Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors
after this addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the
Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive
5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock vesting quarterly over
twenty-four months. Mr. Thomas is to receive 1,000,000 shares of
restricted common stock vesting quarterly over twenty-four months.
The earned but not issued common shares through August 31, 2020
have been included in the calculations.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(5)
|
Assuming
full exercise of any stock options or warrants.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
(6)
|
Assumes
$0.50 per share exercise price after conversion calculation
resulting in 100,000,000 new common shares.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
GREATER THAN 5% STOCKHOLDERS
|
Title of
Class
|
Name of
Beneficial Owner
|
Amount and
Nature of Beneficial Owner
|
Percent of Class
Outstanding (2)
|
Number of Shares
& Warrants if fully exercised
|
Percent of Class
including Warrants(4)
|
Percent Assuming
100% Conversion of 10,000,000 Series D Shares
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
Stephen J. Thomas,
III, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(1)
|
26,686,407
|
(3)
|
3.11%
|
26,686,407
|
3.11%
|
2.79%
|
|
(1)
|
The
Address for the above individuals and entities is c/o 501 West
Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101.
|
|
(2)
|
Based
upon 857,562,371 shares issued and outstanding as of June 15,
2020.
|
|
(3)
|
Does
not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by Stephen
J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the
outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any
vote prior to or after conversion. As of March 31, 2020,
approximately 1,039,271,144 additional common shares would be
issued if Mr. Thomas were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock
holdings to common stock as there are only 1,000,000,000 shares
authorized currently.
|
|
(4)
|
Assuming
full exercise of any stock options or warrants.
|
Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 governs the
determination of beneficial ownership of securities. That rule
provides that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person
who directly or indirectly has or shares voting power and/or
investment power with respect to such security. Rule 13d-3 also
provides that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person
who has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security
within sixty days, including through the exercise of any option,
warrant or conversion of a security. Any securities not outstanding
which are subject to such options, warrants or conversion
privileges are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class
owned by such person. Those securities are not deemed to be
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the
class owned by any other person. Included in this table are only
those derivative securities with exercise prices that we believe
have a reasonable likelihood of being “in the money”
within the next sixty days.
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN
TRANSACTIONS
Other
than the stock transactions discussed herein, we have not entered
into any transaction nor are there any proposed transactions in
which any of our founders, directors, executive officers,
stockholders or any members of the immediate family of any of the
foregoing had or are to have a direct or indirect material interest
except as follows:
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
There
are amounts outstanding due to related parties of the Company of
$1,131,430 and $1,141,213, respectively, as of March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 related to amounts due to employees, management
and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and
written agreements that have not been paid as of period end which
are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the
balance sheet.
Reginald
Thomas was appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company in
August 2018. Mr. Thomas is the brother to the CEO Stephen J. Thomas
III. According to an agreement with Mr. Reginald Thomas, he is to
receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted
common stock valued at approximately $120,000 vesting quarterly
over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be
suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately
funded.
Leases
The
Company entered into a lease of 12 months or less for living space
which is occupied by Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of
the Company. Mr. Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his
corporate office. The company has paid $7,000 and $0 in rent and
utility payments for this space for the three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Debt
Financing and Amounts Payable/Receivable
As of
March 31, 2020, there are amounts due to management/shareholders of
$123,845 included in financing arrangements, of which $107,645 is
payable from the Company to Stephen J. Thomas III, CEO of the
Company. See note 5. In addition, as of March 31, 2020 and December
31, 2019, amounts receivable from Mark Rowen, CEO of Blue Collar
were $55,510 and $0, respectively, consisting of a net balance in
advances and reimbursable expenses.
Revenue
Transactions
Blue
Collar provided production services to an entity controlled by the
Blue Collar CEO (355 LA, LLC or “355”) for which it
recorded revenues of $235,149 and $0, respectively, for the three
months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. 355 was formed in October
2019 by the CEO of Blue Collar for the purpose of production of
certain additional footage for a 355 customer. 355 has opportunity
to engage with other production relationships outside of using Blue
Collar. Accounts receivable from 355 as of March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 is $0 and $169,439, respectively.
Other
Agreements
On
April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an
agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican
corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and
controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for
the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services
related to Lion Phone and ViewMe Live within Mexico and Latin
America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement
provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free,
non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under
situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by
either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees
equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable
activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s
Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this
agreement.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Common Stock
We are presently authorized to issue one billion (1,000,000,000)
shares of our $0.001 par value common stock. A total of 857,562,371
common shares are issued and outstanding as of June 15,
2020.
Common Shares
All common shares are equal to each other with respect to voting,
liquidation, and dividend rights. Special shareholders' meetings
may be called by the officers or director, or upon the request of
holders of at least one-tenth (1/10th) of the outstanding shares.
Holders of shares are entitled to one vote at any shareholders'
meeting for each share they own as of the record date fixed by the
board of directors. There is no quorum requirement for
shareholders' meetings. Therefore, a vote of the majority of the
shares represented at a meeting will govern even if this is
substantially less than a majority of the shares outstanding.
Holders of shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be
declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available
therefore, and upon liquidation are entitled to participate pro
rata in a distribution of assets available for such a distribution
to shareholders. There are no conversion, pre-emptive or other
subscription rights or privileges with respect to any shares.
Reference is made to our Articles of Incorporation and our By-Laws
as well as to the applicable statutes of the State of Florida for a
more complete description of the rights and liabilities of holders
of shares. It should be noted that the board of directors without
notice to the shareholders may amend the By-Laws. Our shares do not
have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more
than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of
directors may elect all the directors if they choose to do so. In
such event, the holders of the remaining shares aggregating less
than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of
directors may not be able to elect any director.
Preferred shares
As of
March 31, 2020, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C and Series D
Preferred Stock.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
In
February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.
The
Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2016, has a par
value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100
per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding
Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The
Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately
after any Senior Securities, as defined and amended, of an amount
equal to amounts payable owing, including contingency amounts where
Holders of the Series A have personally guaranteed obligations of
the Company. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall,
collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A
Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following
formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as
computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For
further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common
shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The
Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to
vote as if converted prior to the vote to a number of shares equal
to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.
In
February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of
1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas,
Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000
for compensation expense.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
In
February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. There are 2,588,693
shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2020.
The
Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par
value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or
series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A
Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The
Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately
after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A
Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders
of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any
part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal
number of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share.
The Series B Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any
matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of
votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one
basis.
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
In May
2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. There are no shares of Series
C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of March 31,
2020.
The
Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par
value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or
series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and
Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear
dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation
preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and
currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount
equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock
have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred
Shares and will receive an equal number of common shares at the
conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred
Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of
Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number
of Common Shares on a one to one basis.
Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock
On June 15, 2020, TPT Global Tech, Inc. ("the Company") filed an
Amendment to its Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation to
designate the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. The Amendment
to the Amendment amends the Series D designation to designate
10,000,000 shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the
Company's $0.001 par value preferred stock as the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock ("the Series D Preferred
Shares.")
As of
the date hereof, there are no Series D Preferred shares outstanding
as amended. Series D Preferred shares have the following features:
(i) 6% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in
cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board
and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may
decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Optional Conversion to
common stock at the election of the holder @ 80% of the 30 day
average market closing price (for previous 30 business days)
divided into $5.00. This election may be made at any time after 18
months from issuance; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series D
Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any
national exchange listing approval and the registration
effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The
automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be on
a one for one basis, which shall be post-reverse split as may be
necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights –
the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common
stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other
Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file
for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note
financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the
Company will file and pursue to effectiveness a Registration
Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the
Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v)
Liquidation Rights - $5.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid
dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock
receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The
Company has redemption rights for the first year following the
Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the
Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.
Options & Warrants
Stock Options
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
Vested
|
Vesting
Period
|
Exercise Price
Outstanding and Exercisable
|
Expiration
Date
|
|
December 31,
2018
|
3,093,120
|
1,954,230
|
100% at issue and 12 to 18
months
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19 to
3-21-21
|
|
Expired
|
(93,120)
|
|
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19
|
|
December 31,
2019
|
3,000,000
|
3,000,000
|
12 to 18 months
|
$0.10
|
3-1-20 to
3-21-21
|
|
Expired
|
(2,000,000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2020
|
1,000,000
|
1,000,000
|
12 months
|
$0.10
|
3-1-20 to
3-21-21
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the company entered into
consulting arrangements primarily for legal work and general
business support that included the issuance of stock options to
purchase 3,000,000 options to purchase common shares at $0.10 per
share. 2,000,000 of these expired. The remaining 1,000,000 are
fully vested as of March 31, 2020. The Black-Scholes options
pricing model was used to value the stock options.
Warrants
As of March 31, 2020, there were 3,333,333 warrants outstanding
that expire in five years or in the year ended December 31, 2024.
As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third
party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 3,333,333 warrants to
purchase 3,333,333 common shares of the Company at 70% of the
current market price. Current market price means the average
of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the
ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day
prior to the date of the respective exercise notice. However, if a
required registration statement, registering the underlying shares
of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or
before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such
Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall
mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock
during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete
trading day prior to the conversion date.
Effective October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech,
Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan
provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock
awards, including warrants, to designated employees, officers,
directors, advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of
20,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for options and
other stock awards under the Plan. We have the ability to issue
either options or warrants under the Plan.
Transfer Agent
The transfer agent for our securities is Clear Trust, with offices
at 16540 Pointe Village Dr., Suite 210, Lutz, Florida 33558, Phone
(813) 235-4490.
Market Information
Our
common stock, par value $0.001, is listed for quotation in the
OTCQB under the symbol “TPTW”
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
||
|
Quarter
Ended
|
High
|
Low
|
High
|
Low
|
|
March
31
|
$0.119
|
0.0211
|
$0.2172
|
0.069
|
|
June
30
|
$0.198
|
0.0511
|
$0.20
|
0.0701
|
|
September
30
|
$0.14
|
0.0432
|
$0.192
|
0.0263
|
|
December
31
|
$0.072
|
0.0035
|
$0.1184
|
0.0211
|
Stockholders
As of
June 15, 2020, we had approximately 430 shareholders of record of
our common stock, not including shares held in street
name.
TERMS OF THE OFFERING
Securities Offered
We are
offering up to 10,000,000 shares of Series D 6% Cumulative Dividend
Convertible Preferred Stock for a purchase price of $5.00 per share
with a minimum purchase requirement of 100 shares ($500). As of
June 15, 2020, we have sold no shares of our common stock in this
offering. Accordingly, the maximum remaining amount of this
offering is up to $50,000,000 as of June 15, 2020. We will have the
unrestricted right to reject tendered subscriptions for any reason
and to accept less than the minimum investment from a limited
number of subscribers. In the event the shares available for sale
are oversubscribed, they will be sold to those investors
subscribing first, provided they satisfy the applicable investor
suitability standards. See “INVESTOR SUITABILITY
STANDARDS.”
The
purchase price for the shares will be payable in full upon
subscription. We have no required minimum offering amount for this
offering and therefore there is no escrow agent.
Subscription Period
The
offering of shares will terminate on July __, 2021, unless we
extend the offering for up to an additional 90 days or terminate
the offering sooner in our sole discretion regardless of the amount
of capital raised (the “Sales Termination Date”). The
Sales Termination Date may occur prior to July __, 2021 if
subscriptions for the maximum number of shares have been received
and accepted by us before such date. Subscriptions for shares must
be received and accepted by us on or before such date to qualify
the subscriber for participation in TPT Global Tech,
Inc.
Subscription Procedures
All
subscription checks should be sent to ________________________,
Attention: __________________________________ at the following
address: _________________________________. In such case,
subscription checks should be made payable to ”______________
as Agent for TPT Global Tech, Inc.” If a subscription is
rejected, all funds will be returned to subscribers within ten days
of such rejection without deduction or interest. Upon acceptance by
us of a subscription, a confirmation of such acceptance will be
sent to the subscriber.
Investor Eligibility Standards
Shares
will be sold only to a person if the aggregate purchase price paid
by such person is no more than 10% of the greater of such
person’s annual income or net worth, not including the value
of his primary residence, as calculated under Rule 501 of
Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. See the Purchaser Qualification
Questionnaire in the Subscription Documents in Exhibit A to this
Offering Circular. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts
(Keogh Plans, Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) and Qualified
Pension/Profit Sharing Plans or Trusts), the above suitability
standards must be met by the fiduciary account, the beneficiary of
the fiduciary account, or by the donor who directly or indirectly
supplies the funds for the purchase of shares. Investor suitability
standards in certain states may be higher than those described in
this Offering Circular. These standards represent minimum
suitability requirements for prospective investors, and the
satisfaction of such standards does not necessarily mean that an
investment in the Company is suitable for such
persons.
Each
investor must represent in writing that he/she meets the applicable
requirements set forth above and in the Subscription Agreement,
including, among other things, that (i) he/she is purchasing the
shares for his/her own account and (ii) he/she has such knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters that he/she is
capable of evaluating without outside assistance the merits and
risks of investing in the shares, or he/she and his/her purchaser
representative together have such knowledge and experience that
they are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in
the shares. Broker-dealers and other persons participating in the
offering must make a reasonable inquiry in order to verify an
investor’s suitability for an investment in us. Transferees
of shares will be required to meet the above suitability
standards.
Shares
may not be offered, sold, transferred, or delivered, directly or
indirectly, to any person who (i) is named on the list of
“specially designated nationals” or “blocked
persons” maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets
Control (“OFAC”) at
www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn or as otherwise
published from time to time, (ii) an agency of the government of a
Sanctioned Country, (iii) an organization controlled by a
Sanctioned Country, or (iv) is a person residing in a Sanctioned
Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered
by OFAC. A “Sanctioned Country” means a country subject
to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC
and available at www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn or as
otherwise published from time to time. Furthermore, shares may not
be offered, sold, transferred, or delivered, directly or
indirectly, to any person who (i) has more than fifteen percent
(15%) of its assets in Sanctioned Countries or (ii) derives more
than fifteen percent (15%) of its operating income from investments
in, or transactions with, sanctioned persons or Sanctioned
Countries.
Interim Investments
Company
funds not needed on an immediate basis to fund our operations may
be invested in government securities, money market accounts,
deposits or certificates of deposit in commercial banks or savings
and loan associations, bank repurchase agreements, funds backed by
government securities, short-term commercial paper, or in other
similar interim investments.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our securities is Clear Trust,
with offices at 16540 Pointe Village Dr., Suite 210, Lutz, Florida
33558, Phone (813) 235-4490.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The
shares are being offered by us on a best-efforts basis initially by
our officers, directors and employees through the portal
_____________
owned and managed by ________________________. We also plan to
engage _________________, a FINRA registered broker-dealer firm,
for administrative and technology services, but not for
underwriting or placement agent services. Subscriptions will
generally be made electronically by prospective investors on
________________________.
For those subscriptions that are rejected or fail to settle, funds
will promptly be credited back to the subscriber.
We have
not entered into selling agreements with any broker-dealers to
date. In the future, we may change this policy and also offer
shares through our officers, directors and employees, and possibly
through registered broker-dealers who are members of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). We may pay
selling commissions to participating broker-dealers who are members
of FINRA for shares sold by them, equal to a percentage of the
purchase price of the shares. We may pay finders fees to persons
who are registered with FINRA and who refer investors to us.
Finders fees and brokerage commissions may be paid in cash, common
stock and/or warrants. We may also issue shares and grant stock
options or warrants to purchase our common stock to broker-dealers
for sales of shares attributable to them, and to finders, and
reimburse them for due diligence and marketing costs on an
accountable or nonaccountable basis. Participating broker-dealers,
if any, and others may be indemnified by us with respect to this
offering and the disclosures made in this Offering
Circular.
Administrative Agreement
We have
engaged ___________________, a broker-dealer registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), to perform the following
administrative functions in connection with this
offering:
|
|
1.
|
Accept investor data from the Company, generally via the
___________ software system, but also via other means as may be
established by mutual agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Review and process information from potential investors, including
but not limited to running reasonable background checks for
anti-money laundering (“AML”), IRS tax fraud
identification and USA PATRIOT Act purposes, and gather and review
responses to customer identification information;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
Review subscription agreements received from prospective investors
to confirm they are complete;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Advise the Company as to permitted investment limits for investors
pursuant to Regulation A, Tier 2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
Contact the Company and/or the Company’s agents, if needed,
to gather additional information or clarification from prospective
investors;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Provide the Company with prompt notice about inconsistent,
incorrect or otherwise flagged (e.g. for underage or AML reasons)
subscriptions;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Serve as registered agent where required for state blue sky
requirements, provided that in no circumstance will _________
solicit a securities transaction, recommend the Company’s
securities or provide investment advice to any prospective
investor;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Transmit data to the Company’s transfer agent in the form of
book-entry data for maintaining the Company’s
responsibilities for managing investors (investor relationship
management, aka “IRM”) and record
keeping;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Keep
investor details and data confidential and not disclose to any
third party except as required by regulators, by law or in our
performance under this Agreement (e.g. as needed for AML);
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
Comply
with any required FINRA filings including filings required under
Rule 5110 for the offering.
|
|
We have
agreed to pay ________________ a facilitation fee equal to 1.0% of
the gross proceeds from the sale of the shares offered by this
Offering Circular. In the event that the offering is terminated, we
have also agreed to reimburse ________________ for its out of
pocket expenses up to a maximum amount of $10,000. We have agreed
to reimburse _____________ $7,000 for the engagement of an
independent due diligence service provider in connection with the
offering. Additionally, we pay ________________- the following
administrative service fees: (i) $500 initial processing fee, (ii)
$25 per month for so long as the offering is being conducted, (iii)
inbound fund transfer fees- $0.50 per ACH transfer, $15.00 per wire
transfer, $10.00 per check, $5.00 per investor (one-time accounting
fee upon receipt of funds); (iv) outbound fund transfer fees- for
each transmittal of funds to the Company upon the closing of a
successful offering: $15.00 per wire plus 25 basis points of the
transfer amount, (v) $45.00 for each bad actor check (per entity,
including issuer and each associated person), and (vi) $5.00 fee
per AML exception. In no event shall the foregoing itemized
administration fees exceed a maximum of $150,000 in the
aggregate.
Any
subscription checks should be sent to _______________,
__________________________________________________, email address:
_____________________________ and be made payable to
“________________ as Agent for TPT Global Tech, Inc.”.
If a subscription is rejected, funds will be returned to
subscribers within ten days of such rejection without deduction or
interest. Upon acceptance by us of a subscription, a confirmation
of such acceptance will be sent to the subscriber by the
Company.
__________________,
may serve as transfer agent to maintain stockholder information on
a book-entry basis. The fee for this service is $25.00 per month
plus additional fees for services performed as a result of
secondary market activity, if any. We intend to engage
_________________, a technology service provider, and have agreed
to pay the following fees for its services (i) $3.00 for each
subscription agreement executed via electronic signature, and (ii)
a technology service fee for AML review of $2.00 for each domestic
investor and between $5.00 and $60 for each international investor
depending on domicile (collectively, the “Technology
Fees”). The Technology Fees shall not exceed a maximum of
$75,000.
_____________________
is not participating as an underwriter and under no circumstance
will it solicit any investment in the Company, recommend the
Company’s securities or provide investment advice to any
prospective investor, or make any securities recommendations to
investors. _______________ is not distributing any securities
offering prospectuses or making any oral representations concerning
the securities offering prospectus or the securities offering.
Based upon __________________’s limited role in this
offering, it has not and will not conduct extensive due diligence
of this securities offering and no investor should rely on
____________’s involvement in this offering as any basis for
a belief that it has done extensive due diligence. _______________
does not expressly or impliedly affirm the completeness or accuracy
of the Offering Circular presented to investors by the issuer. All
inquiries regarding this offering should be made directly to the
Company.
The Posting Agreement
The
Company has entered into a Posting Agreement with
_____________________, Inc. (“______________”), a
portal website that hosts public securities offerings, primarily
those that are exempt from registration under Regulation A+
promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. In consideration for hosting the public offering covered
by this Offering Circular, including posting our Offering Circular,
Subscription Documents and related materials on
________________.com, and integrating ____________________________,
a registered member of FINRA, to administer the review and
processing of subscriptions by investors, ___________________will
receive the following compensation from the Company.
1.
A cash payment of
$50 per subscriber who makes a deposit for the offering, not to
exceed $2,000,000;
2.
A number of five
year warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock
exercisable at $5.00 per share on a cash or cashless basis, equal
to the product of 50 multiplied by the number of investors in this
offering, with that number then divided by 0.3 (30%) of $5.00, the
offering price, or 1.50, not to exceed 350,000 warrants. To
illustrate, assuming we have 3,000 investors, the formula would
be:
Number
of warrants = (50 x 150,000) = 300,000 / 0.3 x 5.00 = 100,000
warrants. The warrants have standard adjustment provisions for
stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar
transactions, and a most favored pricing adjustment clause
applicable to its exercise price during the term of the warrant.
Either party may terminate the agreement at any time upon 15
business days prior written notice to the other party, provided,
that the Company is not permitted to re-post on a website that
competes with ___________________ for a period of 30 days after
termination if the Company terminates this offering early without
cause and _____________ is not then in breach of this
agreement.
REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS
For tax
and accounting purposes, our fiscal year ends on December
31st of
each year and all financial information will be prepared in
accordance with the accrual method of accounting. The books and
records of account will be kept at our address. We will furnish
each shareholder, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, our audited financial statements in an Annual Report on Form
10-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, and within 90
days after the 31st of December of each
fiscal year, our unaudited financial statements in a Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q, also filed with the Securities Exchange
Commission.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This
Offering Circular does not purport to restate all of the relevant
provisions of the documents referred to or pertinent to the matters
discussed herein, all of which must be read for a complete
description of the terms relating to an investment in us. Such
documents are available for inspection during regular business
hours at our office by appointment, and upon written request,
copies of documents not annexed to this Offering Circular will be
provided to prospective investors. Each prospective investor is
invited to ask questions of, and receive answers from, our
representatives. Each prospective investor is invited to obtain
such information concerning us and this offering, to the extent we
possess the same or can acquire it without unreasonable effort or
expense, as such prospective investor deems necessary to verify the
accuracy of the information referred to in this Offering Circular.
Arrangements to ask such questions or obtain such information
should be made by contacting ___________________@_____.com. We
reserve the right, however, in our sole discretion, to condition
access to information that management deems proprietary in nature,
on the execution by each prospective investor of appropriate
confidentiality agreements prior to having access to such
information.
The
offering of the Series D Preferred Convertible Stock is made solely
by this Offering Circular and the exhibits hereto. The prospective
investors have a right to inquire about and request and receive any
additional information they may deem appropriate or necessary to
further evaluate this offering and to make an investment decision.
Our representatives may prepare written responses to such inquiries
or requests if the information requested is available. The use of
any documents other than those prepared and expressly authorized by
us in connection with this offering is not permitted and should not
be relied upon by any prospective investor.
ONLY
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN MAY BE RELIED UPON
AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY US. NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN
THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFER BEING MADE HEREBY, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY US. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO RELY UPON ANY INFORMATION NOT
EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR. THE INFORMATION
PRESENTED IS AS OF THE DATE ON THE COVER HEREOF UNLESS ANOTHER DATE
IS SPECIFIED, AND NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR
NOR ANY SALE HEREUNDER SHALL CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION PRESENTED SUBSEQUENT TO SUCH
DATES(S).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The
financial statements of TPT Global Tech, Inc. for the three months
period ended March 31, 2020, and for the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, have been audited by Sadler, Gibb and Associates,
LLC, certified public accountants. The Company’s fiscal
year ends on December 31st of each
year.
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the three months ended March 31, 2020
(Unaudited)
and
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018
(Audited)
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
UNAUDITED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2020
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets – March 31, 2020 and December 31,
2019
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations - Three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit –
Three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Three months ended
March 31, 2020 and 2019
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
|
F-9
|
|
|
|
TPT
Global Tech, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
|
CURRENT
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
and accrued expenses
|
$6,879,495
|
$6,543,635
|
|
Deferred
revenue
|
302,009
|
305,741
|
|
Customer
liability
|
338,725
|
338,725
|
|
Current
portion of loans, advances and agreements
|
689,408
|
344,758
|
|
Current
portion of convertible notes payable, net of discounts
|
2,216,430
|
2,101,649
|
|
Notes
payable - related parties, net of discounts
|
9,117,235
|
9,297,078
|
|
Current
portion of convertible notes payable – related parties, net
of discounts
|
653,581
|
534,381
|
|
Derivative
liabilities
|
11,755,941
|
8,836,514
|
|
Current portion of
operating lease liabilities
|
2,046,943
|
1,921,843
|
|
Financing lease
liability – related party
|
633,579
|
626,561
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
$34,633,346
|
30,850,885
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
Long term
portion:
|
|
|
|
Loans, advances and
agreements, net of current portion
and discounts
|
$1,000,500
|
1,000,500
|
|
Convertible notes
payable – related parties, net of current portion and
discounts
|
269,300
|
388,500
|
|
Long term portion
of operating lease liabilities
|
2,540,019
|
2,009,737
|
|
Total non-current
liabilities
|
3,809,819
|
3,398,737
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
$38,443,165
|
34,249,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and
contingencies – See Note 8
|
—
|
—
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
|
STOCKHOLDERS'
DEFICIT PREFERRED STOCK, $.001 PAR VALUE 100,000,000 SHARES
AUTHORIZED:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series A, 1,000,000 designated - 1,000,000 shares issued
and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and December 31,
2019
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series B, 3,000,000 designated - 2,588,693 shares issued
and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and December 31,
2019
|
2,589
|
2,589
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series C – 3,000,000 shares designated, zero shares
issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and December 31,
2019
|
—
|
—
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series D – 20,000,000 shares designated, zero
shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and December 31,
2019
|
—
|
—
|
|
Common stock, $.001
par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 737,324,774 and
177,629,939 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019, respectively
|
737,325
|
177,630
|
|
Subscriptions
payable
|
675,818
|
574,256
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital
|
14,473,982
|
13,279,749
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
(38,797,291)
|
(32,831,093)
|
|
Total stockholders'
deficit
|
(22,906,577)
|
(18,795,869)
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES
AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
|
$15,536,588
|
$15,453,753
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
|
|
For the three
months ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
REVENUES:
|
|
|
|
Products
|
$11,151
|
$18,683
|
|
Services
|
3,064,822
|
142,793
|
|
Total
Revenues
|
3,075,973
|
161,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF
SALES:
|
|
|
|
Products
|
12,900
|
20,500
|
|
Services
|
2,293,588
|
241,868
|
|
Total Costs of
Sales
|
2,306,488
|
262,368
|
|
Gross profit
(loss)
|
769,485
|
(100,892)
|
|
EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
Sales and
marketing
|
25,900
|
—
|
|
Professional
|
343,967
|
512,540
|
|
Payroll and
related
|
662,002
|
197,541
|
|
General and
administrative
|
251,372
|
222,011
|
|
Depreciation
|
257,403
|
71,707
|
|
Amortization
|
182,735
|
206,002
|
|
Total
expenses
|
1,723,379
|
1,209,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from
operations
|
(953,894)
|
(1,310,693)
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER INCOME
(EXPENSE)
|
|
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
(3,896,672)
|
(1,540,416)
|
|
Loss on conversions
of notes payable
|
(568,875)
|
—
|
|
Interest
expense
|
(546,757)
|
(130,237)
|
|
Total
other expenses
|
(5,012,304)
|
(1,670,653)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss before
income taxes
|
(5,966,198)
|
(2,981,346)
|
|
Income
taxes
|
—
|
—
|
|
NET
LOSS
|
$(5,966,198)
|
$(2,981,346)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss per common
shares-basic and diluted
|
$(0.02)
|
$(0.02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
common shares outstanding-basic and diluted
|
382,159,789
|
136,953,904
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS'
DEFICIT
For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019
(Unaudited)
|
|
Series
A
Preferred
Stock
|
Series
B
Preferred
Stock
|
Common
Stock
|
Subscriptions
|
Additional
Paid-in
|
Accumulated
|
||||
|
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Payable
|
Capital
|
Deficit
|
Total
|
|
Balance as of
December 31,
2019
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
177,629,939
|
$177,630
|
$574,256
|
$13,279,749
|
$(32,831,093)
|
$(18,795,869)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issuable for director
services
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
101,562
|
—
|
—
|
101,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued for convertible
promissory notes
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
559,694,835
|
559,695
|
—
|
1,194,233
|
—
|
1,753,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
$(5,966,198)
|
$(5,966,198)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of
March 31, 2020
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
737,324,774
|
$737,325
|
$675,818
|
$14,473,982
|
$(38,797,291)
|
$(22,906,577)
|
|
|
Series
A
Preferred
Stock
|
Series
B
Preferred
Stock
|
Common
Stock
|
Subscriptions
|
Additional
Paid-in
|
Accumulated
|
||||
|
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Payable
|
Capital
|
Deficit
|
Total
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2018
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
136,953,904
|
$136,954
|
$168,006
|
$12,567,881
|
$(18,802,928)
|
$(5,926,498)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock and stock options
for services
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
101,563
|
72,716
|
—
|
174,279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
$(2,981,346)
|
$(2,981,346)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 31,
2019
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
136,953,904
|
$136,954
|
$269,569
|
$12,640,597
|
$(21,784,274)
|
$(8,733,565)
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements.
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
|
|
For the three
months ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Cash flows from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
$(5,966,198)
|
$(2,981,346)
|
|
Adjustments to
reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
257,403
|
71,707
|
|
Amortization
|
182,735
|
206,002
|
|
Amortization
of debt discounts
|
316,035
|
165,297
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
|
—
|
|
Loss on conversion
of notes payable
|
568,875
|
—
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
3,896,672
|
1,540,416
|
|
Share-based
compensation: Common stock
|
101,562
|
136,007
|
|
Stock
options
|
—
|
72,716
|
|
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
314,389
|
(22,323)
|
|
Accounts
receivable, related party
|
(55,510)
|
---
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and other assets
|
(5,346)
|
(5,084)
|
|
Accounts
payable and accrued expenses
|
425,345
|
406,130
|
|
Accrued
interest on financing lease liabilities
|
7,018
|
13,573
|
|
Net
change in operating lease assets and liabilities
|
56,854
|
---
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
(3,732)
|
27,428
|
|
Net
cash used in operating activities
|
$96,102
|
$(369,477)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from
investing activities:
|
|
|
|
Purchase of
equipment
|
$(131,351)
|
$—
|
|
Net
cash used in investing activities
|
$(131,351)
|
$—
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from
financing activities:
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from convertible notes and notes payable – related
parties
|
—
|
259,549
|
|
Proceeds
from convertible notes, loans and advances
|
590,000
|
606,300
|
|
Payment
on convertible loans, advances and agreements
|
(328,392)
|
—
|
|
Payments
on convertible notes and amounts payable – related
parties
|
(179,843)
|
(9,750)
|
|
Payments
on financing lease liabilities
|
—
|
(7,438)
|
|
Net
cash provided by financing activities
|
$81,765
|
$848,661
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in
cash
|
$46,519
|
$479,184
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents - beginning of period
|
$192,172
|
$31,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents - end of period
|
$238,688
|
$510,970
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statements
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -
CONTINUED
(Unaudited)
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash
paid for:
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Interest
|
$88,736
|
$16,616
|
|
Taxes
|
$---
|
$---
|
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Discount on
derivative financial instruments
|
$216,720
|
$668,000
|
|
Operating lease
liabilities and right of use assets
|
$1,166,677
|
$---
|
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial
statement
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
NOTES
TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH
31, 2020
NOTE
1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Nature
of Operations
The
Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of
Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June
2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation,
(“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty
Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma
issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the
owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common
stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name
to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the
Company” or “TPTG”).
The
following acquisitions have resulted in entities which have been
consolidated into TPTG. In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets
of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global
Telecom International LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective
January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the
outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.
(“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC
(“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada
Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”).
Effective September 30, 2016, the company acquired 100% ownership
in San Diego Media Inc. (“SDM”). In October 2017, we
entered into agreements to acquire Blue Collar, Inc. (“Blue
Collar”) which closed as of September 1, 2018. On May 7, 2019
we completed the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect, LLC, which assets were conveyed into our wholly owned
subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect, LLC (“TPT SC” or
“TPT SpeedConnect”) which was formed on April 16, 2019.
On March 6, 2020 we acquired 75% of Bridge Internet, LLC
(“BIC”).
We are
based in San Diego, California, and operate as a Media Content Hub
for Domestic and International syndication
Technology/Telecommunications company operating on our own
proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications
infrastructure platform and also provide technology solutions to
businesses domestically and worldwide. We are a rural Broadband
Wireless Access (BWA) provider, Software as a Service (SaaS),
Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified
Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance
and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and
wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS
services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest
voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global
technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for
Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent
Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid
Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global
Roaming Cellphones. In addition, we create media marketing
materials and content.
Significant
Accounting Policies
Please
refer to Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in the Company's most recent Form 10-K for all
significant accounting policies of the Company, with the exception
of those discussed below.
Basis
of Presentation
The
accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
have been prepared according to the instructions to Form 10-Q and
Section 210.8-03(b) of Regulation S-X of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, therefore, certain
information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial
statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”) have been omitted.
In the
opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation
have been included. Operating results for the three months ended
March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that
may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020.
These
condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. The condensed
consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2020, has been derived from
the consolidated financial statements at that date, but does not
include all of the information and footnotes required by
GAAP.
Our
condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
K Telecom, Copperhead Digital, SDM, Blue Collar, TPT SpeedConnect
and BIC. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation. Consideration has also been given to
the minority interest of 25% in BIC.
Revenue Recognition
On
January 1, 2018, we adopted the new accounting standard ASC
606, Revenue from Contracts
with Customers, and all of the related amendments
(“new revenue standard”). We recorded the change, which
was immaterial, related to adopting the new revenue standard using
the modified retrospective method. Under this method, we recognized
the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue
standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings. This results in no restatement of prior periods, which
continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect
for those periods. We expect the impact of the adoption of the new
revenue standard to continue to be immaterial on an ongoing basis.
We have applied the new revenue standard to all contracts as of the
date of initial application and as such, have used the following
criteria described below in more detail for each business
unit:
Identify the contract with the
customer.
Identify the performance
obligations in the contract.
Determine the transaction
price.
Allocate the transaction price
to performance obligations in the contract.
Recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance
obligation.
Reserves are recorded as a reduction in net sales and are not
considered material to our consolidated statements of income for
the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. In
addition, we invoice our customers for taxes assessed by
governmental authorities such as sales tax and value added taxes,
where applicable. We present these taxes on a net
basis.
The
Company’s revenue generation for the three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019 came from the following sources disaggregated by
services and products, which sources are explained in detail
below.
TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom Revenue
TPT
SpeedConnect is a rural Internet provider operating in 10
Midwestern States under the trade name SpeedConnect. TPT SC’s
primary business model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly
reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet
connections. In addition, the company resells third-party satellite
and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from
sales of telecommunications services is recognized as the
transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer
receives and accepts the services that were the result of the
transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction
prices. Due date is detailed on monthly invoices distributed to
customer. Services billed monthly in advance are deferred to the
proper period as needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities
for cash received before performance obligations for monthly
services are satisfied. Deferred revenue at March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 are $302,009 and $305,741, respectively. Certain
of our products require specialized installation and equipment. For
telecom products that include installation, if the installation
meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product
revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is
recognized when the installation is complete. The Installation
Technician collects the signed quote containing terms and
conditions when installing the site equipment at customer
premises.
Revenue
for installation services and equipment is billed separately from
recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment
is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and
telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period,
or as services are rendered and accepted by the
customer.
The
overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized
when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally
small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most
contracts are for two years or less, the impact of not recognizing
installation fees over the contract is immaterial.
Copperhead Digital: ISP and Telecom Revenue
Copperhead
Digital is a regional internet and telecom services provider
operating in Arizona under the trade name Trucom. Copperhead
Digital operates as a wireless telecommunications Internet Service
Provider (“ISP”) facilitating both residential and
commercial accounts. Copperhead Digital’s primary business
model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues,
from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In
addition, the company resells third-party satellite and DSL
internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of
telecommunications services is recognized as the transaction with
the customer is considered closed and the customer receives and
accepts the services that were the result of the transaction. There
are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date is
detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services
billed monthly in advance are deferred to the proper period as
needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities for cash received
before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied.
Certain of our products require specialized installation and
equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if the
installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate
element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and
installation revenue is recognized when the installation is
complete. The Installation Technician collects the signed quote
containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment
at customer premises.
Revenue
for installation services and equipment is billed separately from
recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment
is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and
telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period,
or as services are rendered and accepted by the
customer.
The
overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized
when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally
small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most
contracts are for a year or less, the impact of not recognizing
installation fees over the contract is immaterial.
K Telecom: Prepaid Phones and SIM Cards Revenue
K
Telecom generates revenue from reselling prepaid phones, SIM cards,
and rechargeable minute traffic for prepaid phones to its customers
(primarily retail outlets). Product sales occur at the
customer’s locations, at which time delivery occurs and cash
or check payment is received. The Company recognizes the revenue
when they receive payment at the time of delivery. There are no
financing terms or variable transaction prices.
SDM: Ecommerce, Email Marketing and Web Design
Services
SDM
generates revenue by providing ecommerce, email marketing and web
design solutions to small and large commercial businesses, complete
with monthly software support, updates and maintenance. Services
are billed monthly. There are no financing terms or variable
transaction prices. Platform infrastructure support is a prepaid
service billed in monthly recurring increments. The services are
billed a month in advance and due prior to services being rendered.
The revenue is deferred when invoiced and booked in the month the
service is provided. There is no deferred revenue at March 31 2020
and December 31, 2019. Software support services (including
software upgrades) are billed in real time, on the first of the
month. Web design service revenues are recognized upon completion
of specific projects. Revenue is booked in the month the services
are rendered and payments are due on the final day of the month.
There are usually no contract revenues that are deferred until
services are performed.
Blue Collar: Media Production Services
Blue
Collar creates original live action and animated content
productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the
television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.
Blue Collar designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had
agreements with some of the world’s largest companies
including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500
companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and
home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony,
DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount
Studios, and Warner Brothers. With regard to revenue recognition,
Blue Collar receives an agreement from each client to perform
defined work. Some agreements are written, some are verbal. Work
may include creation of marketing materials and/or content
creation. Some work may be short term and take weeks to create and
some work may be longer and take months to create. There are
instances where customer agreements segregate identifiable
obligations (like filming on site vs. film editing and final
production) with separate transaction pricing. The performance
obligation is generally satisfied upon delivery of such film or
production products, at which time revenue is recognized. There are
no financing terms or variable transaction prices.
Basic
and Diluted Net Loss Per Share
The
Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC
260, “Earning per Share”. ASC 260 requires presentation
of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on
the face of thee income statement. Basic EPS is computed by
dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder
(numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding
(denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all
dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period
using the treasury stock method for options and warrants and using
the if-converted method for preferred stock and convertible notes.
In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is
used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased
from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS
excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is
anti-dilutive. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had shares that
were potentially common stock equivalents as follows:
|
|
2020
|
|
Convertible
Promissory Notes
|
6,429,395,999
|
|
Series A Preferred
Stock (1)
|
1,039,271,144
|
|
Series B Preferred
Stock
|
2,588,693
|
|
Stock Options and
Warrants
|
4,333,333
|
|
|
7,475,589,169
|
(1)
Holder of the
Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed
60% of outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would
have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only
1,000,000,000 shares are currently authorized.
Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial
Instruments
Our
primary financial instruments at March 31, 2020 and December 31,
2019 consisted of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable, notes payable and derivative liabilities. We apply fair
value measurement accounting to either record or disclose the value
of our financial assets and liabilities in our financial
statements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would
be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset
or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy requires an entity
to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and
minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair
value.
Described
below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure
fair value:
Level 1 Quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Observable inputs other
than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets
or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that
are supported by little or no market activity and that are
significant to the fair value of the assets or
liabilities.
We
consider our derivative financial instruments as Level 3. The
balances for our derivative financial instruments as of March 31,
2020 are the following:
|
Derivative
Instrument
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Fair value of
Auctus Convertible Promissory Note
|
$7,938,117
|
|
Fair value of
Odyssey Capital Convertible Promissory Note
|
1,634,573
|
|
Fair value of EMA
Financial Convertible Promissory Note
|
2,179,738
|
|
Fair value of
Warrants issued with the derivative instruments
|
3,513
|
|
|
$11,755,941
|
Use
of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with United
States generally accepted accounting principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ materially from those
estimates. The Company’s consolidated financial statements
reflect all adjustments that management believes are necessary for
the fair presentation of their financial condition and results of
operations for the periods presented.
Recently
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June
2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee
Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends ASC 718, Compensation
– Stock Compensation. This ASU requires that most of the
guidance related to stock compensation granted to employees be
followed for non-employees, including the measurement date,
valuation approach, and performance conditions. The expense is
recognized in the same period as though cash were paid for the good
or service. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year
2020, with early adoption permitted, including in interim periods.
The ASU has been adopted using a modified-retrospective transition
approach. The adoption is not considered to have a material effect
on the consolidated financial statements.
In
February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and
subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU
2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20 and ASU 2019-01 (collectively,
Topic 842). Topic 842 requires lessees to classify leases as either
finance or operating leases and to record a right-of-use asset and
a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months
regardless of the lease classification. We adopted Topic 842 using
the effective date, January 2019, as the date of our initial
application of the standard. Consequently, financial information
for the comparative periods will not be updated. Our finance and
operating lease commitments are subject to the new standard and
recognized as finance and operating lease liabilities and
right-of-use assets upon our adoption of Topic 842, which increased
our total assets and total liabilities that we report relative to
such amounts prior to adoption.
Management
has reviewed other recently issued accounting pronouncements and
have determined there are not any that would have a material impact
on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
NOTE
2 – ACQUISITIONS
TPT SpeedConnect, LLC Asset Acquisition
SpeedConnect Asset Acquisition
Effective April 2, 2019, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase
Agreement with SpeedConnect, LLC (“SpeedConnect”) to
acquire substantially all of the assets of SpeedConnect. On May 7,
2019, the Company closed the transaction underlying the Asset
Purchase Agreement with SpeedConnect to acquire substantially all
of the assets of SpeedConnect for $2 million and the assumption of
certain liabilities. The Asset Purchase Agreement required a
deposit of $500,000 made in April and an additional $500,000
payment to close. The additional $500,000 was paid and all other
conditions were met to effectuate the sale of substantially all of
the assets of SpeedConnect to the Company. As part of the closing,
the Company entered into a Promissory Note to pay SpeedConnect
$1,000,000 in two equal installments of $500,000 plus applicable
interest at 10% per annum with the first installment payable within
30 days of closing and the second installment payable within 60
days of closing (but no later than July 6, 2019). The Company paid
off the Promissory Note by June 11, 2019 and by amendment dated May
7, 2019, SpeedConnect forgave $250,000 of the Promissory
Note.
The
Company treated the asset acquisition as a business combination and
has allocated the fair market value to assets received in excess of
goodwill.
Purchase
Price Allocation:
Had the
acquisition occurred on January 1, 2019, condensed proforma results
of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 would be as
follows:
|
|
2019
|
|
Revenue
|
$3,619,279
|
|
Cost of
Sales
|
2,448,235
|
|
Gross
Profit
|
$1,171,044
|
|
Expenses
|
(2,478,508)
|
|
Derivative
Expense
|
(1,540,416)
|
|
Loss on debt
conversions
|
—
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
(130,237)
|
|
Income
Taxes
|
—
|
|
Net
Loss
|
$(2,978,117)
|
|
Loss per
share
|
$(0.02)
|
The
unaudited proforma results of operations are presented for
information purposes only. The unaudited proforma results of
operations are not intended to present actual results that would
have been attained had the asset acquisition been completed as of
January 1, 2019 or to project potential operating results as of any
future date or for any future periods. The revenue and net loss of
TPT SpeedConnect from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020 included in
the consolidated income statement amounted to $2,707,654 and
$286,790, respectively, for the three months ended March 31,
2020.
Bridge Internet Acquisition
On March 6, 2020, the Company executed an Acquisition and Purchase
Agreement (“BIC Agreement”) with Bridge Internet, a
Florida Limited Liability Company, formed on February 27, 2020. The
Company acquired 75% of Bridge Internet (which had no assets or
liabilities and no material operations) for 8,000,000 shares of
common stock of TPT Global Tech, Inc., 4,000,000 common shares
issued to Sydney “Trip” Camper immediately and
4,000,000 common shares which vest equally over two years. As
sufficient funding is raised by the Company, defined as
approximately $3,000,000, marketing funds of up to $200,000 per
quarter for the next year from date of signing the BIC Agreement
will be provided and a formal employment agreement will be
finalized. Tower industry Veteran, Founder and CEO of Bridge
Internet, Sydney “Trip” Camper, will retain the
remaining 25% of Bridge Internet and stay on as the CEO, as well as
become the acting CEO of TPT Speed Connect. The
Company entered into this transaction in order to expand its
revenue base.
The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC
805-10-55-4 to discern whether the transaction met the definition
of a business. The company concluded there were not a sufficient
number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs.
Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the
hiring of a key member of management. As such, 4,000,000 shares
valued at $6,400 were expensed and 4,000,000 additional shares
valued at $6,400 will be amortized equally over 2 years. As
operations become material, the Company will present the effects of
the 25% noncontrolling interest.
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
assuming that the Company will continue as a going
concern.
Cash
flows generated from operating activities were not enough to
support all working capital requirements for the three months ended
March 31, 2020 and 2019. We incurred $5,966,198 and $2,981,346,
respectively, in losses, and we generated and used $96,102 and
$369,477, respectively, in cash for operations for the three months
March 31, 2020 and 2019. Cash flows from financing activities were
$81,795 and $848,661 for the same periods. These factors raise
substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a
going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these
financial statements. The financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and
guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to
mitigate the spread of COVID-19, around March 18, 2020 for an
indefinite period of time, the Company closed its Blue Collar
office in Los Angeles, California and its TPT SpeedConnect offices
in Michigan, Idaho and Arizona. Most employees are working
remotely, however this is not possible with certain employees and
all subcontractors that work for Blue Collar. The Company continues
to monitor developments, including government requirements and
recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate
possible extensions to all or part of such closures.
The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and
received $722,200 in April 2020 and will try to use these funds as
is prescribed by the stimulus offerings to have the entire amount
forgiven. The Company is also in the process of trying to
raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used
for working capital shortfalls if revenues decrease significantly
because of the COVID-19 closures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's plans as described above may change. At this point, we
cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this
pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.
In
order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one
year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need
to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for
companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional
debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow
positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those
actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us
to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing
arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional
debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly
reduce or cease operations.
NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property
and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of March 31,
2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows:
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Property and
equipment:
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications
fiber and equipment
|
$5,334,352
|
5,203,000
|
|
Film production
equipment
|
369,903
|
369,903
|
|
Office furniture
and equipment
|
85,485
|
85,485
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
18,679
|
18,679
|
|
Accumulated
depreciation
|
(1,511,211)
|
(1,253,919)
|
|
Property and
equipment, net
|
$4,297,208
|
4,423,148
|
Depreciation
expense was $257,403 and $71,707 for the three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
NOTE
5 – DEBT FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Financing
arrangements as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as
follows:
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Business loans and
advances (1)
|
$1,105,763
|
1,121,640
|
|
Convertible notes
payable (2)
|
2,216,430
|
2,101,649
|
|
Factoring
agreements (3)
|
584,145
|
223,618
|
|
Debt – third
party
|
$3,906,338
|
3,446,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit,
related party secured by assets (4)
|
$3,043,390
|
3,043,390
|
|
Debt– other
related party, net of discounts (5)
|
5,950,000
|
5,950,000
|
|
Convertible debt
– related party (6)
|
922,881
|
922,881
|
|
Shareholder debt
(7)
|
123,845
|
303,688
|
|
Debt –
related party
|
$10,040,116
|
10,219,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financing
arrangements
|
$13,946,454
|
13,666,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less current
portion:
|
|
|
|
Loans,
advances and agreements – third party
|
$(689,408)
|
(344,758)
|
|
Convertible notes
payable third party
|
(2,216,430)
|
(2,101,649
|
|
Debt –
related party, net of discount
|
(9,117,235)
|
(9,297,078)
|
|
Convertible notes
payable– related party
|
(653,581)
|
(534,381)
|
|
|
(12,676,654)
|
(12,277,866)
|
|
Total long term
debt
|
$1,269,800
|
1,389,000
|
(1) The
terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of
Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 1 month Libor plus
2%, 2.99% as of March 31, 2020, and is secured by assets of the
Company, is due August 31, 2020, as amended, and included 8,000
stock options as part of the terms which options expired December
31, 2019 (see Note 7).
$500,500
is a line of credit that Blue Collar has with a bank, bears
interest at Prime plus 1.125%, 4.86% as of March 31, 2020, and is
due March 25, 2021.
$500,000
is a bank loan dated May 28, 2019 which bears interest at Prime
plus 6%, 9.73% as of March 31, 2020, is interest only for the first
year, thereafter payable monthly of principal and interest until
the due date of May 1, 2022. The bank loan is collateralized by
assets of the Company.
The
remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%,
have maturity dates that are due on demand or are past due, are
unsecured and are classified as current in the balance
sheets.
On February 14, 2020, the Company agreed to a Secured Promissory
Note with a third party for $90,000. The Secured Promissory Note
was secured by the assets of the Company and was due June 14, 2020
or earlier in case the Company is successful in raising other
monies and carried an interest charge of 10% payable with the
principal. The Secured Promissory Note was also convertible at the
option of the holder into an equivalent amount of Series D
Preferred Stock. The Secured Promissory Note also included a
guaranty by the CEO of the Company, Stephen J. Thomas III. This
Secured Promissory Note was paid off on May 5, 2020, including
$9,000 of interest.
(2) During
2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount
of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and
$5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which were due May 1,
2020 and bear 6% annual interest (12% default interest rate). The
convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25
per share. These convertible promissory notes were not repaid May
1, 2020. Management is working to extend the due
dates.
During
2019, the Company consummated Securities Purchase Agreements dated
March 15, 2019, April 12, 2019, May 15, 2019, June 6, 2019 and
August 22, 2019 with Geneva Roth Remark Holdings, Inc.
(“Geneva Roth”) for the purchase of convertible
promissory notes in the amounts of $68,000, $65,000, $58,000,
$53,000 and $43,000 (“Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory
Notes”). The Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory Notes are due
one year from issuance, pays interest at the rate of 12% (principal
amount increases 150%-200% and interest rate increases to 24% under
default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time to
time, and at any time during the period beginning 180 days from the
origination date to the maturity date or date of default to convert
all or any part of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is 61% multiplied by the average of
the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory Notes may be prepaid in
whole or in part of the outstanding balance at 125% to 140% up to
180 days from origination. Geneva Roth converted a total of
$244,000 of principal and $8,680 of accrued interest through March
31, 2020 from its various Securities Purchase Agreements into
125,446,546 shares of common stock of the Company leaving no
outstanding principal balances as of March 31, 2020. On February
13, 2020, the August 22, 2019 Securities Purchase Agreement was
repaid for $63,284, including a premium and accrued
interest.
On March 25, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement dated March 18, 2019 with Auctus Fund, LLC.
(“Auctus”) for the purchase of a $600,000 Convertible
Promissory Note (“Auctus Convertible Promissory Note”).
The Auctus Convertible Promissory Note is due December 18, 2019,
pays interest at the rate of 12% (24% default) per annum and gives
the holder the right from time to time, and at any time during the
period beginning 180 days from the origination date or at the
effective date of the registration of the underlying shares of
common stock, which the holder has registration rights for, to
convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is the lessor of the lowest trading
price during the previous 25 trading days prior the date of the
Auctus Convertible Promissory Note or 50% multiplied by the average
of the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Auctus Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at
135% to 150% up to 180 days from origination. Auctus converted
$17,867 of principal and $127,866 of accrued interest into
260,102,808 shares of common stock of the Company prior to March
31, 2020. Subsequent to March 31, 2020, Auctus converted another
$15,313 of principal and $14,138 of accrued interest into
115,897,192 shares of common stock of the Company. 2,000,000
warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of this debt.
See Note 7.
On June 4, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with Odyssey Capital Funding, LLC.
(“Odyssey”) for the purchase of a $525,000 Convertible
Promissory Note (“Odyssey Convertible Promissory
Note”). The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note is due June
3, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% ( 24% default) per annum
and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any time
during the period beginning six months from the issuance date to
convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the average of
the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at
125% to 145% up to 180 days from origination. Through March 31,
2020, Odyssey converted $43,500 of principal and $3,440 of accrued
interest into 48,621,516 shares of common stock of the
Company.
On June 6, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with JSJ Investments Inc. (“JSJ”) for the
purchase of a $112,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“JSJ
Convertible Promissory Note”). The JSJ Convertible Promissory
Note is due June 6, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% per
annum and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any
time during the period beginning 180 days from the origination date
to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is the lower of the market price, as
defined, or 55% multiplied by the average of the two lowest trading
prices for the common stock during the previous 20 trading days
prior to the applicable conversion date. The JSJ Convertible
Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180
days from origination. JSJ converted $43,680 of principal into
18,500,000 shares of common stock of the Company prior to March 31,
2020.In addition, on February 25, 2020 the Company repaid for
$97,000, including a premium and accrued interest, for all
remaining principal and accrued interest balances as of that day.
333,333 warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of
this debt. See Note 7.
On June 11, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with EMA Financial, LLC. (“EMA”) for the
purchase of a $250,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“EMA
Convertible Promissory Note”). The EMA Convertible Promissory
Note is due June 11, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12%
(principal amount increases 200% and interest rate increases to 24%
under default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time
to time to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock
of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of
the Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the lowest
traded price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading
days prior to the applicable conversion date. The EMA Convertible
Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180
days from origination. Prior to March 31, 2020, EMA converted
$35,366 of principal into 147,700,000 shares of common stock of the
Company. 1,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction with the
issuance of this debt. See Note 7.
The
Company is in default under its derivative financial instruments
and received notice of such from Auctus for not reserving enough
shares for conversion and for not having filed a Form S-1
Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
It was the intent of the Company to pay back all derivative
securities prior to the due dates but that has not occurred in case
of Auctus. As such, the Company is currently in negotiations with
Auctus, EMA and Odyssey relative to extending due dates and
changing terms on the Notes.
(3) The
Factoring Agreement with full recourse, due February 29, 2020, as
amended, was established in June 2016 with a company that is
controlled by a shareholder and is personally guaranteed by an
officer of the Company. The Factoring Agreement is such that the
Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each
advance received against accounts receivable or future billings.
The Company was advanced funds from the Factoring Agreement for
which $101,244 and $101,244 in principal remained unpaid as of
March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
On May
8, 2019, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with
Advantage Capital Funding (“2019 Factoring agreement”).
$500,000, net of expenses, was funded to the Company with a promise
to pay $18,840 per week for 40 weeks until a total of $753,610 is
paid which occurred in February 2020
On February 25, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for the
Purchase and Sale of Future Receipts (“2020 Factoring
Agreement”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $716,720
for which the Company received $500,000, net of fees. Under the
2020 Factoring Agreement, the Company pays $14,221 per week for 50
weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 43% annually.
The 2020 Factoring Agreement includes a guaranty by the CEO of the
Company, Stephen J. Thomas III.
(4) The
Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the
personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital.
During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead
Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital
acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured
personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit
bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus
2.0%, 2.99% as of March 31, 2020, is payable monthly, and is
secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common
Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the
funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line
of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of
assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the
Company $445,600 under the similar terms and conditions as the line
of credit but most of which were also given stock options totaling
$85,120 which expired as of December 31, 2019 (see Note 7) and is
due, as amended, August 31, 2020.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, those same shareholders
and one other have loaned the Company money in the form of
convertible loans of $136,400 and $537,200, respectively, described
in (2) and (6).
(5)
$350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology
acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is
due to be paid as agreed by TPTG and the former owners of the Lion
Phone technology and has not been determined.
$4,000,000
represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration
of ViewMe Live technology acquired in 2017, later agreed to as
being due and payable in full, with no interest with $2,000,000
from debt proceeds and the remainder from proceeds from the second
Company public offering.
On
September 1, 2018, the Company closed on its acquisition of Blue
Collar. Part of the acquisition included a promissory note of
$1,600,000 and interest at 3% from the date of closure. The
promissory note is secured by the assets of Blue
Collar.
(6)
During 2016, the Company acquired SDM which consideration included
a convertible promissory note for $250,000 due February 29, 2019,
as amended, does not bear interest, unless delinquent in which the
interest is 12% per annum, and is convertible into common stock at
$1.00 per share. The SDM balance is $182,381 as of March 31, 2020.
As of March 1, 2020, this convertible promissory note is
delinquent.
During
2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount
of $537,200 to related parties and $10,000 to a non-related party
which bear interest at 6% (11% default interest rate), are due 30
months from issuance and are convertible into Series C Preferred
Stock at $1.00 per share. Because the Series C Preferred Stock has
a conversion price of $0.15 per share, the issuance of Series C
Preferred Stock promissory notes will cause a beneficial conversion
feature of approximately $38,479 upon exercise of the convertible
promissory notes.
(7) The
shareholder debt represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by
officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are
no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to
these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to
management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as
current in the balance sheets.
See
Lease financing arrangement in Note 7.
NOTE 6 –
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company previously adopted the provisions of ASC subtopic
825-10, Financial
Instruments (“ASC
825-10”). ASC 825-10 defines fair value as the price that
would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at
the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements
for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at
fair value, the Company considers the principal or most
advantageous market in which it would transact and considers
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the
asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions,
and risk of nonperformance. ASC 825-10 establishes a fair value
hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring
fair value.
The derivative liability as of March 31, 2020, in the amount of
$11,755,941 has a level 3 classification under ASC
825-10.
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of
the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities as of March 31,
2020.
|
|
Debt Derivative
Liabilities
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2018
|
$—
|
|
Debt discount from
initial derivative
|
1,774,000
|
|
Initial fair value
of derivative liabilities
|
2,601,631
|
|
Change in
derivative liability from conversion of notes payable
|
(407,654)
|
|
Change in fair
value of derivative liabilities at end of period
|
4,868,537
|
|
Balance, December
31, 2019
|
$8,836,514
|
|
Change in
derivative liabilities from conversion of notes
payable
|
(977,245)
|
|
Change in fair
value of derivative liabilities at end of period
|
3,896,672
|
|
Balance, March 31,
2020
|
$11,755,941
|
|
Derivative expense
for the three months ended March 31, 2020
|
$3,896,672
|
Convertible notes payable and warrant derivatives
– The Company issued
convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common
stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price
of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the
embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain
anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives
included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of
derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record
fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture
and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting
date.
As of March 31, 2020, the Company marked to market the fair value
of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of $11,755,941
($11,752,428 from the convertible notes and $3,513 from the
warrants) in Note 5 (2) above. The Company recorded a loss from
change in fair value of debt derivatives of $3,896,672 for the
three months ended March 31, 2020. The fair value of the embedded
derivatives was determined using Monte Carlo simulation method
based on the following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2)
expected volatility of 348.4% to 576.1%, (3) weighted average
risk-free interest rate of 0.05% to 1.56% (4) expected life of 0.72
to 5.0 years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.0009 to $0.047
for the Company’s common stock.
See
Financing lease arrangements in Note 8.
NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Preferred Stock
As of
March 31, 2020, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C and Series D
Preferred Stock.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
In
February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.
The
Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2016, has a par
value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100
per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding
Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The
Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately
after any Senior Securities, as defined and amended, of an amount
equal to amounts payable owing, including contingency amounts where
Holders of the Series A have personally guaranteed obligations of
the Company. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall,
collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A
Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following
formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as
computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For
further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common
shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The
Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to
vote as if converted prior to the vote to an number of shares equal
to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.
In
February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of
1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas,
Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000
for compensation expense.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
In
February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. There are 2,588,693
shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2020.
The
Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par
value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or
series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A
Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The
Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately
after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A
Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders
of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any
part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal
number of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share.
The Series B Preferred Stockholders have a right to vote on any
matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of
votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one
basis.
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
In May
2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. There are no shares of Series
C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of March 31,
2020.
The
Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par
value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or
series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and
Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear
dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation
preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and
currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount
equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock
have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred
Shares and will receive an equal number of common shares at the
conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred
Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of
Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number
of Common Shares on a one to one basis.
Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock
On
January 14, 2020, TPT Global Tech, Inc. ("the Company") filed an
Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation to designate the Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock. The Amendment designates 20,000,000
shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company's $0.001
par value preferred stock as the Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock ("the Series D Preferred Shares.")
As of
the date hereof, there are no Series D Preferred shares
outstanding. Series D Preferred shares have the following features:
(i) 8% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in
cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board
and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may
decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Optional Conversion to
common stock at the election of the holder @ 80% of the 30 day
average market closing price (for previous 30 business days)
divided into $2.00. This election may be made at any time after 18
months from issuance; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series D
Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any
national exchange listing approval and the registration
effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The
automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be on
a one for one basis, which shall be post-reverse split as may be
necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights –
the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common
stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other
Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file
for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note
financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the
Company will file and pursue to effectiveness a Registration
Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the
Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v)
Liquidation Rights - $2.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid
dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock
receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The
Company has redemption rights for the first year following the
Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the
Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.
Common Stock and Capital Contributions
As of
March 31, 2020, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, of which 737,324,774 common shares are issued and
outstanding.
Common Stock Payable
As of
March 31, 2020, 16,667 of common shares were subscribed to in 2018
for a note payable of $2,000.
In
2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company
voted through a consent resolution to support a consent resolution
of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new directors
to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas (family
member of CEO) were added as members of the Board of Directors. The
total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is
four. In accordance with agreements with the Company for his
services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per
quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at
approximately $692,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months.
The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted
common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make
such payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and
1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately
$120,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly
payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company
has not been adequately funded. As of March 31, 2020, $147,500 and
$50,000 has been accrued in the balance sheet for Mr. Shkolnik and
Mr. Thomas, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2020
and 2019, $101,562 and $101,562, respectively, have been expensed
under these agreements.
Effective
November 1 and 3, 2017, an officer of the Company contributed
9,765,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to the Company for the
acquisition of Blue Collar and HRS. These shares were subsequently
issued as consideration for these acquisitions in November 2017. In
March 2018, the HRS acquisition was rescinded and 3,625,000 shares
of common stock are being returned by the recipients. The other
transaction involved 6,500,000 shares for the acquisition of Blue
Collar which closed in 2018. As such, as of March 31, 2020 the
3,265,000 shares for the HRS transaction are reflected as
subscriptions receivable based on their par value.
Stock Options
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
Vested
|
Vesting
Period
|
Exercise
Price
Outstanding
and
Exercisable
|
Expiration
Date
|
|
December 31,
2018
|
3,093,120
|
1,954,230
|
100% at issue and
12 to 18 months
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19 to
3-21-21
|
|
Expired
|
(93,120)
|
|
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19
|
|
December 31,
2019
|
3,000,000
|
3,000,000
|
12 to 18
months
|
$0.10
|
3-1-20 to
3-21-21
|
|
Expired
|
(2,000,000)
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2020
|
1,000,000
|
1,000,000
|
12
months
|
$0.10
|
3-1-20 to
3-21-21
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the company entered into
consulting arrangements primarily for legal work and general
business support that included the issuance of stock options to
purchase 3,000,000 options to purchase common shares at $0.10 per
share. 2,000,000 of these expired. The remaining 1,000,000 are
fully vested as of March 31, 2020. The Black-Scholes options
pricing model was used to value the stock options. The inputs
included the following:
|
(1)
|
Dividend
yield of 0%
|
|
(2)
|
expected
annual volatility of 307% - 311%
|
|
(3)
|
discount
rate of 2.2% to 2.3%
|
|
(4)
|
expected
life of 2 years, and
|
|
(5)
|
estimated
fair value of the Company’s common $0.125 to $0.155 per
share.
|
93,120
of options expired in 2019. Expense recorded in the three months
ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and 72,716 related to stock
options. No further expense will be incurred to the consolidated
statement of operations for the existing stock
options.
Warrants
As of March 31, 2020, there were 3,333,333 warrants outstanding
that expire in five years or in the year ended December 31, 2024.
As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third
party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 3,333,333 warrants to
purchase 3,333,333 common shares of the Company at 70% of the
current market price. Current market price means the average
of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the
ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day
prior to the date of the respective exercise notice. However, if a
required registration statement, registering the underlying shares
of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or
before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such
Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall
mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock
during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete
trading day prior to the conversion date.
The
warrants issued were considered derivative liabilities valued at
$3,513 of the total $11,755,941, derivative liabilities as of March
31, 2020. See Note 5.
Common Stock Reservations
The
Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the
Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt
described in Note 5.
We have
reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant
to certain employee and consultants as consideration for services
rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.
There
are Transfer Agent common stock reservations that have been
approved by the Company relative to the outstanding derivative
financial instruments, the outstanding Form S-1 Registration
Statement and general treasury of 146,778,034.
NOTE
8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts
payable:
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Related
parties (1)
|
$1,131,430
|
$1,141,213
|
|
General
operating
|
3,191,090
|
3,342,952
|
|
Accrued interest on
debt (2)
|
854,754
|
793,470
|
|
Credit card
balances
|
181,884
|
183,279
|
|
Accrued payroll and
other expenses
|
675,003
|
207,108
|
|
Taxes and fees
payable
|
633,357
|
633,357
|
|
Unfavorable lease
liability
|
211,977
|
242,256
|
|
Total
|
$6,879,495
|
$6,543,635
|
|
(1)
(2)
|
|
Relates
to amounts due to management and members of the Board of Directors
according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid
as of period end.
Portion
relating to related parties is $535,279 and $481,942 for March 31,
2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
|
Operating
lease obligations
We have various non-cancelable lease agreements for certain of our
tower locations with original lease periods expiring between 2020
and 2044. Our lease terms may include options to extend or
terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain we will exercise
that option. Certain of the arrangements contain escalating rent
payment provisions. The Company has determined that the identified
operating leases did not contain non-lease components and require
no further allocation of the total lease cost. Additionally, the
agreements in place did not contain information to determine the
rate implicit in the leases, so we used our estimated incremental
borrowing rate as the discount rate. Our weighted average discount
rate is 12.0% and the weighted average lease term of 6
years. Our Michigan main office lease and an equipment lease
described below and leases with an initial term of twelve months
have not been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. We
recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease
term.
As of March 31, 2020, operating lease right-of-use assets and
liabilities arising from operating leases were $4,484,573 and
$4,586,962, respectively. During the three months ended March 31,
2020, cash paid for amounts included for the measurement of lease
liabilities was $678,059 and the Company recorded lease expense in
the amount of $686,864 in general and administrative
expenses.
The following is a schedule showing the future minimum lease
payments under operating leases by years and the present value of
the minimum payments as of March 31, 2020.
|
2020
|
$1,688,002
|
|
2021
|
1,681,008
|
|
2022
|
1,065,718
|
|
2023
|
560,703
|
|
2024
|
337,638
|
|
Thereafter
|
194,383
|
|
Total operating
lease liabilities
|
$5,527,452
|
|
Amount representing
interest
|
$(940,490)
|
|
Total net present
value
|
$4,586,962
|
Office lease used by CEO
The
Company entered into a lease of 12 months or less for living space
which is occupied by Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of
the Company. Mr. Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his
corporate office. The company has paid $7,000 and $0 in rent and
utility payments for this space for the three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Financing
lease obligations
Future
minimum lease payments are as follows:
|
Obligation
|
2020
|
In
Default
|
Total
|
|
Telecom Equipment
Finance (1)
|
$449,103
|
—
|
$449,103
|
(1) The
Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by
shareholders of the Company and is due August 31, 2020, as
amended.
Other
Commitments and Contingencies
The
Company has employment agreements with certain employees of SDM and
K Telecom. The agreements are such that SDM and K Telecom, on a
standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to
financially support the financial obligations within the employment
agreements.
The
Company has been named in a lawsuit by a former employee who was
terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an
employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the
agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and
is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management
believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not believe
the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the
financial position of the Company.
As of
March 31, 2020, the company has collected $338,725 from one
customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance
with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings
activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by
the Company of amounts owed. Management believes that the customer
agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the
dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a
customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of March
31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and does not believe the outcome of
the dispute will have a material effect on the financial position
of the Company.
NOTE
9 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
There
are amounts outstanding due to related parties of the Company of
$1,131,430 and $1,141,213, respectively, as of March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 related to amounts due to employees, management
and members of the Board of Directors according to verbal and
written agreements that have not been paid as of period end which
are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the
balance sheet. See Note 8.
As is
mentioned in Note 7, Reginald Thomas was appointed to the Board of
Directors of the Company in August 2018. Mr. Thomas is the brother
to the CEO Stephen J. Thomas III. According to an agreement with
Mr. Reginald Thomas, he is to receive $10,000 per quarter and
1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately
$120,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly
payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company
has not been adequately funded.
Leases
See
Note 8 for office lease used by CEO.
Debt
Financing and Amounts Payable/Receivable
As of
March 31, 2020, there are amounts due to management/shareholders of
$123,845 included in financing arrangements, of which $107,645 is
payable from the Company to Stephen J. Thomas III, CEO of the
Company. See note 5. In addition, as of March 31, 2020 and December
31, 2019, amounts receivable from Mark Rowen, CEO of Blue Collar
were $55,510 and $0, respectively, consisting of a net balance in
advances and reimbursable expenses.
Revenue
Transactions
Blue
Collar provided production services to an entity controlled by the
Blue Collar CEO (355 LA, LLC or “355”) for which it
recorded revenues of $235,149 and $0, respectively, for the three
months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. 355 was formed in October
2019 by the CEO of Blue Collar for the purpose of production of
certain additional footage for a 355 customer. 355 has opportunity
to engage with other production relationships outside of using Blue
Collar. Accounts receivable from 355 as of March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 is $0 and $169,439, respectively.
Other
Agreements
On
April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an
agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican
corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and
controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for
the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services
related to Lion Phone and ViewMe Live within Mexico and Latin
America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement
provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free,
non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under
situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by
either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees
equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable
activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s
Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this
agreement.
NOTE 10 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill and
intangible assets are comprised of the following:
March
31, 2020
|
|
Gross carrying
amount (1)
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
Net Book
Value
|
Useful
Life
|
|
Customer
Base
|
$1,197,200
|
(390,030)
|
807,170
|
3-10
|
|
Developed
Technology
|
$4,595,600
|
(1,234,007)
|
3,361,593
|
9
|
|
Film
Library
|
$957,000
|
(122,950)
|
834,050
|
11
|
|
Trademarks and
Tradenames
|
$132,000
|
(18,025)
|
113,975
|
12
|
|
Favorable
leases
|
$95,000
|
(25,440)
|
69,560
|
3
|
|
|
$6,976,800
|
(1,790,452)
|
5,186,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
$1,050,366
|
—
|
1,050,366
|
—
|
Amortization
expense was $182,735 and $206,002 for the three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
December
31, 2019
|
|
Gross carrying
amount (1)
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
Net Book
Value
|
Useful
Life
|
|
Customer
Base
|
$1,197,200
|
(364,383)
|
832,817
|
3-10
|
|
Developed
Technology
|
$4,595,600
|
(1,106,351)
|
3,489,249
|
9
|
|
Film
Library
|
$957,000
|
(104,900)
|
852,100
|
11
|
|
Trademarks and
Tradenames
|
$132,000
|
(15,123)
|
116,877
|
12
|
|
Favorable
leases
|
$95,000
|
(16,960)
|
78,040
|
3
|
|
|
$6,976,800
|
(2,707,717)
|
5,369,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
$1,050,366
|
—
|
1,050,366
|
—
|
Remaining
amortization of the intangible assets is as following for the next
five years and beyond:
|
|
2020
|
|
2020
|
$539,696
|
|
2021
|
732,431
|
|
2022
|
732,431
|
|
2023
|
729,063
|
|
2024
|
712,079
|
|
Thereafter
|
1,740,648
|
|
|
$5,186,348
|
NOTE 11 – SEGMENT REPORTING
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for
reporting information about operating segments on a basis
consistent with the Company's internal organizational structure as
well as information about geographical areas, business segments and
major customers in financial statements for details on the
Company's business segments.
The Company's chief operating decision maker (“CODM”)
has been identified as the CEO who reviews the financial
information of separate operating segments when making decisions
about allocating resources and assessing performance of the group.
Based on management's assessment, the Company considers its most
significant segments for 2020 and 2019 are those in which it is
providing Broadband Internet through TPT SpeedConnect and Media
Production services through Blue Collar.
The following table presents summary information by segment for the
three months ended March 31 and 2020 and 2019
respectively:
|
2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TPT
SpeedConnect
|
Blue
Collar
|
Corporate and
other
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
$2,707,654
|
$353,405
|
$14,914
|
$3,075,973
|
|
Cost of
revenue
|
$1,717,386
|
$148,095
|
$441,007
|
$2,306,488
|
|
Net income
(loss)
|
$286,790
|
$(58,095)
|
$6,423,588
|
$(5,966,198)
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
$127,194
|
$27,834
|
$285,110
|
$440,138
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
$—
|
$—
|
$3,896,672
|
$3,896,672
|
|
Interest
expense
|
$54,004
|
$10,218
|
$482,535
|
$546,757
|
|
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TPT
SpeedConnect
|
Blue
Collar
|
Corporate and
other
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
$—
|
$61,750
|
$99,726
|
$161,476
|
|
Cost of
revenue
|
$—
|
$140,979
|
$121,389
|
$262,368
|
|
Net
loss
|
$—
|
$(257,728)
|
$(2,723,618)
|
$(2,981,346)
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
$—
|
$5,141
|
$272,568
|
$277,709
|
|
Interest
expense
|
$—
|
$16,072
|
$114,165
|
$130,237
|
NOTE
12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Subsequent to March 31, 2020, Auctus converted another $15,313 of
principal and $14,138 of accrued interest into 115,897,192 shares
of common stock of the Company. See Note 7.
On May
6, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with Steve and
Yuanbing Caudle for the acquisition of the Media One Live platform
for $1,000,000 in the form of a promissory note due after funding
has been received by the Company from its various investors and
other sources. Mr. Caudle is a principal with the ViewMe technology
that is being developed by the Company. This technology is
considered to be the social media add on to the ViewMe live
streaming engine platform. In addition, the Company in conjunction
with this agreement, entered into an agreement to employ Ms. Caudle
as Vice President of Product Development of the Media One Live
platform for an annual salary of $250,000 for five years, including
customary employee benefits.
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and
guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to
mitigate the spread of COVID-19, around March 18, 2020 for an
indefinite period of time, the Company closed its Blue Collar
office in Los Angeles, California and its TPT SpeedConnect offices
in Michigan, Idaho and Arizona. Most employees are working
remotely, however this is not possible with certain employees and
all subcontractors that work for Blue Collar. The Company continues
to monitor developments, including government requirements and
recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate
possible extensions to all or part of such closures.
The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and
received $722,200 in April 2020 and will try to use these funds as
is prescribed by the stimulus offerings to have the entire amount
forgiven. The Company is also in the process of trying to
raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used
for working capital shortfalls if revenues decrease significantly
because of the COVID-19 closures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's plans as described above may change. At this point, we
cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this
pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.
Subsequent
events were reviewed through the date the financial statements were
issued.
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
|
|
PAGE
|
|
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
|
F-30
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE
SHEETS
|
F-31
|
|
|
|
|
STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
F-33
|
|
|
|
|
STATEMENTS OF
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
|
F-34
|
|
|
|
|
STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS
|
F-36
|
|
|
|
|
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
|
F-38
|
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM
To the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of TPT Global Tech,
Inc.:
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TPT Global
Tech, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and
2018, the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years
in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019 and the related
notes (collectively referred to as the “financial
statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements
referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
Explanatory Paragraph Regarding Going Concern
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that
the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note
3 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring
losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency which raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in
Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments
that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a
public accounting firm registered with the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to
perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.
As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding
of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our
audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those
risks. Such procedures included examining on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
/s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since
2016.
Salt Lake City, UT
April 14, 2020
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
CURRENT
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents
|
$192,172
|
$31,786
|
|
Accounts
receivable, net
|
379,805
|
48,922
|
|
Prepaid expenses
and other current assets
|
48,648
|
36,111
|
|
Total current
assets
|
620,625
|
116,819
|
|
NON-CURRENT
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
Property and
equipment, net
|
4,423,148
|
3,046,942
|
|
Operating lease
right of use assets
|
3,886,045
|
—
|
|
Intangible assets,
net
|
5,369,083
|
6,671,582
|
|
Goodwill
|
1,050,366
|
924,361
|
|
Deposits and other
assets
|
104,486
|
62,013
|
|
Total non-current
assets
|
14,833,128
|
10,704,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
ASSETS
|
$15,453,753
|
$10,821,717
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
|
CURRENT
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
and accrued expenses
|
$6,543,635
|
$4,993,970
|
|
Deferred
revenue
|
305,741
|
6,450
|
|
Customer
liability
|
338,725
|
338,725
|
|
Current portion of
loans, advances and agreements
|
344,758
|
716,936
|
|
Current portion of
convertible notes payable, net of discounts
|
2,101,649
|
10,000
|
|
Notes payable
– related parties, net of discounts
|
9,297,078
|
9,137,982
|
|
Current portion of
convertible notes payable – related party, net
of discounts
|
534,381
|
202,688
|
|
Derivative
liabilities
|
8,836,514
|
—
|
|
Current portion of
operating lease liabilities
|
1,921,843
|
—
|
|
Financing lease
liability
|
—
|
138,774
|
|
Financing lease
liability – related party
|
626,561
|
598,490
|
|
Total
current liabilities
|
30,850,885
|
16,144,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CURRENT
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
Long term
portion:
|
|
|
|
Loans, advances and
agreements, net of current portion and discounts
|
1,000,500
|
—
|
|
Convertible note
payable, net of current portion and discounts
|
—
|
5,000
|
|
Convertible notes
payable – related parties, net of current portion and
discounts
|
388,500
|
599,200
|
|
Long term portion
of operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
|
2,009,737
|
—
|
|
Total
non-current liabilities
|
3,398,737
|
604,200
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
34,249,622
|
16,748,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and
contingencies – See Note 9
|
—
|
—
|
|
STOCKHOLDER’S
DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
PREFERRED STOCK,
$.001 PAR VALUE 100,000,000 SHARES AUTHORIZED:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series A, 1,000,000 designated - 1,000,000 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series B, 3,000,000 designated - 2,588,693 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
|
|
|
2,589
|
|
|
|
2,589
|
|
|
Convertible
Preferred Series C – 3,000,000 shares designated, zero shares
issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and
2018
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
Common
stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,
177,629,939 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019
and 136,953,904 as of December 31, 2018
|
|
|
177,630
|
|
|
|
136,954
|
|
|
Subscriptions
payable
|
|
|
574,256
|
|
|
|
168,006
|
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital
|
|
|
13,279,749
|
|
|
|
12,567,881
|
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
(32,831,093
|
)
|
|
|
(18,802,928
|
)
|
|
Total
stockholders' deficit
|
|
|
(18,795,869
|
)
|
|
|
(5,926,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
|
|
$
|
15,453,753
|
|
|
$
|
10,821,717
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
For the years
ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUES:
|
|
|
|
Products
|
$53,605
|
$119,860
|
|
Services
|
10,158,772
|
817,209
|
|
Total
Revenues
|
10,212,377
|
937,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF
SALES:
|
|
|
|
Products
|
55,470
|
121,904
|
|
Services
|
5,856,531
|
1,627,130
|
|
Total Costs of
Sales
|
5,912,001
|
1,749,034
|
|
Gross profit
(loss)
|
4,300,376
|
(811,965)
|
|
EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
Sales and
marketing
|
55,882
|
58,712
|
|
Professional
|
1,888,047
|
1,695,053
|
|
Payroll and
related
|
1,513,050
|
802,142
|
|
General and
administrative
|
1,542,886
|
802,772
|
|
Depreciation
|
591,069
|
213,823
|
|
Amortization
|
868,622
|
760,350
|
|
Total
expenses
|
6,459,556
|
4,332,852
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from
operations
|
(2,159,180)
|
(5,144,817)
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER INCOME
(EXPENSE)
|
|
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
(7,476,908)
|
—
|
|
Gain on conversions
and settlements of debt and notes payable
|
138,815
|
—
|
|
Impairment of
goodwill and intangible assets
|
(949,872)
|
—
|
|
Interest
expense
|
(3,581,020)
|
(232,672)
|
|
Total
other income (expenses)
|
(11,868,985)
|
(232,672)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss before
income taxes
|
(14,028,165)
|
(5,377,489)
|
|
Income
taxes
|
—
|
—
|
|
NET
LOSS
|
$(14,028,165)
|
$(5,377,489)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss per common
shares-basic and diluted
|
$(0.10)
|
$(0.04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
common shares outstanding-basic and diluted
|
141,594,930
|
136,953,904
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
|
|
Series
A
Preferred
Stock
|
Series
B
Preferred
Stock
|
Common
Stock
|
Subscriptions
|
Additional
Paid-in
|
Accumulated
|
||||
|
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Payable
|
Capital
|
Deficit
|
Total
|
|
Balance as of
December 31, 2017
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
136,953,904
|
$136,954
|
$25,235
|
$10,341,442
|
$(13,425,439)
|
$(2,918,219)
|
|
Common stock
contributed by officer for services
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
169,271
|
729,252
|
—
|
898,523
|
|
Issuance of stock
options for services
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
256,187
|
—
|
256,187
|
|
Conversion of debt
for subscription payable
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
2,000
|
—
|
—
|
2,000
|
|
Cash received for
acquisition of common shares
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
367,500
|
—
|
367,500
|
|
Common stock
contributed by officer for subscription payable
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(35,000)
|
35,000
|
—
|
—
|
|
Common stock
contributed by officer for acquisition of Blue Collar
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
6,500
|
838,500
|
—
|
845,000
|
|
Net
Loss
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(5,377,489)
|
(5,377,489)
|
|
Balance as of
December 31, 2018
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
136,953,904
|
$136,954
|
$168,006
|
$12,567,881
|
$(18,802,928)
|
$(5,926,498)
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT-
CONTINUED
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
|
|
Series
A
Preferred
Stock
|
Series
B
Preferred
Stock
|
Common
Stock
|
Subscriptions
|
Additional
Paid-in
|
Accumulated
|
||||
|
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Payable
|
Capital
|
Deficit
|
Total
|
|
Balance as
of
December 31,
2018
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
136,953,904
|
$136,954
|
$168,006
|
$12,567,881
|
$(18,802,928)
|
$(5,926,498)
|
|
Common stock
issuable for director services
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
406,250
|
—
|
—
|
406,250
|
|
Stock options
issued for services
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
|
140,668
|
—
|
140,668
|
|
Common stock issued
for convertible promissory notes
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
40,676,035
|
40,676
|
—
|
571,200
|
—
|
611,876
|
|
Net
Loss
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
—
|
(14,028,165)
|
(14,028,165)
|
|
Balance as
of
December 31,
2019
|
1,000,000
|
$1,000
|
2,588,693
|
$2,589
|
177,629,939
|
$177,630
|
$574,256
|
$13,279,749
|
$(32,831,093)
|
$(18,795,869)
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
For the years
ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Cash flows from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
$(14,028,165)
|
$(5,377,489)
|
|
Adjustments to
reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
591,069
|
213,823
|
|
Amortization
|
868,622
|
760,350
|
|
Amortization
of debt discount
|
2,797,185
|
—
|
|
Accretion
of interest
|
—
|
29,681
|
|
Gain
on conversions and settlements of debt and notes
payable
|
(138,815)
|
—
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
7,476,908
|
—
|
|
Impairment
of goodwill and intangible assets
|
949,877
|
—
|
|
Share-based
compensation: Common stock issuable to directors
|
406,250
|
864,079
|
|
Stock
options issued for services
|
140,668
|
256,187
|
|
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities:
|
—
|
—
|
|
Decrease
(increase) in accounts receivable
|
(330,883)
|
232,218
|
|
Decrease
in prepaid expenses and other assets
|
57,340
|
19,805
|
|
Increase
in accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
766,867
|
1,482,590
|
|
Increase
in deferred revenue
|
69,291
|
602,349
|
|
Net
change in operating lease assets and liabilities
|
45,535
|
—
|
|
Net
cash used in operating activities
|
(328,251)
|
(916,407)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from
investing activities:
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of property and equipment
|
(103,515)
|
(1,336)
|
|
Payment
for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
(798,386)
|
41,950
|
|
Net
cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
(901,901)
|
40,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from
financing activities:
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from stock subscriptions
|
—
|
367,500
|
|
Proceeds
from debt – related party
|
293,707
|
574,694
|
|
Proceeds
from debt – third party
|
2,613,047
|
20,000
|
|
Payments
on loans, advances and agreements
|
(1,440,139)
|
(76,136)
|
|
Payments
on notes payable – related parties
|
(50,720)
|
—
|
|
Payments
on financing lease liabilities
|
(25,357)
|
(14,859)
|
|
Net
cash provided by financing activities
|
1,390,538
|
871,199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in
cash
|
160,386
|
(4,594)
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents – beginning of period
|
31,786
|
36,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents – end of period
|
$192,172
|
$31,786
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash
used for:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Interest
expense
|
$—
|
$11,292
|
|
Taxes
|
$—
|
$—
|
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activity:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Discount on
derivative financial instruments
|
1,774,000
|
—
|
|
Common stock issued
for prepaid expenses
|
—
|
479,250
|
|
Common stock issued
for acquisition of Blue Collar
|
$—
|
$845,000
|
|
Note Payable issued
for acquisition of Blue Collar, net of discount
|
$—
|
$1,533,217
|
|
Stock subscription
payable issued for conversion of debt
|
$—
|
$2,000
|
|
Liabilities assumed
in SpeedConnect asset acquisition
|
$7,057,041
|
$—
|
|
Common stock issued
for convertible promissory notes
|
$611,876
|
—
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements
TPT Global Tech, Inc.
NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER
31, 2019
NOTE
1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Nature
of Operations
The
Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of
Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June
2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation,
(“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty
Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma
issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the
owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common
stock of TPT Global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name
to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the
Company” or “TPTG”).
The
following acquisitions have resulted in entities which have been
consolidated into TPTG. In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets
of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global
Telecom International LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective
January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the
outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc.
(“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC
(“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada
Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”).
Effective September 30, 2016, the company acquired 100% ownership
in San Diego Media Inc. (“SDM”). In October 2017, we
entered into agreements to acquire Blue Collar, Inc. (“Blue
Collar”) which closed as of September 1, 2018. On May 7, 2019
we completed the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect, LLC, which assets were conveyed into our wholly owned
subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect, LLC (“TPT SC” or
“TPT SpeedConnect”) which was formed on April 16,
2019.
We are
based in San Diego, California, and operate as a Media Content Hub
for Domestic and International syndication
Technology/Telecommunications company operating on our own
proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications
infrastructure platform and also provide technology solutions to
businesses domestically and worldwide. We are a rural Broadband
Wireless Access (BWA) provider, Software as a Service (SaaS),
Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified
Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance
and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and
wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS
services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest
voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global
technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for
Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent
Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid
Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global
Roaming Cellphones. In addition, we create media marketing
materials and content.
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles
of Consolidation
Our
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of K Telecom
and Global Telecom, Copperhead Digital, SDM, Blue Collar and TPT
SpeedConnect. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.
Revenue
Recognition
On
January 1, 2018, we adopted the new accounting standard ASC
606, Revenue from Contracts
with Customers, and all of the related amendments
(“new revenue standard”). We recorded the change, which
was immaterial, related to adopting the new revenue standard using
the modified retrospective method. Under this method, we recognized
the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue
standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings. This results in no restatement of prior periods, which
continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect
for those periods. We expect the impact of the adoption of the new
revenue standard to continue to be immaterial on an ongoing basis.
We have applied the new revenue standard to all contracts as of the
date of initial application and as such, have used the following
criteria described below in more detail for each business
unit:
Identify the contract with the
customer.
Identify the performance
obligations in the contract.
Determine the transaction
price.
Allocate the transaction price
to performance obligations in the contract.
Recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance
obligation.
Reserves are recorded as a reduction in net sales and are not
considered material to our consolidated statements of income for
the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. In
addition, we invoice our customers for taxes assessed by
governmental authorities such as sales tax and value added taxes,
where applicable. We present these taxes on a net
basis.
The
Company’s revenue generation for the last two years came from
the following sources disaggregated by services and products, which
sources are explained in detail below.
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
TPT
SpeedConnect
|
$8,002,875
|
$—
|
|
Copperhead
Digital
|
189,511
|
400,763
|
|
San Diego
Media
|
23,683
|
169,142
|
|
Blue
Collar
|
1,941,955
|
219,474
|
|
Other
|
749
|
27,830
|
|
Total Services
Revenues
|
$10,158,772
|
$817,209
|
|
K Telecom –
Product revenue
|
53,605
|
119,860
|
|
Total
Revenues
|
$10,212,377
|
$937,069
|
TPT
SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom Revenue
TPT
SpeedConnect is a rural Internet provider operating in 10
Midwestern States under the trade name SpeedConnect. TPT SC’s
primary business model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly
reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet
connections. In addition, the company resells third-party satellite
and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from
sales of telecommunications services is recognized as the
transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer
receives and accepts the services that were the result of the
transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction
prices. Due date is detailed on monthly invoices distributed to
customer. Services billed monthly in advance are deferred to the
proper period as needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities
for cash received before performance obligations for monthly
services are satisfied. Deferred revenue at December 31, 2019 is
$305,741. Certain of our products require specialized installation
and equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if
the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate
element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and
installation revenue is recognized when the installation is
complete. The Installation Technician collects the signed quote
containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment
at customer premises.
Revenue
for installation services and equipment is billed separately from
recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment
is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and
telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period,
or as services are rendered and accepted by the
customer.
The
overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized
when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally
small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most
contracts are for two years or less, the impact of not recognizing
installation fees over the contract is immaterial.
Copperhead
Digital: ISP and Telecom Revenue
Copperhead
Digital is a regional internet and telecom services provider
operating in Arizona under the trade name Trucom. Copperhead
Digital operates as a wireless telecommunications Internet Service
Provider (“ISP”) facilitating both residential and
commercial accounts. Copperhead Digital’s primary business
model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues,
from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In
addition, the company resells third-party satellite and DSL
internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of
telecommunications services is recognized as the transaction with
the customer is considered closed and the customer receives and
accepts the services that were the result of the transaction. There
are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date is
detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services
billed monthly in advance are deferred to the proper period as
needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities for cash received
before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied.
Certain of our products require specialized installation and
equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if the
installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate
element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and
installation revenue is recognized when the installation is
complete. The Installation Technician collects the signed quote
containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment
at customer premises.
Revenue
for installation services and equipment is billed separately from
recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment
is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and
telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period,
or as services are rendered and accepted by the
customer
The
overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized
when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally
small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most
contracts are for a year or less, the impact of not recognizing
installation fees over the contract is immaterial.
K
Telecom: Prepaid Phones and SIM Cards Revenue
K
Telecom generates revenue from reselling prepaid phones, SIM cards,
and rechargeable minute traffic for prepaid phones to its customers
(primarily retail outlets). Product sales occur at the
customer’s locations, at which time delivery occurs and cash
or check payment is received. The Company recognizes the revenue
when they receive payment at the time of delivery. There are no
financing terms or variable transaction prices.
SDM:
Ecommerce, Email Marketing and Web Design Services
SDM
generates revenue by providing ecommerce, email marketing and web
design solutions to small and large commercial businesses, complete
with monthly software support, updates and maintenance. Services
are billed monthly. There are no financing terms or variable
transaction prices. Platform infrastructure support is a prepaid
service billed in monthly recurring increments. The services are
billed a month in advance and due prior to services being rendered.
The revenue is deferred when invoiced and booked in the month the
service is provided. There is no deferred revenue at December 31,
2019 or 2018. Software support services (including software
upgrades) are billed in real time, on the first of the month. Web
design service revenues are recognized upon completion of specific
projects. Revenue is booked in the month the services are rendered
and payments are due on the final day of the month. There are
usually no contract revenues that are deferred until services are
performed.
Blue
Collar: Media Production Services
Blue
Collar creates original live action and animated content
productions, and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the
television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.
Blue Collar designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had
agreements with some of the world’s largest companies
including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500
companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and
home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony,
DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount
Studios, and Warner Brothers. With regard to revenue recognition,
Blue Collar receives an agreement from each client to perform
defined work. Some agreements are written, some are verbal. Work
may include creation of marketing materials and/or content
creation. Some work may be short term and take weeks to create and
some work may be longer and take months to create. There are
instances where customer agreements segregate identifiable
obligations (like filming on site vs. film editing and final
production) with separate transaction pricing. The performance
obligation is generally satisfied upon delivery of such film or
production products, at which time revenue is recognized. There are
no financing terms or variable transaction prices.
Share-based
Compensation
The
Company is required to measure and recognize compensation expense
for all share-based payment awards (including stock options) made
to employees and directors based on estimated fair value.
Compensation expense for equity-classified awards is measured at
the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is
recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service
period.
The
Company records compensation expense related to non-employees that
are awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services and
recognizes compensation expenses over the vesting period of such
awards.
Income Taxes
Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the year in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
our income tax provision in the period of enactment.
We
recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that
these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making
such a determination, we consider all available positive and
negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable
temporary differences, projected future taxable income,
tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations,
including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that
we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future
in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment
to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce
our income tax provision.
We
account for uncertain tax positions using a
“more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We
evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider
various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law,
the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in
tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit,
new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to
a tax position.
It is
our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties
related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of
the consolidated statements of operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The
company considers all investments with a maturity date of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. There are no
cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Accounts Receivable
We
establish an allowance for potential uncollectible accounts
receivable. All accounts receivable 60 days past due are considered
uncollectible unless there are circumstances that support
collectability. Those circumstances are documented. As of December
31, 2019 and 2018, the allowance for uncollectible accounts
receivable was $881,676 and $49,191, respectively. Receivables are
charged off when collection efforts cease.
Property and Equipment
Property
and equipment are stated at cost or fair value if acquired as part
of a business combination. Depreciation is computed by the
straight-line method and is charged to operations over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are
charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amount of accumulated
depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the
accounts in the year of disposal and any resulting gain or loss in
s included in results of operations. The estimated useful lives of
property and equipment are telecommunications network - 5 years,
telecommunications equipment - 7 to 10 years, and computers and
office equipment - 3 years.
Long-Lived Assets.
We periodically review the carrying amount of our depreciable
long-lived assets for impairment. An asset is considered
impaired when estimated future cash flows are less than the
carrying amount of the asset. In the event the carrying amount
of such asset is not considered recoverable, the asset is adjusted
to its fair value. Fair value is generally determined based on
discounted future cash flow.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various
business combinations and represents the difference between the
purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and
intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition
method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject
to periodic review for impairment.
We test goodwill balances for impairment on an annual basis as
of December 31st
or whenever impairment indicators
arise. We utilize several reporting units in evaluating
goodwill for impairment using a quantitative assessment, which uses
a combination of a guideline public company market-based approach
and a discounted cash flow income-based approach. The quantitative
assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting
unit exceeds its fair value, in which case an impairment charge is
recorded to the extent the reporting unit’s carrying value
exceeds its fair value. Based on our impairment testing as
of December 31, 2019, we recorded and impairment charge of $70,995
of goodwill. We did not consider an impairment charge necessary as
of December 31, 2018.
Our
intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships,
developed technology, favorable leases, trademarks and the film
library. The majority of our intangible assets were recorded in
connection with our various business combinations. Our intangible
assets are recorded at fair value at the time of their acquisition.
Intangible assets are amortized over
their estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Estimated
useful lives are determined considering the period the assets are
expected to contribute to future cash flows. We evaluate the
recoverability of our intangible assets periodically and take into
account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of
useful lives or that indicate impairment exists. As of
December 31, 2019, we performed evaluations that resulted in an
impairment of intangible assets of $878,877. There was no
impairment charge to intangibles considered necessary as of
December 31, 2018.
Business Acquisitions
Our
business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above
the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible asset.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of
intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives.
The fair value estimates are based on available historical
information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed
reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.
We
generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of
intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected
future cash flows attributable to the respective assets.
Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations
reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and
include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including
expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product
life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative
market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.
Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may
occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates
and assumptions.
Net
assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to
adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.
Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share
The
Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC
260, “Earning per Share””. ASC 260 requires
presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share
(“EPS”) on the face of thee income statement. Basic EPS
is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common
shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares
outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives
effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during
the period using the treasury stock method and convertible
preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted
EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining
the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of
stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive
potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of December
31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had shares that were potentially
common stock equivalents as follows:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Convertible
Debt
|
5,476,108
|
4,252,555
|
|
Convertible
Promissory Notes
|
1,500,911,539
|
—
|
|
Series A Preferred
Stock (1)
|
199,728,891
|
128,056,506
|
|
Series B Preferred
Stock
|
2,588,693
|
2,588,693
|
|
Stock Options and
warrants
|
6,333,333
|
3,093,120
|
|
|
1,715,038,564
|
137,990,874
|
(1)
Holder of the
Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, is guaranteed
60% of outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would
have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only
1,000,000,000 shares are currently authorized.
Concentration of Credit Risk, Off-Balance Sheet Risks and Other
Risks and Uncertainties
Financial
instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit
risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts
receivable. We invest our excess cash primarily in high quality
securities and limit the amount of our credit exposure to any one
financial institution. We do not require collateral or other
securities to support customer receivables; however, we perform
on-going credit evaluations of our customers and maintain
allowances for potential credit losses.
At
December 31, 2019 and 2018, two customer accounts receivable
balances were 91% and 28%, respectively, of our aggregate accounts
receivable or revenues.
Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial
Instruments
Our
primary financial instruments at December 31, 2019 and 2018
consisted of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable and debt. We apply fair value measurement accounting to
either record or disclose the value of our financial assets and
liabilities in our financial statements. Fair value is defined as
the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to
transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A
fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of
observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
Described
below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure
fair value:
Level 1 Quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Observable inputs other
than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets
or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that
are supported by little or no market activity and that are
significant to the fair value of the assets or
liabilities.
Research and Development
Our
research and development programs focus on telecommunications
products and services. Research and development costs are expensed
as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund
our research and development activities reduce the recorded
research and development expenses.
Advertising Costs
Advertising
costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising
costs of $0 and $220 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively.
Use of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with United
States generally accepted accounting principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ materially from those
estimates. The Company’s consolidated financial statements
reflect all adjustments that management believes are necessary for
the fair presentation of their financial condition and results of
operations for the periods presented.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative
financial instruments, as defined in ASC 815, “Accounting for
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”,
consist of financial instruments or other contracts that contain a
notional amount and one or more underlying (e.g. interest rate,
security price or other variable), require no initial net
investment and permit net settlement. Derivative financial
instruments may be free-standing or embedded in other financial
instruments. Further, derivative financial instruments are
initially, and subsequently, measured at fair value and recorded as
liabilities or, in rare instances, assets.
The
Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge
exposures to cash-flow, market or foreign-currency risks. However,
the Company had issued financial instruments including convertible
promissory notes payable with features during 2017 that were either
(i) not afforded equity classification, (ii) embody risks not
clearly and closely related to host contracts, or (iii) may be
net-cash settled by the counterparty. As required by ASC 815, in
certain instances, these instruments are required to be carried as
derivative liabilities, at fair value, in our financial
statements.
The
Company estimates the fair values of derivative financial
instruments using the Black-Scholes option valuation technique.
Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments requires
the development of significant and subjective estimates (such as
volatility, estimated life and interest rates) that may, and are
likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related
changes in internal and external market factors. In addition,
option-based techniques are highly volatile and sensitive to
changes in the trading market price of our common stock, which has
a high-historical volatility. Since derivative financial
instruments are initially and subsequently carried at fair values,
the Company’s operating results will reflect the volatility
in these estimate and assumption changes.
The Company issued convertible promissory notes which are
convertible into common stock, at holders’ option, at a
discount to the market price of the Company’s common stock.
The Company has identified the embedded derivatives related to
these notes relating to certain anti-dilutive (reset) provisions.
These embedded derivatives included certain conversion features.
The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments
requires that the Company record fair value of the derivatives as
of the inception date of debenture and to fair value as of each
subsequent reporting date.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company marked to market the fair
value of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of
$8,836,514 ($8,833,465 from the convertible notes and $3,049 from
the warrants) in Note 6. The Company recorded a loss from change in
fair value of debt derivatives of $7,476,908 for the year ended
December 31, 2019. The fair value of the embedded derivatives was
determined using Monte Carlo simulation method based on the
following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2) expected
volatility of 178.2% to 278.9%, (3) weighted average risk-free
interest rate of 1.55% to 1.88% (4) expected life of 0.72 to 5.0
years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.045 to $0.098 for the
Company’s common stock.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In June
2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee
Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends ASC 718, Compensation
– Stock Compensation. This ASU requires that most of the
guidance related to stock compensation granted to employees be
followed for non-employees, including the measurement date,
valuation approach, and performance conditions. The expense is
recognized in the same period as though cash were paid for the good
or service. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year
2020, with early adoption permitted, including in interim periods.
The ASU has been adopted using a modified-retrospective transition
approach. The adoption is not considered to have a material effect
on the consolidated financial statements.
In
February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and
subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU
2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20 and ASU 2019-01 (collectively,
Topic 842). Topic 842 requires lessees to classify leases as either
finance or operating leases and to record a right-of-use asset and
a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months
regardless of the lease classification. We adopted Topic 842 using
the effective date, January 2019, as the date of our initial
application of the standard. Consequently, financial information
for the comparative periods will not be updated. Our finance and
operating lease commitments are subject to the new standard and
recognized as finance and operating lease liabilities and
right-of-use assets upon our adoption of Topic 842, which increased
our total assets and total liabilities that we report relative to
such amounts prior to adoption.
Management
has reviewed other recently issued accounting pronouncements and
have determined there are not any that would have a material impact
on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS
SpeedConnect Asset Acquisition
Effective April 2, 2019, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase
Agreement with SpeedConnect, LLC (“SpeedConnect”) to
acquire substantially all of the assets of SpeedConnect in order to
add revenue generating opportunities to its telecommunications
activities. On May 7, 2019, the Company closed the transaction
underlying the Asset Purchase Agreement with SpeedConnect for a
purchase price of $2 million and the assumption of certain
liabilities. The Asset Purchase Agreement required a deposit of
$500,000 made in April and an additional $500,000 payment to close.
Both payments were made and all other conditions were met to
effectuate the sale of substantially all of the assets of
SpeedConnect to the Company. As part of the closing, the Company
entered into a Promissory Note to pay SpeedConnect $1,000,000 in
two equal installments of $500,000 plus applicable interest at 10%
per annum with the first installment payable within 30 days of
closing and the second installment payable within 60 days of
closing (but no later than July 6, 2019). The Company paid off the
Promissory Note by June 11, 2019 and by amendment dated May 7,
2019, SpeedConnect forgave $250,000 of the Promissory Note to help
provide working capital needs and for payment of liabilities
assumed.
The
Company treated the asset acquisition as a business combination and
has allocated the fair market value to assets received in excess of
goodwill.
Purchase
Price Allocation:
Included
in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2019 are the results of operations for TPT
SpeedConnect for the period May 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019 as
follows:
|
|
2019
|
|
Revenue
|
$8,002,875
|
|
Cost of
Sales
|
4,826,475
|
|
Gross
Profit
|
3,176,400
|
|
Expenses
|
(1,999,221)
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
—
|
|
Income
taxes
|
—
|
|
Net
Income
|
$1,177,179
|
Blue Collar Acquisition
The
Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement on
November 3, 2017, but amended on February 9, 2018, March 29, 2018
and August 16, 2018, to be effective September 1, 2018 with Blue
Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a media production company
and California Corporation and its shareholders, to acquire 100% of
the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment,
furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted
Common Stock and $1,600,000 (which was determined to have a fair
value of approximately $1,533,000) in a Seller note payable that is
to be paid within eight months of September 1, 2018, as amended in
August 2018, and bears annual interest of 3% (12% interest upon
default). See Notes 5 and 8. The acquisition is a key element in
the Company’s overall strategic plans. Change in control took
place on September 1, 2018 with the addition of senior company
personnel being added to the Board of Directors of Blue Collar and
on all bank accounts.
The
Company applied the acquisition method of accounting to the
business combination and has valued each of the assets acquired and
liabilities. The assets and liabilities were deemed to be recorded
at fair value as of the acquisition date of September 1,
2018.
Purchase
Price Allocation:
Included
in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018 are the results of operations for Blue
Collar for the year ended December 31, 2019 and four months ended
December 31, 2018 which are the following:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Revenue
|
$1,941,955
|
$219,474
|
|
Cost of
Sales
|
751,349
|
215,973
|
|
Gross
Profit
|
1,190,606
|
3,501
|
|
Expenses
|
(642,489)
|
(301,105)
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
(119,359)
|
(66,571)
|
|
Income
taxes
|
—
|
—
|
|
Net Income
(Loss)
|
$428,758
|
$(364,175)
|
The
following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations
for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, as well as
unaudited proforma consolidated results of operations as though the
acquisition of the assets of SpeedConnect LLC and the acquisition
of Blue Collar had occurred on January 1, 2018:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Revenue
|
$14,975,205
|
$19,680,022
|
|
Cost of
Sales
|
8,915,851
|
11,653,419
|
|
Gross
Profit
|
6,059,354
|
8,026,603
|
|
Expenses
|
(7,992,220)
|
(9,883,572)
|
|
Derivative
Expense
|
(7,476,908)
|
—
|
|
Gain on conversions
and settlements
|
138,815
|
—
|
|
Impairment
|
(949,872)
|
—
|
|
Interest
Expense
|
(3,581,020)
|
(275,935)
|
|
Income
Taxes
|
—
|
—
|
|
Net
Loss
|
$(13,801,851)
|
$(2,132,904)
|
|
Loss per
share
|
$(0.10)
|
$(0.02)
|
The
unaudited proforma results of operations are presented for
information purposes only. The unaudited proforma results of
operations are not intended to present actual results that would
have been attained had the asset acquisition of the assets of
SpeedConnect LLC and the acquisition of Blue Collar been completed
as of January 1, 2018 or to project potential operating results as
of any future date or for any future periods.
Total Industrial Plant Services, Inc. Acquisition and Subsequent
Termination
On
April 18, 2018, the Company entered into an Acquisition and
Purchase Agreement in draft form with Total Industrial Plant
Services, Inc. (“TIPS”), a Texas Corporation and its
shareholders, to acquire the assets, intellectual property and
technology for 3,000,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and
$2,500,000 payable at closing. A condition upon closing was that
TIPS’ financial information, including existing contracts and
projected contract revenue levels, was to be audited by a SEC
Certified Public Accounting firm in accordance with SEC
requirements.
Shortly
after the date of the agreement, which was in draft form, the
Company determined that the terms under the Acquisition and
Purchase Agreement, on TIPS’ part, were unperformable and
that several representations made by TIPS were not accurate. As
such, the Company verbally terminated the Acquisition and Purchase
Agreement. On August 29, 2018, the Company gave written notice of
termination to TIPS.
Separately,
during the due diligence phase, the Company extended TIPS $37,950
in working capital. The Company was working with TIPS on a
repayment plan but has made the determination to provide for an
allowance for bad debt of 100% of this balance as of December 31,
2019 and 2018.
HRS Agreement and Subsequent Rescission
On
November 1, 2017, as amended February 9, 2018, the Company entered
into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Hollywood Riviera
LLC and HRS Mobile LLC and their members who share common ownership
to acquire 100% ownership interest in both of these companies for
3,265,000 restricted Common Stock and, and $3,350,000 in cash to be
used to retire debt and pay for ownership interests. In conjunction
with this Acquisition, 3,265,000 shares of restricted Common Stock
were issued during 2017. On March 28, 2018, by mutual agreement,
this Agreement was rescinded and the 3,625,000 shares of common
stock are being returned by the recipients and have been recorded
as $3,625 in stock subscription receivable as of December 31, 2019
and 2018. These common shares have yet to be returned as of the
issuance of these financial statements.
NOTE
3 – GOING CONCERN
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
assuming that the Company will continue as a going
concern.
Cash
flows generated from operating activities were not enough to
support all working capital requirements for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018. Financing activities described below
have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We
incurred $14,028,165 and $5,377,489, respectively, in losses, and
we used $328,251 and $916,407, respectively, in cash for operations
for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Cash flows from
financing activities were $1,390,538 and $871,199 for the same
periods. These factors raise substantial doubt about the ability of
the Company to continue as a going concern for a period of one year
from the issuance of these financial statements. The financial
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from
the outcome of this uncertainty.
On February 25, 2020, the Company entered into another factoring
agreement with Advantage Capital Funding (“2020 Factoring
Agreement”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $716,720
for which the Company received $500,000, net of fees. Under the
2020 Factoring Agreement, the Company will pay $14,221 per week for
50 weeks.
On February 14, 2020, the Company agreement to a Secured Promissory
Note with a third party for $90,000. The Secured Promissory Note is
secured by the assets of the Company and is due June 14, 2020 or
earlier in case the Company is successful in raising other monies
and carries an annual interest charge of 10% payable with the
principal. The Secured Promissory Note is also convertible at the
option of the holder into an equivalent amount of Series D
Preferred Stock.
In
order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one
year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need
to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for
companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional
debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow
positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those
actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us
to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing
arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional
debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly
reduce or cease operations.
NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment and related accumulated
depreciation as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as
follows:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Property and
equipment:
|
|
|
|
Telecommunications
fiber and equipment
|
$5,203,000
|
3,274,045
|
|
Film production
equipment
|
369,903
|
369,903
|
|
Office furniture
and equipment
|
85,485
|
82,014
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
18,679
|
18,679
|
|
Accumulated
depreciation
|
(1,253,919)
|
(697,699)
|
|
Property and
equipment, net
|
$4,423,148
|
3,046,942
|
Depreciation
expense was $591,069 and $213,823 for the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, respectively.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had a change in
useful life for its telecommunications fiber and equipment related
to Copperhead Digital resulting from managements evaluation of its
remaining useful life in light of the decrease in revenues for
which it was being used. The useful life was decreased from its
original 20 years when it was acquired in 2015 to five
years.
NOTE
5 – DEBT FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Financing
arrangements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as
follows:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Business loans and
advances (1)
|
$1,121,640
|
615,692
|
|
Convertible notes
payable (2)
|
2,101,649
|
15,000
|
|
Factoring
agreements (3)
|
223,618
|
101,244
|
|
Debt – third
party
|
$3,446,907
|
731,936
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit,
related party secured by assets (4)
|
$3,043,390
|
3,043,390
|
|
Debt– other
related party, net of discounts (5)
|
5,950,000
|
5,912,898
|
|
Convertible debt
– related party (6)
|
922,881
|
801,888
|
|
Shareholder debt
(7)
|
303,688
|
181,694
|
|
Debt –
related party
|
$10,219,959
|
9,939,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financing
arrangements
|
$13,666,866
|
10,671,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less current
portion:
|
|
|
|
Loans,
advances and agreements – third party
|
$(344,758)
|
(716,936)
|
|
Convertible notes
payable third party
|
(2,101,649)
|
(10,000
|
|
Debt –
related party, net of discount
|
(9,297,078)
|
(9,137,982)
|
|
Convertible notes
payable– related party
|
(534,381)
|
(202,688)
|
|
|
(12,277,866)
|
(10,067,606)
|
|
Total long term
debt
|
$1,389,000
|
604,200
|
(1) The
terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of
Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 1 month Libor plus
2%, 3.76% as of December 31, 2019, and is secured by assets of the
Company, is due August 31, 2020, as amended, and included 8,000
stock options as part of the terms which options expired December
31, 2019 (see Note 7).
$500,500
is a line of credit that Blue Collar has with a bank, bears
interest at Prime plus 1.125%, 5.88% as of December 31, 2019, and
is due March 25, 2021.
$500,000
is a bank loan dated May 28, 2019 which bears interest at Prime
plus 6%, 10.75% as of December 31, 2019, is interest only for the
first year, thereafter payable monthly of principal and interest
until the due date of May 1, 2022. The bank loan is collateralized
by assets of the Company.
$10,000
is an amount the bears interest at 6%, subsequently increased to
11%, as it was due and not repaid on October 10, 2018. This amount
and related accrued interest was paid off in March
2020.
The
remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%,
have maturity dates that are due on demand or are past due, are
unsecured and are classified as current in the balance
sheets.
On February 14, 2020, the Company agreement to a Secured Promissory
Note with a third party for $90,000. The Secured Promissory Note is
secured by the assets of the Company and is due June 14, 2020 or
earlier in case the Company is successful in raising other monies
and carries an annual interest charge of 10% payable with the
principal. The Secured Promissory Note is also convertible at the
option of the holder into an equivalent amount of Series D
Preferred Stock. The Secured Promissory Note also includes a
guaranty by the CEO of the Company, Stephen J. Thomas
III.
(2) During
2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount
of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and
$5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which are due May 1, 2020
and bear 6% annual interest (12% default interest rate). The
convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25
per share.
During
2019, the Company consummated Securities Purchase Agreements dated
March 15, 2019, April 12, 2019, May 15, 2019, June 6, 2019 and
August 22, 2019 with Geneva Roth Remark Holdings, Inc.
(“Geneva Roth”) for the purchase of convertible
promissory notes in the amounts of $68,000, $65,000, $58,000,
$53,000 and $43,000 (“Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory
Notes”). The Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory Notes are due
one year from issuance, pays interest at the rate of 12% (principal
amount increases 150%-200% and interest rate increases to 24% under
default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time to
time, and at any time during the period beginning 180 days from the
origination date to the maturity date or date of default to convert
all or any part of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is 61% multiplied by the average of
the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory Notes may be prepaid in
whole or in part of the outstanding balance at 125% to 140% up to
180 days from origination. Prior to December 31, 2019, Geneva Roth
converted a total of $133,000 of principal and $3,900 of accrued
interest of the March 15, 2019 and April 12, 2019 Securities
Purchase Agreements into 17,832,948 shares of common stock of the
Company leaving no outstanding principal balances on the March 15,
2019 and April 12, 2019 Securities Purchase Agreements. Subsequent
to December 31, 2019, Geneva Roth converted another $111,000 of
principal and $4,780 of accrued interest into 107,613,598 shares of
common stock of the Company leaving zero balances on the May 15,
2019 and June 6, 2019 Securities Purchase Agreements. In addition,
on February 13, 2020 the August 22, 2019 Securities Purchase
Agreement was repaid for $63,086, including a premium and accrued
interest.
On March 25, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement dated March 18, 2019 with Auctus Fund, LLC.
(“Auctus”) for the purchase of a $600,000 Convertible
Promissory Note (“Auctus Convertible Promissory Note”).
The Auctus Convertible Promissory Note is due December 18, 2019,
pays interest at the rate of 12% (24% default) per annum and gives
the holder the right from time to time, and at any time during the
period beginning 180 days from the origination date or at the
effective date of the registration of the underlying shares of
common stock, which the holder has registration rights for, to
convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is the lessor of the lowest trading price during
the previous 25 trading days prior the date of the Auctus
Convertible Promissory Note or 50% multiplied by the average of the
two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the previous
25 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date. The Auctus
Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150%
up to 180 days from origination. Auctus converted $46,600 of
accrued interest into 10,000,000 shares of common stock of the
Company prior to December 31, 2019. Subsequent to December 31,
2019, Auctus converted another $22,409 of principal and $90,868 of
accrued interest into 305,976,668 shares of common stock of the
Company. 2,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction with the
issuance of this debt. See Note 8.
On June 4, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with Odyssey Capital Funding, LLC.
(“Odyssey”) for the purchase of a $525,000 Convertible
Promissory Note (“Odyssey Convertible Promissory
Note”). The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note is due June
3, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% ( 24% default) per annum
and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any time
during the period beginning six months from the issuance date to
convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the average of
the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at
125% to 145% up to 180 days from origination. Subsequent to
December 31, 2019, Odyssey converted $43,500 of principal and
$3,440 of accrued interest into 48,621,516 shares of common stock
of the Company.
On June 6, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with JSJ Investments Inc. (“JSJ”) for the
purchase of a $112,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“JSJ
Convertible Promissory Note”). The JSJ Convertible Promissory
Note is due June 6, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% per
annum and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any
time during the period beginning 180 days from the origination date
to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is the lower of the market price, as
defined, or 55% multiplied by the average of the two lowest trading
prices for the common stock during the previous 20 trading days
prior to the applicable conversion date. The JSJ Convertible
Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180
days from origination. JSJ converted $39,946 of principal into
12,843,087 shares of common stock of the Company prior to December
31, 2019. Subsequent to December 31, 2019, JSJ converted another
$3,734 of principal into 5,656,913 shares of common stock of the
Company. In addition, on February 25, 2020 the Company repaid for
$97,000, including a premium and accrued interest, for all
remaining principal and accrued interest balances as of that day.
333,333 warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of
this debt. See Note 8.
On June 11, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with EMA Financial, LLC. (“EMA”) for the
purchase of a $250,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“EMA
Convertible Promissory Note”). The EMA Convertible Promissory
Note is due June 11, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12%
(principal amount increases 200% and interest rate increases to 24%
under default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time
to time to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock
of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of
the Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the lowest
traded price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading
days prior to the applicable conversion date. The EMA Convertible
Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180
days from origination. Subsequent to December 31, 2019, EMA
converted $35,366 of principal into 147,700,000 shares of common
stock of the Company. 1,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction
with the issuance of this debt. See Note 8.
The
Company may be in default under several of its new derivative
financial instruments for not having filed a Form S-1 Registration
Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission by now. It is
the intent of the Company to pay back all derivative securities as
soon as possible and is in negotiation for financing to do so. In
addition, the Company is in negotiation to not have to file a Form
S-1registrations statement to register certain underlying shares of
common stock for warrants that were issued with the derivative
securities. Otherwise, the Company may have to file a Form S-1 to
register these underlying common shares.
(3) The Factoring Agreement with full recourse, due August
31, 2020, as amended, was established in June 2016 with a company
that is controlled by a shareholder and is personally guaranteed by
an officer of the Company. The Factoring Agreement is such that the
Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each
advance received against accounts receivable or future billings.
The Company was advanced funds from the Factoring Agreement for
which $101,244 and $101,244 in principal remained unpaid as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
On May
8, 2019, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with
Advantage Capital Funding (“2019 Factoring agreement”).
$500,000, net of expenses, was funded to the Company with a promise
to pay $18,840 per week for 40 weeks until a total of $753,610 is
paid. $122,374 remains outstanding under this 2019 Factoring
Agreement as of December 31, 2019.
(4) The
Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the
personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital.
During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead
Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital
acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured
personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit
bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus
2.0%, 3.543% as of December 31, 2019, is payable monthly, and is
secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common
Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the
funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line
of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of
assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the
Company $445,600 under the similar terms and conditions as the line
of credit but most of which were also given stock options totaling
$85,120 which expired as of December 31, 2019 (see Note 8) and is
due, as amended, August 31, 2020.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, those same shareholders
and one other have loaned the Company money in the form of
convertible loans of $136,400 and $537,200, respectively, described
in (2 and 6) above.
(5)
$350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology
acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is
due to be paid as agreed by TPTG and the former owners of the Lion
Phone technology and has not been determined.
$4,000,000
represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration
of ViewMe Live technology acquired in 2017, later agreed to as
being due and payable in full, with no interest with $2,000,000
from debt proceeds intended to be obtained in 2018 and the
remainder from proceeds from the second Company public offering
intended to be in 2019.
On
September 1, 2018, the Company closed on its acquisition of Blue
Collar. Part of the acquisition included a promissory note of
$1,600,000 (fair value of $1,533,217, net of a discount to fair
value of $66,783 which was amortized through expense through the
due date of May 1, 2019) and interest at 3% from the date of
closure. $37,102 and $29,681 was amortized as interest expense in
the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The
promissory note is secured by the assets of Blue
Collar.
(6)
During 2016, the Company acquired SDM which consideration included
a convertible promissory note for $250,000 due February 29, 2019,
as amended, does not bear interest, unless delinquent in which the
interest is 12% per annum, and is convertible into common stock at
$1.00 per share. The SDM balance is $182,381 as of December 31,
2019. As of March 1, 2020, this convertible promissory note is
delinquent.
During
2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount
of $537,200 to related parties and $10,000 to a non-related party
which bear interest at 6% (11% default interest rate), are due 30
months from issuance and are convertible into Series C Preferred
Stock at $1.00 per share. Because the Series C Preferred Stock has
a conversion price of $0.15 per share, the issuance of Series C
Preferred Stock promissory notes will cause a beneficial conversion
feature of approximately $38,479 upon exercise of the convertible
promissory notes.
(7) The
shareholder debt represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by
officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are
no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to
these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to
management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as
current in the balance sheets.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company borrowed $50,000 from
a third party for working capital with no written terms. This was
paid back prior to December 31, 2019 with $7,000 representing
interest on the funds.
See
Lease financing arrangement in Note 8.
NOTE
6 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company previously adopted the provisions of ASC subtopic
825-10, Financial
Instruments (“ASC
825-10”). ASC 825-10 defines fair value as the price that
would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at
the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements
for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at
fair value, the Company considers the principal or most
advantageous market in which it would transact and considers
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the
asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions,
and risk of nonperformance. ASC 825-10 establishes a fair value
hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring
fair value.
The derivative liability as of December 31, 2019, in the amount of
$8,836,514 has a level 3 classification under ASC
825-10.
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of
the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities as of December
31, 2019. There were no derivative financial instruments as of
December 31, 2018.
|
|
Debt Derivative
Liabilities
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2018
|
$—
|
|
Debt discount from
initial derivative
|
1,774,000
|
|
Initial fair value
of derivative liabilities
|
2,601,631
|
|
Change in
derivative liability from conversion of notes payable
|
(407,654)
|
|
Change in fair
value of derivative liabilities at end of period
|
4,868,537
|
|
Balance, December
31, 2019
|
$8,836,514
|
|
Derivative expense
for the year ended December 31, 2019
|
$7,476,908
|
Convertible notes payable and warrant derivatives
– The Company issued
convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common
stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price
of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the
embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain
anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives
included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of
derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record
fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture
and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting
date.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company marked to market the fair
value of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of
$8,836,514 ($8,833,465 from the convertible notes and $3,049 from
the warrants) in Note 5 (2) above. The Company recorded a loss from
change in fair value of debt derivatives of $7,476,908 for the year
ended December 31, 2019. The fair value of the embedded derivatives
was determined using Monte Carlo simulation method based on the
following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2) expected
volatility of 178.2% to 278.9%, (3) weighted average risk-free
interest rate of 1.55% to 1.88% (4) expected life of 0.72 to 5.0
years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.045 to $0.098 for the
Company’s common stock.
See
Financing lease arrangements in Note 8.
NOTE
7 - INCOME TAXES
The
following table sets forth the components of the Company’s
income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2019
and 2018:
|
Current:
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Federal State and
local
|
$—
|
—
|
|
Total
Current
|
$—
|
—
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
Federal State and
local benefit
|
$(2,945,915)
|
(1,129,273)
|
|
Net operating loss,
net of state tax effect
|
(107,011)
|
(84,070)
|
|
Meals and
entertainment
|
4,506
|
2,183
|
|
Stock based
expenses
|
124,124
|
235,256
|
|
Impairment
|
199,473
|
—
|
|
Amortization
|
182,411
|
—
|
|
Other
|
61,472
|
84,071
|
|
Change in
allowance
|
2,480,939
|
891,833
|
|
Total
Benefit
|
$—
|
—
|
The
following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s
income tax expense (benefit) as the federal statutory rate to
recorded income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December
31, 2019 and 2018:
|
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Income tax at
Federal statutory rate
|
21%
|
21%
|
|
Change in valuation
allowance
|
(21%)
|
(19%)
|
|
Stock based
compensation
|
(0%)
|
(0%)
|
|
Net operating loss,
net of state tax effect
|
(1%)
|
(1%)
|
|
Other
|
(1%)
|
(1%)
|
|
Total
|
—
|
—
|
The
following table sets forth the components of the Company’s
deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2019 and
2018:
|
Current deferred
tax assets (liabilities):
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Valuation
allowance
|
$—
|
—
|
|
Total current
deferred tax asset (liability)
|
$—
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred
tax assets (liabilities):
|
|
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
$1,570,151
|
—
|
|
Intangible assets
amortization
|
802,857
|
620,447
|
|
Net operating loss
carry forwards
|
2,140,224
|
1,681,403
|
|
Stock base
compensation
|
1,655,821
|
1,287,336
|
|
Other
|
—
|
98,927
|
|
Less; Valuation
allowance
|
$(6,169,052)
|
(3,688,113)
|
|
Total noncurrent
deferred tax asset (liability)
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax
asset (liability)
|
$—
|
—
|
The
Company has approximately $10,000,000 and 8,000,000 of net
operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively, which expire in varying amounts, if unused. Because
of the change in ownership of more than 50% of the Company in
accordance with Section 382 of the IRS Code, these net operating
loss carry forwards may be significantly limited to use in future
periods.
NOTE
8 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred
Stock
As of
December 31, 2019, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C
Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.
Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock
In
February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.
The
Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2016, has a par
value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100
per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding
Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The
Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately
after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to
$100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall,
collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A
Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following
formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as
computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For
further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common
shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The
Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to
vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal
to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.
In
February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of
1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas,
Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000
for compensation expense.
Series
B Convertible Preferred Stock
In
February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. There are 2,588,693
shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2019.
The
Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par
value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or
series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A
Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The
Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately
after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A
Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders
of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any
part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal
amount of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share.
The Series B Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any
matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of
votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one
basis.
Series
C Convertible Preferred Stock
In May
2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. There are no shares of Series
C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31,
2019.
The
Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par
value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or
series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and
Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear
dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation
preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and
currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount
equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock
have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred
Shares and will receive an equal amount of common shares at the
conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred
Stockholders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of
Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number
of Common Shares on a one to one basis.
Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock
On
January 14, 2020, TPT Global Tech, Inc. ("the Company") filed an
Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation to designate the Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock. The Amendment designates 20,000,000
shares of the authorized 100,000,000 shares of the Company's $0.001
par value preferred stock as the Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock ("the Series D Preferred Shares.")
As of
the date hereof, there are no Series D Preferred shares
outstanding. Series D Preferred shares have the following features:
(i) 8% Cumulative Annual Dividends payable on the purchase value in
cash or common stock of the Company at the discretion of the Board
and payment is also at the discretion of the Board, which may
decide to cumulate to future years; (ii) Optional Conversion to
common stock at the election of the holder @ 80% of the 30 day
average market closing price (for previous 30 business days)
divided into $2.00. This election may be made at any time after 18
months from issuance; (iii) Automatic conversion of the Series D
Preferred Stock shall occur without consent of holders upon any
national exchange listing approval and the registration
effectiveness of common stock underlying the conversion rights. The
automatic conversion to common from Series D Preferred shall be on
a one for one basis, which shall be post-reverse split as may be
necessary for any Exchange listing (iv) Registration Rights –
the Company has granted Piggyback Registration Rights for common
stock underlying conversion rights in the event it files any other
Registration Statement (other than an S-1 that the Company may file
for certain conversion common shares for the convertible note
financing that was arranged and funded in 2019). Further, the
Company will file and pursue to effectiveness a Registration
Statement or offering statement for common stock underlying the
Automatic Conversion event triggered by an exchange listing. (v)
Liquidation Rights - $2.00 per share plus any accrued unpaid
dividends – subordinate to Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock
receiving full liquidation under the terms of such series. The
Company has redemption rights for the first year following the
Issuance Date to redeem all or part of the principal amount of the
Series D Preferred Stock at between 115% and 140%.
Common
Stock and Capital Contributions
As of
December 31, 2019, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, of which 177,629,939 common shares are issued and
outstanding.
Common Stock Contributions Related to Acquisitions
Effective November
1 and 3, 2017, an officer of the Company contributed 9,765,000
shares of restricted Common Stock to the Company for the
acquisition of Blue Collar and HRS. These shares were subsequently
issued as consideration for these acquisitions in November 2017. In
March 2018, the HRS acquisition was rescinded and 3,625,000 shares
of common stock are being returned by the recipients. The other
transaction involved 6,500,000 shares for the acquisition of Blue
Collar. In March 2018 and again in August 2018, this transaction
was amended and closed on September 1, 2018. As such, as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018 both the 3,265,000 shares for the HRS
transaction are reflected as subscriptions receivable based on
their par value.
Common Stock Issued for Expenses and Liabilities
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company entered into a
two-year agreement for legal services. The agreement provided for
4,000,000 shares of restricted common stock to be issued. 2,000,000
to be issued for previous legal services upon execution of the
agreement in March 2018 and the remaining 2,000,000 in the form of
stock options to purchase common stock at $0.10 per share, of which
the stock options would vest equally over 18 months. The value of
the Company’s common stock upon execution of the agreement
was $0.125 per share, or $250,000 which was recorded as
professional expenses during 2018. See stock options and warrants
discussion below for the value of the 2,000,000 stock
options.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company also entered into a
twelve-month general consulting agreement with a third party to
provide general business advisory services to be rendered through
March 30, 2019 for 1,000,000 restricted shares of common stock and
1,000,000 options to purchase restricted common shares at $0.10 per
share for 36 months from the time of grant. The fair value of the
common shares granted was based on the Company’s stock price
of $0.155 per share, or $155,000 of which $120,556 was expensed
during the period for the portion of service term complete as of
December 31, 2018.
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company entered into a
consulting agreement for market services for which it granted
2,500,000 shares of restricted common stock and will pay $50,000.
The per share value used was the Company’s closing stock
price of $0.1297 on the date of the agreement, or a total of
$324,250 which was expensed in 2018.
For
these three agreements, the underlying stock for the stock options
are intended to come from the contribution of stock by an officer
of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
the Company recorded $581,364 and $694,806 as stock-based
compensation related to these agreements. As of December 31, 2019,
all amounts have been amortized for the general consulting
agreement.
Common Stock Payable Issued for Expenses and
Liabilities
During
the years ended December 31, 2018, 16,667 of common shares were
subscribed to for a note payable on the balance sheet of
$2,000.
In
August 2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the
Company voted through a consent resolution to support a consent
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new
directors to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald
Thomas (family member of CEO) were added as members of the Board of
Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this
addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the Company
for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000
per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued
at approximately $692,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four
months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in
unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded
adequately to make such payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000
per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued
at approximately $120,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four
months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the
Company if the Company has not been adequately funded. As of
December 31, 2019, $122,500 and $40,000 has been accrued in the
balance sheet for Mr. Shkolnik and Mr. Thomas,
respectively.
Common Stock Contributions by Officer for Cash
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, 3,675,000 restricted shares of
Common Stock were subscribed to from investors for $367,500 or
$0.10 per share, which stock was contributed by an officer of the
Company as a capital contribution.
Stock Options
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
Vested
|
Vesting
Period
|
Exercise
Price
Outstanding
and
Exercisable
|
Expiration
Date
|
|
December 31,
2017
|
93,120
|
93,120
|
---
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19
|
|
Granted
|
3,000,000
|
---
|
12
to 18 months
|
$0.10
|
2-28-20 to
3-20-21
|
|
December 31,
2018
|
3,093,120
|
1,954,230
|
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19 to
3-20-21
|
|
Expired
|
(93,120)
|
|
|
$0.05 to $0.22
|
12-31-19
|
|
December 31,
2019
|
3,000,000
|
3,000,000
|
|
$0.10
|
3-20-21
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2018, the company entered into
consulting arrangements primarily for legal work and general
business support that included the issuance of stock options to
purchase 3,000,000 options to purchase common shares at $0.10 per
share, all of which are fully vested as of December 31, 2019. These
stock options have an exercise period of 24 to 36 months. The
Black-Scholes options pricing model was used to value the stock
options. The inputs included the following:
|
(1)
|
Dividend
yield of 0%
|
|
(2)
|
expected
annual volatility of 307% - 311%
|
|
(3)
|
discount
rate of 2.2% to 2.3%
|
|
(4)
|
expected
life of 2 years, and
|
|
(5)
|
estimated
fair value of the Company’s common $0.125 to $0.155 per
share.
|
|
|
|
During
the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded
$140,668 and $256,187, respectively, as stock-based compensation
related to the stock options and the related service period for
which services have been rendered. 93,120 of these options expired
in 2019. There is no further expense that will be incurred to the
consolidated statement of operations for the existing stock
options.
Warrants
As of December 31, 2019, there were 3,333,333 warrants outstanding
that expire in five years or in the year ended December 31, 2024.
As part of the Convertible Promissory Notes payable – third
party issuance in Note 5, the Company issued 3,333,333 warrants to
purchase 3,333,333 common shares of the Company at 70% of the
current market price. Current market price means the average
of the three lowest trading prices for our common stock during the
ten-trading day period ending on the latest complete trading day
prior to the date of the respective exercise notice. However, if a
required registration statement, registering the underlying shares
of the Convertible Promissory Notes, is declared effective on or
before June 11, 2019 to September 11, 2019, then, while such
Registration Statement is effective, the current market price shall
mean the lowest volume weighted average price for our common stock
during the ten-trading day period ending on the last complete
trading day prior to the conversion date.
The
warrants issued were considered derivative liabilities valued at
$3,049 of the total $8,836,514, derivative liabilities as of
December 31, 2019. See Note 5.
Common Stock Reservations
The
Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the
Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt
described in Note 5.
We have
reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant
to certain employee and consultants as consideration for services
rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.
NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts
payable:
|
2019
|
2018
|
|
Related
parties (1)
|
$1,141,213
|
$741,577
|
|
General
operating
|
3,342,952
|
3,037,601
|
|
Accrued interest on
debt (2)
|
793,470
|
306,319
|
|
Credit card
balances
|
183,279
|
246,949
|
|
Accrued payroll and
other expenses
|
207,108
|
33,063
|
|
Taxes and fees
payable
|
633,357
|
629,462
|
|
Unfavorable lease
liability
|
242,256
|
—
|
|
Total
|
$6,543,635
|
$4,993,970
|
|
(1)
(2)
|
|
Relates
to amounts due to management and members of the Board of Directors
according to verbal and written agreements that have not been paid
as of period end.
Portion
relating to related parties is $481,942 and $195,456 for December
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
|
Operating
lease obligations
The Company adopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2019. The Company
elected to adopt this standard using the optional modified
retrospective transition method and recognized a cumulative-effect
adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet on the date of
adoption. Comparative periods have not been restated. With the
adoption of Topic 842, the Company’s consolidated balance
sheet now contains the following line items: Operating lease
right-of-use assets, Current portion of operating lease liabilities
and Operating lease liabilities, net of current
portion.
As all the existing leases subject to the new lease standard were
previously classified as operating leases by the Company, they were
similarly classified as operating leases under the new standard.
The Company has determined that the identified operating leases did
not contain non-lease components and require no further allocation
of the total lease cost. Additionally, the agreements in place did
not contain information to determine the rate implicit in the
leases, so we used our estimated incremental borrowing rate as the
discount rate. Our weighted average discount rate is 12.0% and the
weighted average lease term of 6 years.
We have various non-cancelable lease agreements for certain of our
tower locations with original lease periods expiring between 2020
and 2044. Our lease terms may include options to extend or
terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain we will exercise
that option. Certain of the arrangements contain escalating rent
payment provisions. Our Michigan main office lease and an equipment
lease described below and leases with an initial term of twelve
months have not been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets.
We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease
term.
As of December 31, 2019, operating lease right-of-use assets and
liabilities arising from operating leases were $3,886,045 and
$3,931,580, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2019,
cash paid for amounts included for the measurement of lease
liabilities was $1,835,041 and the Company recorded lease expense
in the amount of $1,880,576 in general and administrative
expenses.
The following is a schedule showing the future minimum lease
payments under operating leases by years and the present value of
the minimum payments as of December 31, 2019.
|
2020
|
$2,040,592
|
|
2021
|
$1,389,503
|
|
2022
|
$770,549
|
|
2023
|
$266,170
|
|
2024
|
45,479
|
|
Thereafter
|
$112,639
|
|
Total operating
lease liabilities
|
$4,624,932
|
|
Amount representing
interest
|
$(693,352)
|
|
Total net present
value
|
$3,931,580
|
Office
lease used by CEO
During
the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company entered
into a lease of 12 months or less for living space which is
occupied by Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the
Company. Mr. Thomas lives in the space and uses it as his corporate
office. The company has paid $30,857 and $26,792 in rent and
utility payments for this space for the year ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, respectively.
Financing
lease obligations
Future
minimum lease payments are as follows:
|
Obligation
|
2019
|
In
Default
|
Total
|
|
Telecom Equipment
Finance (1)
|
$449,103
|
—
|
$449,103
|
(1) The
Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by
shareholders of the Company and is due August 31, 2020, as
amended.
Other
Commitments and Contingencies
The
Company has employment agreements with certain employees of SDM and
K Telecom. The agreements are such that SDM and K Telecom, on a
standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to
financially support the financial obligations within the employment
agreements.
The
Company has been named in a lawsuit by a former employee who was
terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an
employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the
agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and
is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management
believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not believe
the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the
financial position of the Company.
As of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the company has collected $338,725 from
one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in
accordance with the customer’s understanding of the
appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written
demand for repayment by the Company of amounts owed. Management
believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the
amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected
the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated
balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and does not believe
the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the
financial position of the Company.
NOTE
10 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
There
are amounts outstanding due to related parties of the Company of
$1,141,213 and $741,577, respectively, as of December 31, 2019 and
2018 related to amounts due to employees, management and members of
the Board of Directors according to verbal and written agreements
that have not been paid as of period end which are included in
accounts payable and accrued expenses on the balance sheet. See
Note 9.
As is
mentioned in Note 8, Reginald Thomas was appointed to the Board of
Directors of the Company in August 2018. Mr. Thomas is the brother
to the CEO Stephen J. Thomas III. According to an agreement with
Mr. Reginald Thomas, he is to receive $10,000 per quarter and
1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately
$120,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly
payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company
has not been adequately funded.
Leases
See
Note 9 for office lease used by CEO.
Debt
Financing and Amounts Payable
As of
December 31, 2019, there are amounts due to management/shareholders
of $303,688 included in financing arrangements, of which $127,712
is payable from the Company to Stephen J. Thomas III, CEO of the
Company. See note 5.
Revenue
Transactions and Accounts Receivable
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, Blue Collar provided production
services to an entity controlled by the Blue Collar CEO (355 LA,
LLC or “355”) for which it recorded revenues of
$707,263 and had accounts receivable outstanding as of December 31,
2019 of $169,439 which is included in accounts receivable on the
consolidated balance sheet. 355 was formed in October 2019 by the
CEO of Blue Collar for the purpose of production of certain
additional footage for a 355 customer. 355 has opportunity to
engage with other production relationships outside of using Blue
Collar.
Common
Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
There
are shares issuances and capital contributions from an officer of
the Company. See Note 8.
Other
Agreements
On
April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an
agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican
corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and
controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for
the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services
related to Lion Phone and ViewMe Live within Mexico and Latin
America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement
provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free,
non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under
situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by
either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees
equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable
activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s
Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this
agreement.
NOTE
11 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Amortization
expense was $868,622 and 760,350 for year ended December 31, 2019
and 2018, respectively. Increases from the prior year are from the
acquisition of the SpeedConnect assets. See more details on this
acquisition in Note 2 to these consolidated financial statements.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s
evaluation of goodwill and intangible assets resulted in
impairments for Copperhead Digital to goodwill of $70,995 and for
developed technology of $600,000 resulting in impairment expense of
$70,995 and $272,213, respectively. During this same period an
impairment of the developed technology intangible of $910,000 for
the Lion Phone resulted in impairment expense of
$606,664.
Goodwill and
intangible assets are comprised of the following:
December
31, 2019
|
|
Gross carrying
amount (1)
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
Net Book
Value
|
Useful
Life
|
|
Customer
Base
|
$1,197,200
|
(364,383)
|
832,817
|
3-10
|
|
Developed
Technology
|
$4,595,600
|
(1,106,351)
|
3,489,249
|
9
|
|
Film
Library
|
$957,000
|
(104,900)
|
852,100
|
11
|
|
Trademarks and
Tradenames
|
$132,000
|
(15,123)
|
116,877
|
12
|
|
Favorable
leases
|
$95,000
|
(16,960)
|
78,040
|
3
|
|
|
$6,976,800
|
(2,707,717)
|
5,369,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
$1,050,366
|
—
|
1,050,366
|
—
|
December
31, 2018
|
|
Gross carrying
amount
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
Net Book
Value
|
Useful
Life
|
|
Customer
Base
|
$1,947,200
|
(1,374,933)
|
572,267
|
3-10
|
|
Developed
Technology
|
$6,105,600
|
(1,059,070)
|
5,046,530
|
9
|
|
Film
Library
|
$957,000
|
(32,700)
|
924,300
|
11
|
|
Trademarks and
Tradenames
|
$132,000
|
(3,515)
|
128,485
|
12
|
|
|
$9,141,800
|
(2,470,218)
|
6,671,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
$924,361
|
—
|
924,361
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
amortization of the intangible assets is as following for the next
five years and beyond:
|
|
2020
|
2021
|
2022
|
2023
|
2024
|
Beyond
|
|
Customer
Base
|
103,455
|
103,455
|
103,455
|
103,455
|
103,455
|
315,542
|
|
Developed
Technology
|
510,624
|
510,624
|
510,624
|
510,624
|
510,624
|
936,129
|
|
Film
Library
|
87,000
|
87,000
|
87,000
|
87,000
|
87,000
|
417,100
|
|
Trademarks
and Tradenames
|
11,000
|
11,000
|
11,000
|
11,000
|
11,000
|
61,877
|
|
Favorable
Leases
|
20,352
|
20,352
|
20,352
|
16,984
|
—
|
—
|
|
|
732,431
|
732,431
|
732,431
|
729,063
|
712,079
|
1,730,648
|
NOTE
12 – SEGMENT REPORTING
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for
reporting information about operating segments on a basis
consistent with the Company's internal organizational structure as
well as information about geographical areas, business segments and
major customers in financial statements for details on the
Company's business segments.
The Company's chief operating decision maker (“CODM”)
has been identified as the CEO who reviews the financial
information of separate operating segments when making decisions
about allocating resources and assessing performance of the group.
Based on management's assessment, the Company considers its most
significant segments for 2019 and 2018 are those in which it is
providing Broadband Internet through TPT SpeedConnect and Media
Production services through Blue Collar.
The following table presents summary information by segment for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively:
|
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TPT
SpeedConnect
|
Blue
Collar
|
Corporate and
other
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
$8,002,875
|
$1,941,955
|
$267,547
|
$10,212,377
|
|
Cost of
revenue
|
$4,879,444
|
$751,349
|
$281,208
|
$5,912,001
|
|
Net income
(loss)
|
$1,124,210
|
$428,758
|
$(15,581,133)
|
$(14,028,165)
|
|
Total
assets
|
$8,003,380
|
$476,268
|
$6,974,105
|
$15,453,753
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
$282,449
|
$20,563
|
$1,156,679
|
$1,459,691
|
|
Derivative
expense
|
$—
|
$—
|
$7,476,908
|
$7,476,908
|
|
Interest
expense
|
$—
|
$119,359
|
$3,461,661
|
$3,581,020
|
|
2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TPT
SpeedConnect
|
Blue
Collar
|
Corporate and
other
|
Total
|
|
Revenue
|
$—
|
$89,474
|
$847,595
|
$937,069
|
|
Cost of
revenue
|
$—
|
215,976
|
$1,533,058
|
$1,749,034
|
|
Net
loss
|
$
|
(464,494)
|
$(4,912,995)
|
$(5,377,489)
|
|
Total
assets
|
$—
|
101,164
|
$10,720,553
|
$10,821,717
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
$—
|
6,854
|
$967,319
|
$974,173
|
|
Interest
expense
|
$—
|
$36,792
|
$195,880
|
$232,672
|
NOTE
13 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Debt and Advances
On February 25, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for the
Purchase and Sale of Future Receipts (“Advantage Merchant
Agreement”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $716,720
for which the Company received $500,000, net of fees. Under the
Financing Agreement, the Company will pay $14,221 per week for 50
weeks. The Advantage Merchant Agreement includes a guaranty by the
CEO of the Company, Stephen J. Thomas III.
In addition, the Company agreement to a Secured Promissory Note
with a third party for $90,000 dated February 14, 2020. The Secured
Promissory Note is secured by the assets of the Company and is due
June 14, 2020 or earlier in case the Company is successful in
raising other monies and carries an annual interest rate of 10%
payable with the principal. The Secured Promissory Note is also
convertible at the option of the holder into an equivalent amount
of Series D Preferred Stock. The Secured Promissory Note also
includes a guaranty by the CEO of the Company, Stephen J. Thomas
III.
Some of the funds from the Advantage Merchant Agreement and the
Secured Promissory Note were used to pay off the remaining balance
of $97,000, including premium and accrued interest, of the
Convertible Promissory Notes with JSJ Investments and the remaining
Convertible Promissory Note to Geneva Roth of $63,086, including
premium and accrued interest.
Bridge
Internet Acquisition
On March 6, 2020, the executed an Acquisition and Purchase
Agreement (“Agreement”) dated March 6, 2020 with Bridge
Internet, LLC (“Bridge Internet”), a Delaware Limited
Liability Company. The Company acquired 75% of Bridge Internet for
8,000,000 shares of common stock of TPT Global Tech, Inc.,
4,000,000 common shares issued to Sydney “Trip” Camper
immediately and 4,000,000 common shares which vest equally over two
years. As sufficient funding is raised by the Company, defined as
approximately $3,000,000, marketing funds of up to $200,000 per
quarter for the next year from date of signing Agreement will be
provided. Tower industry Veteran, Founder and CEO of Bridge
Internet, Sydney “Trip” Camper, will retain the
remaining 25% of Bridge Internet and stay on as the CEO, as well as
become the acting CEO of TPT Speed Connect LLC, the Company’s
wholly owned subsidiary TPT SpeedConnect, LLC. A formal employment
agreement and biographical information for Sydney
“Trip” Camper will be filed in a separate Form 8-K once
completed.
Bridge Internet offers a Joint Venture (JV) business model to
Municipalities, Cooperatives and Individual Territory Owners
throughout the United States. It currently has no revenues. As a
territorial, duplicatable, wireless internet service provider, this
is a unique opportunity for potential JV partners to join an
incredible revenue sharing business model. It is very easy for
Municipalities, Cooperatives or Individual Owners to start JV
businesses with Bridge Internet to provide their communities with
state-of-the-art High-Speed Internet, Voice and IPTV services. The
internet is a commodity many take for granted but for those with
limited access every day is an unnecessary struggle. With millions
of rural Americans struggling to find a reliable internet provider,
Bridge Internet will help make a difference in people’s lives
by providing access to online classes, healthcare, news and
entertainment.
Convertible Promissory Notes
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, there have been $216,010 of
principal and $99,088 of accrued interest for a total of $315,098
of convertible promissory notes that have been converted to
615,568,695 common shares. See Note 5 related to debt financing
arrangements. These conversions have significantly increased the
amount of common shares outstanding since December 31,
2019.
COVID-19
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and
guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to
mitigate the spread of COVID-19, around March 18, 2020 for an
indefinite period of time, the Company closed its Blue Collar
office in Los Angeles, California and its TPT SpeedConnect offices
in Michigan, Idaho and Arizona. Most employees are working
remotely, however this is not possible with certain employees and
all subcontractors that work for Blue Collar. The Company continues
to monitor developments, including government requirements and
recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate
possible extensions to all or part of such closures.
The Company is attempting to take advantage of the stimulus
offerings but has not solidified anything on this yet. On
February 25, 2020, the Company entered the Advantage Merchant
Agreement, mentioned above, and received $500,000, net of
fees. The Company is also in the process of trying to
raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used
for working capital shortfalls if revenues decrease significantly
because of the COVID-19 closures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's plans as described above may change. At this point, we
cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this
pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of our operations together with our
financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this
Offering Circular. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks
and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may
differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking
statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in
the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in
this Offering Circular.
Based
on our financial history since inception, our auditor has expressed
substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.
As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, as of March
31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit totaling $38,797,291. This
raises substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going
concern.
We
generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive
Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona as a
distributor of cell phones and telecommunications equipment and as
a provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United
States.
The
majority of our operating divisions historically have been those
that sale telecommunications services and those that sale
telecommunications products. Media marketing materials and content
creation was acquired at the end of 2018 and will be more of a
contributing factor to the overall financial results going
forward.
Our
plan of operations for the next 12 months is as
follows:
MILESTONES
Our
first and second quarter operations for 2020 were consistent with
operations for 2019. However, we intend to expend significant funds
after our intended funding event equally over the next four
quarters as follows.
|
Equipment
purchase and manufacturing (1)
|
$18,350,000
|
|
Content
Production
|
$2,250,000
|
|
Acquisition
|
$500,000
|
|
Debt Retirement and
acquisition
|
$15,187,981
|
|
Working Capital
(1)
|
$8,712,019
|
|
Issuance
Costs
|
$5,000,000
|
|
|
$50,000,000
|
(1)
It is expected the
use of this working capital and funds for equipment purchases will
extend into 2021.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 Compared to the Three
Months Ended March 31, 2019
During
the three months ended March 31, 2020, we recognized total revenues
of $3,075,973 compared to the prior period of $161,476. The
increase is attributed to the acquisition of the assets of
SpeedConnect on May 7, 2019.
Gross
profit (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was
$769,485 compared to $(100,892) for the prior period. The increase
of $870,377 is largely attributable to the acquisition of the
assets of SpeedConnect.
During
the three months ended March 31, 2020, we recognized $1,723,379 in
operating expenses compared to $1,209,801 for the prior period. The
increase of $513,578 was in large part attributable to the
acquisition of the assets of SpeedConnect.
Derivative
expense of $3,896,672 and $1,540,416 results from the accounting
for derivative financial instruments during the three months ended
March 31, 2020 and 2019.
Interest
expense increased for the three months ended March 31, 2020
compared to the prior period by $416,520. Increases from higher
interest rates and increased debt, including debt classified as
derivative financial instruments and the resulting accounting of
those considered in default was the primary reason for the
increase.
During
the three months ended March 31, 2020, we recognized a net loss of
$5,966,198 compared to a loss of $2,981,346 for the prior period.
The difference of $2,984,852 was primarily a result of the
derivative expenses from the valuation of debt classified as
derivative financial instruments.
For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended
December 31, 2018
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized total revenues of
$10,212,377 compared to the prior period of $937,069. The increase
was a result of the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect in May of 2019.
Gross
profit (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $4,300,376
compared to $(811,965) for the prior period. The increase was a
result of the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect in May of 2019.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized $6,459,556 in
expenses compared to $4,332,852 for the prior period. The increase
was a result of the acquisition of a majority of the assets of
SpeedConnect in May of 2019.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized a net loss of
$14,028,165 compared to $5,377,489 for the prior period. The
increase in the loss of $8,650,676 was a result of derivative
expense of $7,476,908 resulting from the increase in derivative
convertible promissory notes and an increase in interest expense of
$3,348,348 resulting again from the convertible promissory notes,
offset by the increased profit margin in large part from the
acquisition of the assets of SpeedConnect.
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash
flows generated from operating activities were not enough to
support all working capital requirements for the three months ended
March 31, 2020 and 2019. We incurred $5,966,198 and $2,981,346,
respectively, in losses, and we generated and used $96,102 and
$369,477, respectively, in cash for operations for the three months
ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. Cash flows from financing activities
were $81,765 and $848,661 for the same periods. These factors raise
substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a
going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these
financial statements. The financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and
guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to
mitigate the spread of COVID-19, around March 18, 2020 for an
indefinite period of time, the Company closed its Blue Collar
office in Los Angeles, California and its TPT SpeedConnect offices
in Michigan, Idaho and Arizona. Most employees are working
remotely, however this is not possible with certain employees and
all subcontractors that work for Blue Collar. The Company continues
to monitor developments, including government requirements and
recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate
possible extensions to all or part of such closures.
The Company has taken advantage of the stimulus offerings and
received $722,200 in April 2020 and will try to use these funds as
is prescribed by the stimulus offerings to have the entire amount
forgiven. The Company is also in the process of trying to
raise debt and equity financing, some of which may have to be used
for working capital shortfalls if revenues decrease significantly
because of the COVID-19 closures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's plans as described above may change. At this point, we
cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this
pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.
In
order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one
year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need
to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for
companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional
debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow
positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those
actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us
to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing
arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional
debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly
reduce or cease operations.
Financing Arrangements
Financing
arrangements as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as
follows:
|
|
2020
|
2019
|
|
Business loans and
advances (1)
|
$1,105,763
|
1,121,640
|
|
Convertible notes
payable (2)
|
2,216,430
|
2,101,649
|
|
Factoring
agreements (3)
|
584,145
|
223,618
|
|
Debt – third
party
|
$3,906,338
|
3,446,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit,
related party secured by assets (4)
|
$3,043,390
|
3,043,390
|
|
Debt– other
related party, net of discounts (5)
|
5,950,000
|
5,950,000
|
|
Convertible debt
– related party (6)
|
922,881
|
922,881
|
|
Shareholder debt
(7)
|
123,845
|
303,688
|
|
Debt –
related party
|
$10,040,116
|
10,219,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financing
arrangements
|
$13,946,454
|
13,666,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less current
portion:
|
|
|
|
Loans,
advances and agreements – third party
|
$(689,408)
|
(344,758)
|
|
Convertible notes
payable third party
|
(2,216,430)
|
(2,101,649
|
|
Debt –
related party, net of discount
|
(9,117,235)
|
(9,297,078)
|
|
Convertible notes
payable– related party
|
(653,581)
|
(534,381)
|
|
|
(12,676,654)
|
(12,277,866)
|
|
Total long term
debt
|
$1,269,800
|
1,389,000
|
(1) The
terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of
Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 1 month Libor plus
2%, 2.99% as of March 31, 2020, and is secured by assets of the
Company, is due August 31, 2020, as amended, and included 8,000
stock options as part of the terms which options expired December
31, 2019 (see Note 7).
$500,500
is a line of credit that Blue Collar has with a bank, bears
interest at Prime plus 1.125%, 4.86% as of March 31, 2020, and is
due March 25, 2021.
$500,000
is a bank loan dated May 28, 2019 which bears interest at Prime
plus 6%, 9.73% as of March 31, 2020, is interest only for the first
year, thereafter payable monthly of principal and interest until
the due date of May 1, 2022. The bank loan is collateralized by
assets of the Company.
The
remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%,
have maturity dates that are due on demand or are past due, are
unsecured and are classified as current in the balance
sheets.
On February 14, 2020, the Company agreed to a Secured Promissory
Note with a third party for $90,000. The Secured Promissory Note
was secured by the assets of the Company and was due June 14, 2020
or earlier in case the Company is successful in raising other
monies and carried an interest charge of 10% payable with the
principal. The Secured Promissory Note was also convertible at the
option of the holder into an equivalent amount of Series D
Preferred Stock. The Secured Promissory Note also included a
guaranty by the CEO of the Company, Stephen J. Thomas III. This
Secured Promissory Note was paid off on May 5, 2020, including
$9,000 of interest.
(2) During
2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount
of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and
$5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which were due May 1,
2020 and bear 6% annual interest (12% default interest rate). The
convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25
per share. These convertible promissory notes were not repaid May
1, 2020. Management is working to extend the due
dates.
During
2019, the Company consummated Securities Purchase Agreements dated
March 15, 2019, April 12, 2019, May 15, 2019, June 6, 2019 and
August 22, 2019 with Geneva Roth Remark Holdings, Inc.
(“Geneva Roth”) for the purchase of convertible
promissory notes in the amounts of $68,000, $65,000, $58,000,
$53,000 and $43,000 (“Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory
Notes”). The Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory Notes are due
one year from issuance, pays interest at the rate of 12% (principal
amount increases 150%-200% and interest rate increases to 24% under
default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time to
time, and at any time during the period beginning 180 days from the
origination date to the maturity date or date of default to convert
all or any part of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is 61% multiplied by the average of
the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Geneva Roth Convertible Promissory Notes may be prepaid in
whole or in part of the outstanding balance at 125% to 140% up to
180 days from origination. Geneva Roth converted a total of
$244,000 of principal and $8,680 of accrued interest through March
31, 2020 from its various Securities Purchase Agreements into
125,446,546 shares of common stock of the Company leaving no
outstanding principal balances as of March 31, 2020. On February
13, 2020, the August 22, 2019 Securities Purchase Agreement was
repaid for $63,284, including a premium and accrued
interest.
On March 25, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement dated March 18, 2019 with Auctus Fund, LLC.
(“Auctus”) for the purchase of a $600,000 Convertible
Promissory Note (“Auctus Convertible Promissory Note”).
The Auctus Convertible Promissory Note is due December 18, 2019,
pays interest at the rate of 12% (24% default) per annum and gives
the holder the right from time to time, and at any time during the
period beginning 180 days from the origination date or at the
effective date of the registration of the underlying shares of
common stock, which the holder has registration rights for, to
convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is the lessor of the lowest trading
price during the previous 25 trading days prior the date of the
Auctus Convertible Promissory Note or 50% multiplied by the average
of the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 25 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Auctus Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at
135% to 150% up to 180 days from origination. Auctus converted
$17,867 of principal and $127,866 of accrued interest into
260,102,808 shares of common stock of the Company prior to March
31, 2020. Subsequent to March 31, 2020, Auctus converted another
$15,313 of principal and $14,138 of accrued interest into
115,897,192 shares of common stock of the Company. 2,000,000
warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of this debt.
See Note 7.
On June 4, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with Odyssey Capital Funding, LLC.
(“Odyssey”) for the purchase of a $525,000 Convertible
Promissory Note (“Odyssey Convertible Promissory
Note”). The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note is due June
3, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% ( 24% default) per annum
and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any time
during the period beginning six months from the issuance date to
convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the average of
the two lowest trading prices for the common stock during the
previous 20 trading days prior to the applicable conversion date.
The Odyssey Convertible Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at
125% to 145% up to 180 days from origination. Through March 31,
2020, Odyssey converted $43,500 of principal and $3,440 of accrued
interest into 48,621,516 shares of common stock of the
Company.
On June 6, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with JSJ Investments Inc. (“JSJ”) for the
purchase of a $112,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“JSJ
Convertible Promissory Note”). The JSJ Convertible Promissory
Note is due June 6, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12% per
annum and gives the holder the right from time to time, and at any
time during the period beginning 180 days from the origination date
to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock of the
Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. The conversion price is the lower of the market price, as
defined, or 55% multiplied by the average of the two lowest trading
prices for the common stock during the previous 20 trading days
prior to the applicable conversion date. The JSJ Convertible
Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180
days from origination. JSJ converted $43,680 of principal into
18,500,000 shares of common stock of the Company prior to March 31,
2020.In addition, on February 25, 2020 the Company repaid for
$97,000, including a premium and accrued interest, for all
remaining principal and accrued interest balances as of that day.
333,333 warrants were issued in conjunction with the issuance of
this debt. See Note 7.
On June 11, 2019, the Company consummated a Securities Purchase
Agreement with EMA Financial, LLC. (“EMA”) for the
purchase of a $250,000 Convertible Promissory Note (“EMA
Convertible Promissory Note”). The EMA Convertible Promissory
Note is due June 11, 2020, pays interest at the rate of 12%
(principal amount increases 200% and interest rate increases to 24%
under default) per annum and gives the holder the right from time
to time to convert all of the outstanding balance into common stock
of the Company limited to 4.99% of the outstanding common stock of
the Company. The conversion price is 55% multiplied by the lowest
traded price for the common stock during the previous 25 trading
days prior to the applicable conversion date. The EMA Convertible
Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at 135% to 150% up to 180
days from origination. Prior to March 31, 2020, EMA converted
$35,366 of principal into 147,700,000 shares of common stock of the
Company. 1,000,000 warrants were issued in conjunction with the
issuance of this debt. See Note 7.
The
Company is in default under its derivative financial instruments
and received notice of such from Auctus for not reserving enough
shares for conversion and for not having filed a Form S-1
Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
It was the intent of the Company to pay back all derivative
securities prior to the due dates but that has not occurred in case
of Auctus. As such, the Company is currently in negotiations with
Auctus, EMA and Odyssey relative to extending due dates and
changing terms on the Notes.
(3) The
Factoring Agreement with full recourse, due February 29, 2020, as
amended, was established in June 2016 with a company that is
controlled by a shareholder and is personally guaranteed by an
officer of the Company. The Factoring Agreement is such that the
Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each
advance received against accounts receivable or future billings.
The Company was advanced funds from the Factoring Agreement for
which $101,244 and $101,244 in principal remained unpaid as of
March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
On May
8, 2019, the Company entered into a factoring agreement with
Advantage Capital Funding (“2019 Factoring agreement”).
$500,000, net of expenses, was funded to the Company with a promise
to pay $18,840 per week for 40 weeks until a total of $753,610 is
paid which occurred in February 2020
On February 25, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for the
Purchase and Sale of Future Receipts (“2020 Factoring
Agreement”). The balance to be purchased and sold is $716,720
for which the Company received $500,000, net of fees. Under the
2020 Factoring Agreement, the Company pays $14,221 per week for 50
weeks at an effective interest rate of approximately 43% annually.
The 2020 Factoring Agreement includes a guaranty by the CEO of the
Company, Stephen J. Thomas III.
(4) The
Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the
personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital.
During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead
Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital
acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured
personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit
bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus
2.0%, 2.99% as of March 31, 2020, is payable monthly, and is
secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common
Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the
funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line
of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of
assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the
Company $445,600 under the similar terms and conditions as the line
of credit but most of which were also given stock options totaling
$85,120 which expired as of December 31, 2019 (see Note 7) and is
due, as amended, August 31, 2020.
During
the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, those same shareholders
and one other have loaned the Company money in the form of
convertible loans of $136,400 and $537,200, respectively, described
in (2) and (6).
(5)
$350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology
acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is
due to be paid as agreed by TPTG and the former owners of the Lion
Phone technology and has not been determined.
$4,000,000
represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration
of ViewMe Live technology acquired in 2017, later agreed to as
being due and payable in full, with no interest with $2,000,000
from debt proceeds and the remainder from proceeds from the second
Company public offering.
On
September 1, 2018, the Company closed on its acquisition of Blue
Collar. Part of the acquisition included a promissory note of
$1,600,000 and interest at 3% from the date of closure. The
promissory note is secured by the assets of Blue
Collar.
(6)
During 2016, the Company acquired SDM which consideration included
a convertible promissory note for $250,000 due February 29, 2019,
as amended, does not bear interest, unless delinquent in which the
interest is 12% per annum, and is convertible into common stock at
$1.00 per share. The SDM balance is $182,381 as of March 31, 2020.
As of March 1, 2020, this convertible promissory note is
delinquent.
During
2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount
of $537,200 to related parties and $10,000 to a non-related party
which bear interest at 6% (11% default interest rate), are due 30
months from issuance and are convertible into Series C Preferred
Stock at $1.00 per share. Because the Series C Preferred Stock has
a conversion price of $0.15 per share, the issuance of Series C
Preferred Stock promissory notes will cause a beneficial conversion
feature of approximately $38,479 upon exercise of the convertible
promissory notes.
(7) The
shareholder debt represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by
officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are
no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to
these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to
management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as
current in the balance sheets.
See
Lease financing arrangement in Note 7 of the financial statements
ended March 31, 2020.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company previously adopted the provisions of ASC subtopic
825-10, Financial
Instruments (“ASC
825-10”). ASC 825-10 defines fair value as the price that
would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at
the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements
for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at
fair value, the Company considers the principal or most
advantageous market in which it would transact and considers
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the
asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions,
and risk of nonperformance. ASC 825-10 establishes a fair value
hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring
fair value.
The derivative liability as of March 31, 2020, in the amount of
$11,755,941 has a level 3 classification under ASC
825-10.
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of
the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities as of March 31,
2020.
|
|
Debt Derivative
Liabilities
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2018
|
$—
|
|
Debt discount from
initial derivative
|
1,774,000
|
|
Initial fair value
of derivative liabilities
|
2,601,631
|
|
Change in
derivative liability from conversion of notes payable
|
(407,654)
|
|
Change in fair
value of derivative liabilities at end of period
|
4,868,537
|
|
Balance, December
31, 2019
|
$8,836,514
|
|
Change in
derivative liabilities from conversion of notes
payable
|
(977,245)
|
|
Change in fair
value of derivative liabilities at end of period
|
3,896,672
|
|
Balance, March 31,
2020
|
$11,755,941
|
|
Derivative expense
for the three months ended March 31, 2020
|
$3,896,672
|
Convertible notes payable and warrant derivatives
– The Company issued
convertible promissory notes which are convertible into common
stock, at holders’ option, at a discount to the market price
of the Company’s common stock. The Company has identified the
embedded derivatives related to these notes relating to certain
anti-dilutive (reset) provisions. These embedded derivatives
included certain conversion features. The accounting treatment of
derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record
fair value of the derivatives as of the inception date of debenture
and to fair value as of each subsequent reporting
date.
As of March 31, 2020, the Company marked to market the fair value
of the debt derivatives and determined a fair value of $11,755,941
($11,752,428 from the convertible notes and $3,513 from the
warrants) in Note 5 (2) above. The Company recorded a loss from
change in fair value of debt derivatives of $3,896,672 for the
three months ended March 31, 2020. The fair value of the embedded
derivatives was determined using Monte Carlo simulation method
based on the following assumptions: (1) dividend yield of 0%, (2)
expected volatility of 348.4% to 576.1%, (3) weighted average
risk-free interest rate of 0.05% to 1.56% (4) expected life of 0.72
to 5.0 years, and (5) the quoted market price of $0.0009 to $0.047
for the Company’s common stock.
See
Financing lease arrangements in Note 8 of the financial statements
ended March 31, 2020.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Revenue Recognition
On
January 1, 2018, we adopted the new accounting standard ASC
606, Revenue from Contracts
with Customers, and all of the related amendments
(“new revenue standard”). We recorded the change, which
was immaterial, related to adopting the new revenue standard using
the modified retrospective method. Under this method, we recognized
the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue
standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings. This results in no restatement of prior periods, which
continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect
for those periods. We expect the impact of the adoption of the new
revenue standard to continue to be immaterial on an ongoing basis.
We have applied the new revenue standard to all contracts as of the
date of initial application and as such, have used the following
criteria described below in more detail for each business
unit:
Identify the contract with the
customer.
Identify the performance
obligations in the contract.
Determine the transaction
price.
Allocate the transaction price
to performance obligations in the contract.
Recognize revenue when or as we satisfy a performance
obligation.
Reserves are recorded as a reduction in net sales and are not
considered material to our consolidated statements of income for
the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. In
addition, we invoice our customers for taxes assessed by
governmental authorities such as sales tax and value added taxes,
where applicable. We present these taxes on a net
basis.
The
Company’s revenue generation for the three months ended March
31, 2020 and 2019 came from the following sources disaggregated by
services and products, which sources are explained in detail
below.
TPT SpeedConnect: ISP and Telecom Revenue
TPT
SpeedConnect is a rural Internet provider operating in 10
Midwestern States under the trade name SpeedConnect. TPT SC’s
primary business model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly
reoccurring revenues, from wireless delivered, high-speed internet
connections. In addition, the company resells third-party satellite
and DSL internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from
sales of telecommunications services is recognized as the
transaction with the customer is considered closed and the customer
receives and accepts the services that were the result of the
transaction. There are no financing terms or variable transaction
prices. Due date is detailed on monthly invoices distributed to
customer. Services billed monthly in advance are deferred to the
proper period as needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities
for cash received before performance obligations for monthly
services are satisfied. Deferred revenue at March 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019 are $302,009 and $305,741, respectively. Certain
of our products require specialized installation and equipment. For
telecom products that include installation, if the installation
meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product
revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is
recognized when the installation is complete. The Installation
Technician collects the signed quote containing terms and
conditions when installing the site equipment at customer
premises.
Revenue
for installation services and equipment is billed separately from
recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment
is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and
telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period,
or as services are rendered and accepted by the
customer.
The
overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized
when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally
small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most
contracts are for two years or less, the impact of not recognizing
installation fees over the contract is immaterial.
Copperhead Digital: ISP and Telecom Revenue
Copperhead
Digital is a regional internet and telecom services provider
operating in Arizona under the trade name Trucom. Copperhead
Digital operates as a wireless telecommunications Internet Service
Provider (“ISP”) facilitating both residential and
commercial accounts. Copperhead Digital’s primary business
model is subscription based, pre-paid monthly reoccurring revenues,
from wireless delivered, high-speed internet connections. In
addition, the company resells third-party satellite and DSL
internet and IP telephony services. Revenue generated from sales of
telecommunications services is recognized as the transaction with
the customer is considered closed and the customer receives and
accepts the services that were the result of the transaction. There
are no financing terms or variable transaction prices. Due date is
detailed on monthly invoices distributed to customer. Services
billed monthly in advance are deferred to the proper period as
needed. Deferred revenue are contract liabilities for cash received
before performance obligations for monthly services are satisfied.
Certain of our products require specialized installation and
equipment. For telecom products that include installation, if the
installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate
element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and
installation revenue is recognized when the installation is
complete. The Installation Technician collects the signed quote
containing terms and conditions when installing the site equipment
at customer premises.
Revenue
for installation services and equipment is billed separately from
recurring ISP and telecom services and is recognized when equipment
is delivered and installation is completed. Revenue from ISP and
telecom services is recognized monthly over the contractual period,
or as services are rendered and accepted by the
customer.
The
overwhelming majority of our revenue continues to be recognized
when transactions occur. Since installation fees are generally
small relative to the size of the overall contract and because most
contracts are for a year or less, the impact of not recognizing
installation fees over the contract is immaterial.
K Telecom: Prepaid Phones and SIM Cards Revenue
K
Telecom generates revenue from reselling prepaid phones, SIM cards,
and rechargeable minute traffic for prepaid phones to its customers
(primarily retail outlets). Product sales occur at the
customer’s locations, at which time delivery occurs and cash
or check payment is received. The Company recognizes the revenue
when they receive payment at the time of delivery. There are no
financing terms or variable transaction prices.
SDM: Ecommerce, Email Marketing and Web Design
Services
SDM
generates revenue by providing ecommerce, email marketing and web
design solutions to small and large commercial businesses, complete
with monthly software support, updates and maintenance. Services
are billed monthly. There are no financing terms or variable
transaction prices. Platform infrastructure support is a prepaid
service billed in monthly recurring increments. The services are
billed a month in advance and due prior to services being rendered.
The revenue is deferred when invoiced and booked in the month the
service is provided. There is no deferred revenue at March 31 2020
and December 31, 2019. Software support services (including
software upgrades) are billed in real time, on the first of the
month. Web design service revenues are recognized upon completion
of specific projects. Revenue is booked in the month the services
are rendered and payments are due on the final day of the month.
There are usually no contract revenues that are deferred until
services are performed.
Blue Collar: Media Production Services
Blue
Collar creates original live action and animated content
productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the
television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.
Blue Collar designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had
agreements with some of the world’s largest companies
including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500
companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and
home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony,
DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount
Studios, and Warner Brothers. With regard to revenue recognition,
Blue Collar receives an agreement from each client to perform
defined work. Some agreements are written, some are verbal. Work
may include creation of marketing materials and/or content
creation. Some work may be short term and take weeks to create and
some work may be longer and take months to create. There are
instances where customer agreements segregate identifiable
obligations (like filming on site vs. film editing and final
production) with separate transaction pricing. The performance
obligation is generally satisfied upon delivery of such film or
production products, at which time revenue is recognized. There are
no financing terms or variable transaction prices.
Use of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with United
States generally accepted accounting principles requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ materially from those
estimates. The Company’s consolidated financial statements
reflect all adjustments that management believes are necessary for
the fair presentation of their financial condition and results of
operations for the periods presented.
Share-based Compensation
We are
required to measure and recognize compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards (including stock options) made to
employees and directors based on estimated fair value. Compensation
expense for equity-classified awards is measured at the grant date
based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an
expense in earnings over the requisite service period.
We
record compensation expense related to non-employees that are
awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services and
recognize compensation expenses over the vesting period of such
awards.
In June
2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee
Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends ASC 718, Compensation
– Stock Compensation. This ASU requires that most of the
guidance related to stock compensation granted to employees be
followed for non-employees, including the measurement date,
valuation approach, and performance conditions. The expense is
recognized in the same period as though cash were paid for the good
or service. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year
2020, with early adoption permitted, including in interim periods.
The ASU has been adopted using a modified-retrospective transition
approach. The adoption is not considered to have a material effect
on the consolidated financial statements.
Income Taxes
Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the year in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
our income tax provision in the period of enactment.
We
recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that
these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making
such a determination, we consider all available positive and
negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable
temporary differences, projected future taxable income,
tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations,
including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that
we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future
in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment
to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce
our income tax provision.
We
account for uncertain tax positions using a
“more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We
evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider
various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law,
the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in
tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit,
new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to
a tax position.
During
November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17, ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of
Deferred Taxes, which simplifies the presentation of deferred
income taxes. ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and
liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of
financial position. We adopted ASU 2015-17 effective
December 31, 2015.
It is
our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties
related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of
the consolidated statements of operations.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various
business combinations and represents the difference between the
purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and
intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition
method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject
to periodic review for impairment.
We test goodwill balances for impairment on an annual basis as
of December 31st
or whenever impairment indicators
arise. We utilize several reporting units in evaluating
goodwill for impairment using a quantitative assessment, which uses
a combination of a guideline public company market-based approach
and a discounted cash flow income-based approach. The quantitative
assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting
unit exceeds its fair value, in which case an impairment charge is
recorded to the extent the reporting unit’s carrying value
exceeds its fair value. Based on our impairment testing as
of December 31, 2019, we recorded and impairment charge of $70,995
of goodwill. We did not consider an impairment charge necessary as
of December 31, 2018.
Our
intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships,
developed technology, trademarks and the film library. The majority
of our intangible assets were recorded in connection with our
various business combinations. Our intangible assets are recorded
at fair value at the time of their acquisition. Intangible assets are amortized over their
estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Estimated useful
lives are determined considering the period the assets are expected
to contribute to future cash flows. We evaluate the recoverability
of our intangible assets periodically and take into account events
or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or
that indicate impairment exists. As of December 31, 2019, we
performed evaluations that resulted in an impairment of intangible
assets of $878,877. There was no impairment charge to intangibles
considered necessary as of December 31, 2018.
In-process technology intangible assets, which are not subject to
amortization until projects reach commercialization, are assessed
for impairment at least annually and more frequently if events
occur that would indicate a potential reduction in the fair value
of the assets below their carrying value. An impairment charge
would be recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the
in-process technology exceeded its fair value.
Business Acquisitions
Our
business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above
the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible asset.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of
intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives.
The fair value estimates are based on available historical
information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed
reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.
We
generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of
intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected
future cash flows attributable to the respective assets.
Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations
reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and
include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including
expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product
life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative
market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.
Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may
occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates
and assumptions.
Net
assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to
adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.
Right of Use Assets and Lease Liabilities
In
February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and
subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU
2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20 and ASU 2019-01 (collectively,
Topic 842). Topic 842 requires lessees to classify leases as either
finance or operating leases and to record a right-of-use asset and
a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months
regardless of the lease classification. We adopted Topic 842 using
the effective date, January 2019, as the date of our initial
application of the standard. Consequently, financial information
for the comparative periods has not been updated. Our finance and
operating lease commitments are subject to the new standard and we
recognize as finance and operating lease liabilities and
right-of-use assets. The effect on our consolidated financial
statements has not been material until we acquired the assets of
SpeedConnect, which effect has been recorded during the period
ended December 31, 2019 and is reflected in the consolidated
financial statements as of December 31, 2019.
Research and Development
Our
research and development programs focus on telecommunications
products and services. Research and development costs are expensed
as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund
our research and development activities reduce the recorded
research and development expenses.
(1) No
consideration given for existing anti-dilution
provisions.
(2) Price
used for illustrative purposes. Actual Exercise or
conversion price is a calculation based on the market.
(3) Holder
of Series A Preferred Stock which is Stephen J. Thomas, guaranteed
60% of outstanding common stock upon conversion. The Company would
have to authorize additional shares for this to occur as only
1,000,000,000 are currently authorized.
In the
event of default under some of the notes, the conversion rates
change significantly, allowing certain noteholders to convert at a
greater discount to the market, which results in amounts of
issuable shares which cannot be determined at this time. An
estimate of the issuable shares is reflected below.
COVID-19
In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has subsequently spread
worldwide. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 a
pandemic resulting in federal, state and local governments and
private entities mandating various restrictions, including travel
restrictions, restrictions on public gatherings, stay at home
orders and advisories and quarantining of people who may have been
exposed to the virus. After close monitoring and responses and
guidance from federal, state and local governments, in an effort to
mitigate the spread of COVID-19, around March 18, 2020 for an
indefinite period of time, the Company closed its Blue Collar
office in Los Angeles and its TPT SpeedConnect offices in Michigan,
Idaho and Arizona. Most employees are working remotely,
however this is not possible with certain employees and all
subcontractors that work for Blue Collar. The Company continues to
monitor developments, including government requirements and
recommendations at the national, state, and local level to evaluate
possible extensions to all or part of such closures.
The Company took advantage of the stimulus offerings and received
$722,000. On February 25, 2020, the Company entered the
Advantage Merchant Agreement, mentioned above, and received
$500,000, net of fees. The Company is also in the
process of trying to raise debt and equity financing, some of which
may have to be used for working capital shortfalls if revenues
decrease significantly because of the COVID-19
closures.
As the COVID-19 pandemic is complex and rapidly evolving, the
Company's plans as described above may change. At this point, we
cannot reasonably estimate the duration and severity of this
pandemic, which could have a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations, financial position and cash
flows.
Operational Budget
Our
first and second quarter operations for 2020 were consistent with
operations for 2019. However, we intend to expend significant funds
after our intended funding event equally over the next four
quarters as follows.
|
Equipment
purchase and manufacturing (1)
|
$18,350,000
|
|
Content
Production
|
$2,250,000
|
|
Acquisition
|
$500,000
|
|
Debt Retirement and
acquisition
|
$15,187,981
|
|
Working Capital
(1)
|
$8,712,019
|
|
Issuance
Costs
|
$5,000,000
|
|
|
$50,000,000
|
(1)
It is expected the
use of this working capital and funds for equipment purchases will
extend into 2021.
The
Company may change any or all of the budget categories in the
execution of its business model. None of the line items are to be
considered fixed or unchangeable. The Company may need substantial
additional capital to support its budget. We have not recognized
revenues from our operational activities.
Based
on our current cash reserves of approximately $200,000 as of June
15, 2020, we do not have the cash for the operational budget going
forward. If we are unable to generate enough
revenue, to cover our
operational costs, we will need to seek additional sources of
funds. Currently, we have no committed source for any
funds as of date hereof. No representation is made that any
funds will be available when needed. In the event funds
cannot be raised if and when needed, we may not be able to carry
out our business plan and could fail in business as a result of
these uncertainties.
The
independent registered public accounting firm’s report on our
financial statements as of December 31, 2019, includes a
“going concern” explanatory paragraph that describes
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going
concern.
PART III – EXHIBITS
|
Exhibit
Number
|
Description
|
|
|
3.1
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.2
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.3
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.4
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.5
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.6
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.7
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.10
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.11
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.12
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.13
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.14
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.15
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.16
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.17
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.18
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.19
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.20
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.21
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.22
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
3.23
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
3.24
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
4.1
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.2
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.3
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.4
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.5
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.6
|
(1)
|
|
|
4.7
|
(2)
|
|
|
4.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
4.9
|
(3)
|
|
|
4.10
|
Promissory Note - MatrixSites,
Inc. (10.31.17)
|
(3)
|
|
4.11
|
(3)
|
|
|
4.12
|
(9)
|
|
|
4.13
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
6.1
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.2
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.3
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.4
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.5
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.6
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.7
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.8
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.9
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.10
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.11
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.12
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.13
|
(1)
|
|
|
6.14
|
(1)
|
|
6.15
|
(2)
|
|
|
6.16
|
(2)
|
|
|
6.17
|
(3)
|
|
|
6.18
|
(3)
|
|
|
6.19
|
(3)
|
|
|
6.20
|
(3)
|
|
|
6.21
|
(3)
|
|
|
6.22
|
(3)
|
|
|
6.23
|
(4)
|
|
|
6.24
|
(4)
|
|
|
6.25
|
(5)
|
|
|
6.26
|
(6)
|
|
|
6.27
|
(6)
|
|
|
6.28
|
(6)
|
|
|
6.29
|
(7)
|
|
|
6.30
|
(8)
|
|
|
6.31
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
12.1
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
21.1
|
Subsidiaries
|
Filed
Herewith
|
|
|
|
|
|
99.1
|
(1)
|
|
|
99.2
|
(1)
|
|
*
|
Pursuant
to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files in
Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration
statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those
sections.
|
(1)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated December
15, 2017.
(2)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated February
23, 2018.
(3)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated October
1, 2018.
(4)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated November
5, 2018.
(5)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 19, 2019.
(6)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 25, 2019.
(7)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Form 8-K dated April 3, 2019.
(8)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 3, 2020.
(9)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 10, 2020.
(10)
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 19, 2020.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it
has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this
offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of
California, on June 30 ,
2020.
|
(Exact name of
issuer as specified in its
charter):
|
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: June 30,
2020
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen J.
Thomas III
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen J. Thomas
III
|
|
|
|
|
CEO
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
This
offering statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
(Exact name of
issuer as specified in its
charter):
|
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: June 30,
2020
|
By:
|
/s/ Gary L.
Cook
|
|
|
|
|
Gary L. Cook
|
|
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal
Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
/s/
Stephen J. Thomas, III
|
|
June
30, 2020
|
|
Stephen
J. Thomas, III, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Richard Eberhardt
|
|
June
30, 2020
|
|
Richard
Eberhardt, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Arkady Shkolnik
|
|
June
30, 2020
|
|
Arkady
Shkolnik, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Reginald Thomas
|
|
June
30, 2020
|
|
Reginald
Thomas, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
SUBSCRIPTION
DOCUMENTS
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
a Florida Corporation
10,000,000 Shares of Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend
Convertible Stock
at $5.00 Per Share
Minimum Investment: 100 Shares ($500)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSCRIPTION
To Subscribe
1.
Subscription
Agreement
Please
execute the signature page and return with the Investor
Questionnaire
2.
Investor
Questionnaire
Please
complete and return with your executed Subscription
Agreement.
3.
Please make check
payable to: ________________ as
Agent for TPT Global Tech, Inc.
4.
Please mail
subscription documents and checks to:
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
Name of
Investor:
(Print)
Stephen
J. Thomas, III, CEO
TPT
Global Tech, Inc.
c/o
____________________ as agent
Attention:
Re:
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC. – 10,000,000 Shares of Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative
Dividend Convertible Stock (the “Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares”)
Gentlemen:
1. Subscription.
The undersigned hereby tenders this subscription and applies to
purchase the number of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares in TPT
Global Tech, Inc., a Florida corporation (the
“Company”) indicated below, pursuant to the terms of
this Subscription Agreement. The purchase price of each Series D
Preferred Convertible Share is five dollars ($5.00), payable in
cash in full upon subscription. The undersigned further sets forth
statements upon which you may rely to determine the suitability of
the undersigned to purchase the Series D Preferred Convertible
Shares. The undersigned understands that the Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares are being offered pursuant to the Offering
Circular, dated July 2, 2020 and its exhibits (the “Offering
Circular”). In connection with this subscription, the
undersigned represents and warrants that the personal, business and
financial information contained in the Purchaser Questionnaire is
complete and accurate and presents a true statement of the
undersigned’s financial condition.
2. Representations
and Understandings. The undersigned hereby makes the
following representations, warranties and agreements and confirms
the following understandings:
(i) The
undersigned has received a copy of the Offering Circular, has
reviewed it carefully, and has had an opportunity to question
representatives of the Company and obtain such additional
information concerning the Company as the undersigned
requested.
(ii) The
undersigned has sufficient experience in financial and business
matters to be capable of utilizing such information to evaluate the
merits and risks of the undersigned’s investment, and to make
an informed decision relating thereto; or the undersigned has
utilized the services of a purchaser representative and together
they have sufficient experience in financial and business matters
that they are capable of utilizing such information to evaluate the
merits and risks of the undersigned’s investment, and to make
an informed decision relating thereto.
(iii) The
undersigned has evaluated the risks of this investment in the
Company, including those risks particularly described in the
Offering Circular, and has determined that the investment is
suitable for him. The undersigned has adequate financial resources
for an investment of this character, and at this time he could bear
a complete loss of his investment without a change in lifestyle.
The undersigned understands that any projections which may be made
in the Offering Circular are mere estimates and may not reflect the
actual results of the Company’s operations.
(iv) The
undersigned understands that the Shares are not being registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933
Act”) on the ground that the issuance thereof is exempt under
Regulation A of Section 3(b) of the 1933 Act, and that reliance on
such exemption is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of
the undersigned’s representations and warranties, and those
of the other purchasers of Series D Preferred Convertible
Shares.
(v) The
undersigned understands that the Shares are not being registered
under the securities laws of certain states on the basis that the
issuance thereof is exempt as an offer and sale not involving a
registerable public offering in such state, since the Series D
Preferred Convertible Shares are “covered securities”
under the National Securities Market Improvement Act of 1996. The
undersigned understands that reliance on such exemptions is
predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of the
undersigned’s representations and warranties and those of
other purchasers of Shares. The undersigned covenants not to sell,
transfer or otherwise dispose of a Series D Preferred Convertible
Share unless such Series D Preferred Convertible Share has been
registered under the applicable state securities laws, or an
exemption from registration is available.
(vi) The
amount of this investment by the undersigned does not exceed 10% of
the greater of the undersigned’s net worth, not including the
value of his/her primary residence, or his/her annual income in the
prior full calendar year, as calculated in accordance with Rule 501
of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or the undersigned is an “accredited
investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation
D promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (see the attached Purchaser Questionnaire), or is the
beneficiary of a fiduciary account, or, if the fiduciary of the
account or other party is the donor of funds used by the fiduciary
account to make this investment, then such donor, who meets the
requirements of net worth, annual income or criteria for being an
“accredited investor.”
(vii) The
undersigned has no need for any liquidity in his investment and is
able to bear the economic risk of his investment for an indefinite
period of time. The undersigned has been advised and is aware that:
(a) there is no public market for the Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares and a public market for the Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares may not develop; (b) it may not be possible to
liquidate the investment readily; and (c) the Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and
applicable state law and an exemption from registration for resale
may not be available.
(viii) All
contacts and contracts between the undersigned and the Company
regarding the offer and sale to him of Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares have been made within the state indicated below
his signature on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement
and the undersigned is a resident of such state.
(ix) The
undersigned has relied solely upon the Offering Circular and
independent investigations made by him or his purchaser
representative with respect to the Series D Preferred Convertible
Shares subscribed for herein, and no oral or written
representations beyond the Offering Circular have been made to the
undersigned or relied upon by the undersigned.
(x) The
undersigned agrees not to transfer or assign this subscription or
any interest therein.
(xi) The
undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as may be
specifically provided herein, the undersigned is not entitled to
withdraw, terminate or revoke this subscription.
(xii) If
the undersigned is a partnership, corporation or trust, it has been
duly formed, is validly existing, has full power and authority to
make this investment, and has not been formed for the specific
purpose of investing in the Series D Preferred Convertible Shares.
This Subscription Agreement and all other documents executed in
connection with this subscription for Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares are valid, binding and enforceable agreements of
the undersigned.
(xiii) The
undersigned meets any additional suitability standards and/or
financial requirements which may be required in the jurisdiction in
which he resides, or is purchasing in a fiduciary capacity for a
person or account meeting such suitability standards and/or
financial requirements, and is not a minor.
(xiv) Issuer-Directed
Offering; No Underwriter. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees
that ________________ has been engaged to serve as an accommodating
broker-dealer and to provide certain technology, transaction and
facilitation services. _______________ is not participating as an
underwriter or placement agent. The undersigned acknowledges
that_______________________ distributing the Offering Circular or
making any oral representations concerning the offering.
_________________ has not and will not conduct extensive due
diligence of this offering and the undersigned should not rely on
________________ involvement in this offering as any basis for a
belief that it has done extensive due diligence.
3. Indemnification.
The undersigned hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company and all of its affiliates, attorneys, accountants,
employees, officers, directors, Shareholders and agents from any
liability, claims, costs, damages, losses or expenses incurred or
sustained by them as a result of the undersigned’s
representations and warranties herein or in the Purchaser
Questionnaire being untrue or inaccurate, or because of a breach of
this agreement by the undersigned. The undersigned hereby further
agrees that the provisions of Section 3 of this Subscription
Agreement will survive the sale, transfer or any attempted sale or
transfer of all or any portion of the Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares. The undersigned hereby grants to the Company
the right to setoff against any amounts payable by the Company to
the undersigned, for whatever reason, of any and all damages, costs
and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable
attorney’s fees) which are incurred by the Company or any of
its affiliates as a result of matters for which the Company is
indemnified pursuant to Section 3 of this Subscription
Agreement.
4. Taxpayer
Identification Number/Backup Withholding Certification.
Unless a subscriber indicates to the contrary on the Subscription
Agreement, he will certify that his taxpayer identification number
is correct and, if not a corporation, IRA, Keogh, or Qualified
Trust (as to which there would be no withholding), he is not
subject to backup withholding on interest or dividends. If the
subscriber does not provide a taxpayer identification number
certified to be correct or does not make the certification that the
subscriber is not subject to backup withholding, then the
subscriber may be subject to twenty-eight percent (28%) withholding
on interest or dividends paid to the holder of the Series D
Preferred Convertible Shares.
5. Foreign
Investors. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants
that the undersigned is not (i) named on the list of
“specially designated nationals” or “blocked
persons” maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets
Control (“OFAC”) at
www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn or as otherwise
published from time to time, (ii) an agency of the government of a
Sanctioned Country, (iii) an organization controlled by a
Sanctioned Country, (iv) a person residing in a Sanctioned Country,
to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC,
(v) a person who owns more than fifteen percent (15%) of its assets
in Sanctioned Countries, or (vi) a person who derives more than
fifteen percent (15%) of its operating income from investments in,
or transactions with, sanctioned persons or Sanctioned Countries. A
“Sanctioned Country” means a country subject to a
sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and
available at www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn or as
otherwise published from time to time.
6. Governing
Law. This Subscription Agreement will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The
venue for any legal action under this Agreement will be in the
proper forum in the County of ____________, State of
Florida.
7. Acknowledgement
of Risks Factors. The undersigned has carefully reviewed and
thoroughly understands the risks associated with an investment in
the Series D Preferred Convertible Shares as described in the
Offering Circular. The undersigned acknowledges that this
investment entails significant risks.
The
undersigned has (have) executed this Subscription Agreement on this
day of
,
20
, at
.
|
SUBSCRIBER
(1)
_____________________________________
Signature
_____________________________________
(Print
Name of Subscriber)
_____________________________________
(Street
Address)
_____________________________________
(City,
State and Zip Code)
_____________________________________
(Social
Security or Tax Identification Number)
|
SUBSCRIBER
(2)
_____________________________________
Signature
_____________________________________
(Print
Name of Subscriber)
_____________________________________
(Street
Address)
_____________________________________
(City,
State and Zip Code)
_____________________________________
(Social
Security or Tax Identification Number)
|
Number
of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares ____________
Dollar
Amount of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares (At $5.00 per
Share) ____________________________
PLEASE
MAKE CHECKS PAYABLE TO: “________________ AS AGENT FOR TPT GLOBAL
TECH, INC.”
MANNER IN WHICH TITLE IS TO BE HELD:
|
☐
Community Property*
|
☐
Individual Property
|
|
☐
Joint Tenancy With Right of s_ Separate Property
Survivorship*
|
☐
Separate Property
|
|
☐
Corporate or Fund Owners **
|
☐
Tenants-in-Common*
|
|
☐
Pension or Profit Sharing Plan
|
☐
Tenants-in-Entirety*
|
|
☐
Trust or Fiduciary Capacity (trust documents must accompany this
form)
|
☐
Keogh Plan
|
|
☐
Fiduciary for a Minor
|
☐
Individual Retirement Account
|
|
*
Signature of all parties required
** In
the case of a Fund, state names of all partners.
|
☐
Other (Please indicate)
|
SUBSCRIPTION ACCEPTED:
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen J. Thomas, III, CEO
|
|
DATE
|
|
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
PURCHASER QUESTIONNAIRE
Stephen
J. Thomas, III, CEO
TPT
Global Tech, Inc.
c/o
___________________ as agent
Attn:
Re:
TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.
Gentlemen:
The
following information is furnished to you in order for you to
determine whether the undersigned is qualified to purchase shares
of Series D Preferred 6% Cumulative Dividend Convertible Stock (the
“Series D Preferred Convertible Shares”) in the above
referenced Company pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), Regulation A
promulgated thereunder, and appropriate provisions of applicable
state securities laws. I understand that you will rely upon the
following information for purposes of such determination, and that
the Series D Preferred Convertible Shares will not be registered
under the Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration
provided by Section 3(b) of the Act, Regulation A, and appropriate
provisions of applicable state securities laws.
ALL
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS QUESTIONNAIRE WILL BE TREATED
CONFIDENTIALLY. However, I agree that you may present this
questionnaire to such parties as you deem appropriate if called
upon to establish that the proposed offer and sale of the Series D
Preferred Convertible Shares is exempt from registration under the
Act or meets the requirements of applicable state securities
laws.
I
hereby provide you with the following representations and
information:
1.
Name:
2.
Residence Address
& Telephone No:
3.
Mailing
Address:
3a.
Email
Address:
4.
Employer and
Position:
5.
Business Address
& Telephone No:
6.
Business or
Professional Education & Degree:
7.
Prior Investments
of Purchaser:
Amount
(Cumulative) $
______________________ (initial
appropriate category below):
|
Capital Stock:
|
☐ None
(Initial)
|
☐ Up to $50,000
(Initial)
|
☐ $50,000 to $250,000
(Initial)
|
☐ Over $250,000
(Initial)
|
|
Bonds:
|
☐ None
(Initial)
|
☐ Up to $50,000
(Initial)
|
☐ $50,000 to $250,000
(Initial)
|
☐ Over $250,000
(Initial)
|
|
Other:
|
☐ None
(Initial)
|
☐ Up to $50,000
(Initial)
|
☐ $50,000 to $250,000
(Initial)
|
☐ Over $250,000
(Initial)
|
8.
Based on the
definition of an “Accredited Investor” which appears
below, I am an Accredited Investor:
☐
Yes
☐
No
(initial appropriate category)
I
understand that the representations contained in this section are
made for the purpose of qualifying me as an accredited investor as
the term is defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission for
the purpose of selling securities to me. I hereby represent that
the statement or statements initialed below are true and correct in
all respects. I am an Accredited Investor because I fall within one
of the following categories (initial appropriate
category):
☐
A natural person
whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that
person’s spouse, at the time of his purchase exceeds
$1,000,000, not
including the value of the person’s primary
residence;
☐
A natural person
who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the
two most recent years and who reasonably expects an income in
excess of $200,000 in the current year;
☐
My spouse and I
have had joint income for the most two recent years in excess of
$300,000 and we expect our joint income to be in excess of $300,000
for the current year;
☐
Any organization
described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any
corporation, Massachusetts Business Trust or Fund not formed for
the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with
total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
☐
A bank as defined
in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act whether acting in its
individual or fiduciary capacity; insurance company as defined in
Section 2(12) of the Securities Act, investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development
company as defined in Section 2(1)(48) of that Act; or Small
Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business
Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business
Investment Act of 1958;
☐
A private business
development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
☐
An employee benefit
plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is to be
made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act,
which is either a bank, insurance company, or registered investment
adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess
of $5,000,000;
☐
An entity in which
all of the equity owners are Accredited Investors under the above
paragraph.
9.
Financial
Information:
(a)
My net worth
(not including the
value of my primary residence) is
$_________________
(b) My
gross annual income during the preceding two years
was:
$_________________
(2018)
$_________________
(2019)
(c) My
anticipated gross annual income in 2020 is $
_______________.
(d)
(1)
☐
(initial here) I
have such knowledge and experience in financial, tax and business
matters that I am capable of utilizing the information made
available to me in connection with the offering of the Series D
Preferred Convertible Shares to evaluate the merits and risks of an
investment in the Series D Preferred Convertible Shares, and to
make an informed investment decision with respect to the Series D
Preferred Convertible Shares. I do not desire to utilize a
Purchaser Representative in connection with evaluating such merits
and risks. I understand, however, that the Company may request that
I use a Purchaser Representative.
(2)
☐
(initial here) I
intend to use the services of the following named person(s) as
Purchaser Representative(s) in connection with evaluating the
merits and risks of an investment in the Series D Preferred
Convertible Shares and hereby appoint such person(s) to act as my
Purchaser Representative(s) in connection with my proposed purchase
of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares.
List
name(s) of Purchaser Representative(s), if applicable.
__________________________________
10.
Except as indicated
below, any purchases of the Series D Preferred Convertible Shares
will be solely for my account, and not for the account of any other
person or with a view to any resale or distribution
thereof.
11.
I represent to you
that the information contained herein is complete and accurate and
may be relied upon by you. I understand that a false representation
may constitute a violation of law, and that any person who suffers
damage as a result of a false representation may have a claim
against me for damages. I will notify you immediately of any
material change in any of such information occurring prior to the
closing of the purchase of Series D Preferred Convertible Shares,
if any, by me.
Name (Please
Print):
Signature
Telephone
Number
Social Security or
Tax I.D. Number
Executed
at:
on this
________ day of _________________________________,
20________
7
